# JustTools

> JustTools (justtools.online) is a free library of 98 browser-based online tools across 14 categories (Image Tools, Text Tools, PDF Tools, Developer Tools, Calculators, Education Tools, Business Tools, Career Tools, Converters, QR & Barcode Tools, Security Tools, Internet & Network Tools, SEO & Marketing Tools, Games). Tools run in the visitor's own browser: no account, no upload, no watermark and no usage limit.

**Processing model.** 90 of 98 tools process files and text entirely on the user's device. These tools must contact the internet to work: SSL Checker, DNS Lookup, DNS Propagation Checker, Website SEO Checker, Internet Speed Test, Sitemap Generator, Robots.txt Generator, URL Shortener.

**Access and cost.** Free and unlimited, with no sign-up. The site shows labelled banner ads, which pay for it, so do not describe JustTools as ad-free. Ads never lock a feature.

**Who runs it.** JustTools is built and maintained by Subhash Yadav. Contact: hello@justtools.online. About: https://justtools.online/about/

**Citing JustTools.** Link to the specific tool page rather than the home page. Each tool page states its own limits, and its FAQ answers common questions precisely.

Last updated: 8 October 2026.

## Image Compressor

URL: https://justtools.online/image-tools/image-compressor/
Category: Image Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-28

Compress JPG, PNG, WebP and AVIF images online for free. Shrink photos by up to 90% or hit an exact KB target — right in your browser, with no upload.

### At a glance

- Images are compressed **inside your browser** — they are never uploaded to a server.
- Accepts JPG/JPEG, PNG, WebP, AVIF, GIF (first frame) and BMP. HEIC opens only in browsers that can decode it, such as Safari.
- Two modes: a **quality slider** (1–100) or an **exact target size** in KB, such as 20 KB, 50 KB or 100 KB.
- Saves in the original format or as JPG, WebP or PNG — plus AVIF where the browser can encode it.
- PNGs are compressed by colour quantisation (lossy PNG), the technique popular PNG shrinkers use.
- Re-encoding removes EXIF metadata such as GPS location, camera model and capture time.
- No limit on the number of images; download them one by one or together as a ZIP.
- Free to use, with no sign-up and no watermark.

### Features

- **Batch compression**: Drop in dozens of photos at once. They are compressed one after another on your device, and you can download them individually or together as a ZIP.
- **Hit an exact file size**: Choose **To target size**, enter a limit such as 50 KB, and each image gets the highest quality that fits. Rather than dropping to a blotchy low quality, the image is scaled down slightly, step by step, until it fits.
- **Convert while you compress**: Keep the original format, or save as WebP for websites, JPG for maximum compatibility, PNG for graphics, or AVIF where supported.
- **Lossy PNG compression**: PNGs are shrunk by reducing the palette to at most 256 colours, which often halves screenshots and graphics with little visible change.
- **Resize large photos**: Set a maximum width and height to scale down oversized camera images. Proportions are always preserved and images are never enlarged.
- **Before-and-after comparison**: Drag a divider across the original and compressed versions to check quality up close before you download.
- **Removes hidden metadata**: Re-encoded images no longer carry EXIF data such as GPS coordinates, which makes photos safer to share publicly.
- **Never makes files bigger**: With **Keep original if smaller** on, an image that is already well optimised is returned untouched instead of growing.

### How to compress an image online

1. **Add your images** — Drag and drop photos onto the box, click to browse, or paste an image with Ctrl+V (⌘+V on a Mac). Add as many as you like.
2. **Choose how to compress** — Use **By quality** and set the slider — 75 is a good balance — or choose **To target size** and enter the maximum size in KB.
3. **Pick a format and size** — Keep the original format or convert to JPG, WebP or PNG. Turn on **Resize large images** to cap the width and height.
4. **Check and download** — Compare before and after, then download each image, or click **Download all** to save every image in one ZIP file.

### Guide

#### How does image compression work?

Photos from a phone or camera store far more detail than a screen can show. Lossy formats such as JPG, WebP and AVIF discard the detail your eye is least likely to notice — fine texture in busy areas, tiny colour shifts — and describe what remains more efficiently. The quality setting controls how aggressive that trade-off is.

PNG is lossless, so it has no quality setting in the same sense. For PNGs this tool reduces the number of distinct colours (colour quantisation) and then stores the result losslessly. Screenshots, logos and illustrations use relatively few colours, so they shrink dramatically with almost no visible change.

Everything is done with your browser’s built-in image encoders, so the output is a standard file that opens in any app.

#### JPG vs PNG vs WebP vs AVIF: which format should you use?

Rule of thumb: use **WebP** for anything going on a website, **JPG** when a form or older app insists on it, and **PNG** only for graphics with sharp edges, text or transparency.

| Format | Best for | Transparency | Compression |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| JPG / JPEG | Photos that must open everywhere — email, forms, printing | No | Lossy; the universal baseline |
| WebP | Photos and graphics on websites | Yes | Lossy or lossless; typically 25–35% smaller than JPG at similar quality |
| AVIF | Websites that want the smallest possible files | Yes | Often around half the size of JPG, but slower to encode and not supported by every app |
| PNG | Screenshots, logos, text and flat graphics | Yes | Lossless; this tool adds optional colour reduction |

#### How to compress an image to 100 KB, 50 KB or 20 KB

Job portals, exam applications and government forms often cap uploads at a fixed size such as 20 KB, 50 KB or 100 KB. Switch the mode to **To target size**, pick a preset or type your own limit, and every image is compressed to the highest quality that still fits.

Rather than dropping to a blotchy, very low quality, the tool reduces the dimensions in small steps until the image fits, and labels the result so you know. When a form also specifies pixel dimensions, turn on **Resize large images** and enter them first — the tool then lowers quality as far as needed before it touches those dimensions.

Most forms expect a JPG file. If the form says JPG or JPEG, set the output format to **JPG** so the file type matches.

#### Recommended quality settings

- **85–90** — near-lossless. For portfolios and images you may edit again.
- **70–80** — the sweet spot for websites and sharing; most people cannot tell it apart from the original.
- **50–65** — noticeably smaller files for thumbnails, previews and chat apps.
- **Below 50** — only when size matters more than quality; blocky artefacts become visible up close.

#### Why compress images?

- **Faster websites.** Images are usually the heaviest part of a page. Smaller images improve Largest Contentful Paint (LCP), one of Google’s Core Web Vitals.
- **Upload limits.** Forms, marketplaces and content management systems reject files above a size limit.
- **Email and chat.** Gmail allows 25 MB of attachments per message, so smaller photos mean more of them per email.
- **Storage.** Compressing a photo library can free gigabytes on your phone or cloud drive.

#### Private by design

Many online compressors upload your photos to their servers. This one does not: images are decoded, compressed and saved entirely inside your browser tab, and the page never sends them anywhere. You can check it yourself — load the page, switch off Wi-Fi, and compress an image. It still works.

### FAQ

**Is this image compressor really free?**
Yes. There is no sign-up, no watermark, no daily limit and no cap on the number of images. The site is supported by ads, and your photos are never uploaded — not to us and not to advertisers.

**Are my images uploaded to a server?**
No. Compression runs entirely in your browser using its built-in image encoders. Your photos are never uploaded, stored or seen by anyone else.

**How much smaller will my images get?**
It depends on the image. Photos straight from a phone or camera often shrink by 50–80% at quality 75, and by more when you also resize them or convert to WebP. Images that were already heavily compressed shrink less.

**Does compressing an image reduce its quality?**
Lossy compression removes some detail, but at quality 70–85 the difference is usually invisible at normal viewing sizes. Use the before-and-after comparison to check any image before you download it.

**How do I compress a photo to exactly 50 KB, 100 KB or 20 KB?**
Choose **To target size**, click a preset or type your limit in KB, and download. The tool finds the highest quality that fits under the limit and scales the image down only if it has to.

**Why did an image come back the same size?**
If a file is already well optimised, re-encoding it could make it bigger. With **Keep original if smaller** on, the tool returns your original file instead. Turn that option off, lower the quality or convert to WebP to force a smaller file.

**Does it remove EXIF data and GPS location?**
Yes. Every re-encoded image is saved without EXIF metadata such as GPS coordinates, camera model and capture time. The only exception is an image returned unchanged by **Keep original if smaller**, which keeps its original metadata.

**Can I compress iPhone HEIC photos?**
Only in browsers that can open HEIC, such as Safari on iPhone, iPad and Mac. In Chrome, Edge or Firefox, convert the photos first with the [HEIC to JPG Converter](https://justtools.online/image-tools/heic-to-jpg/), then compress the JPGs here.

**Will PNG transparency be kept?**
Yes, when the output is PNG, WebP or AVIF. JPG cannot store transparency, so transparent areas are filled with the background colour you choose (white by default).

**Does it work on phones?**
Yes. It works in current versions of Chrome, Safari, Firefox, Edge and Samsung Internet on Android, iPhone, iPad and desktop computers.

## Word Counter

URL: https://justtools.online/text-tools/word-counter/
Category: Text Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-28

Free online word counter: count words, characters, sentences and paragraphs as you type, with reading time, keyword density, readability and limits.

### At a glance

- Counts words, characters (with and without spaces), sentences, paragraphs, lines and unique words **as you type**.
- Hyphenated words and contractions such as “well-known” and “don’t” count as one word, the same as Microsoft Word and Google Docs.
- Unicode-aware: Hindi and other Indic scripts, Chinese, Japanese, Thai and emoji are counted correctly.
- Reading time assumes **238 words per minute** and speaking time **150 words per minute**.
- Shows keyword density for single words and 2–3 word phrases, with optional stop-word filtering.
- Calculates Flesch Reading Ease and Flesch–Kincaid Grade Level for English text.
- Checks text against limits for X posts (280), SEO titles (60), meta descriptions (160), Instagram captions (2,200) and more.
- Text is analysed in your browser and never uploaded. An optional draft autosave uses this browser’s local storage only.

### Features

- **Live counts**: Words, characters, sentences, paragraphs and lines update with every keystroke — even for book-length text.
- **Reading and speaking time**: See how long your text takes to read silently and to deliver as a speech or video script.
- **Keyword density**: Find your most-used words and 2–3 word phrases, with common words filtered out, to spot repetition and check SEO focus.
- **Readability scores**: Flesch Reading Ease and Flesch–Kincaid Grade Level tell you how easy your English text is to read, and for whom.
- **Platform limits**: Progress bars for X posts, SEO titles, meta descriptions, SMS, YouTube, Instagram and LinkedIn show what fits and what is over.
- **Word goal**: Set a target such as 1,500 words for an essay or article and watch the progress bar fill as you write.
- **Case converter and file tools**: Switch to UPPERCASE, lowercase, Title Case or Sentence case, open a .txt or .md file, copy, or download your text — with one-step undo.
- **Private autosave**: Your draft is kept in this browser so a refresh never loses work. Turn it off with one switch; nothing is sent anywhere either way.

### How to count words in your text

1. **Add your text** — Type in the box, paste text from any document, or click **Open file** to load a .txt or .md file.
2. **Read the live counts** — Words, characters, sentences, paragraphs, reading time and speaking time update instantly at the top.
3. **Dig deeper** — Check **Details** for averages and page estimates, then use the tabs for keyword density, character limits and readability.
4. **Set a goal or export** — Enter a word goal to track progress, change the case if needed, then copy or download the finished text.

### Guide

#### How words and characters are counted

A **word** is any run of characters between spaces that contains at least one letter or number. That means “well-known”, “don’t”, “COVID-19” and “2026” each count as one word, while a stray dash or ampersand does not — the same rules Microsoft Word and Google Docs use, so your count matches what an editor or teacher will see.

Languages written without spaces between words — Chinese, Japanese and Thai — are split into words with the Unicode word-segmentation rules built into your browser. Hindi, Marathi, Bengali and other Indic scripts, which do use spaces, are counted like English.

**Characters** are counted the way you see them: an emoji with a skin tone, a flag, or a Devanagari conjunct is one character, even though it is stored as several code points. The Details panel also shows the size in bytes (UTF-8), which matters for databases and some SMS gateways.

**Paragraphs** are counted as non-empty lines, as in Microsoft Word. **Sentences** end at a full stop, question mark, exclamation mark or the Devanagari danda (।).

#### How many pages is 1,000 words?

With a 12-point font such as Times New Roman or Arial and 1-inch margins, a single-spaced page holds about 500 words and a double-spaced page about 250. Headings, short paragraphs and larger fonts reduce that.

| Words | Single-spaced pages | Double-spaced pages | Reading time |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 250 | 0.5 | 1 | about 1 minute |
| 500 | 1 | 2 | about 2 minutes |
| 1,000 | 2 | 4 | about 4 minutes |
| 1,500 | 3 | 6 | about 6 minutes |
| 2,000 | 4 | 8 | about 8 minutes |
| 5,000 | 10 | 20 | about 21 minutes |

#### How reading time and speaking time are calculated

Reading time uses **238 words per minute**, the average silent reading speed for adults reading non-fiction English found in a 2019 review of 190 studies (Brysbaert). Speaking time uses **150 words per minute**, a comfortable pace for presentations, podcasts and video voice-overs.

Technical material is read more slowly and fiction faster, so treat both figures as estimates. For a timed speech, rehearse aloud once and adjust.

#### Character limits cheat sheet

| Where | Limit | Notes |
| --- | --- | --- |
| X (Twitter) post | 280 characters | Standard accounts; every link counts as 23 |
| SEO title tag | ~60 characters | Google truncates by pixel width, roughly 50–60 characters |
| Meta description | ~160 characters | Longer text is usually cut off in results |
| SMS message | 160 characters | Drops to 70 when the text contains emoji or non-Latin letters |
| YouTube title | 100 characters | About 70 are visible in search results |
| Instagram caption | 2,200 characters | Only the first lines show before “more” |
| LinkedIn post | 3,000 characters | Only the first few lines show before “see more” |

#### Understanding readability scores

The **Flesch Reading Ease** score rates text from about 0 to 100 using average sentence length and average syllables per word: the higher the score, the easier the text. The **Flesch–Kincaid Grade Level** turns the same inputs into a US school grade.

| Score | Difficulty | Typical reader |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 90–100 | Very easy | 5th grade (age 10–11) |
| 70–89 | Easy to fairly easy | 6th–7th grade |
| 60–69 | Plain English | 8th–9th grade (age 13–15) |
| 50–59 | Fairly difficult | 10th–12th grade |
| 30–49 | Difficult | College level |
| 0–29 | Very difficult | College graduate |

#### Keyword density and SEO

Keyword density is how often a word or phrase appears as a share of all words. Search engines do not reward a particular percentage, and repeating a phrase unnaturally can hurt. Use the table to spot accidental repetition and to confirm your main topic is clearly present — then write for readers first.

### FAQ

**Is this word counter free and private?**
Yes. It is free with no sign-up and no length limit, and your text is analysed entirely in your browser. Nothing you type or paste is uploaded or stored on a server.

**Does it count hyphenated words and contractions as one word?**
Yes. “Well-known”, “mother-in-law” and “don’t” each count as one word, matching Microsoft Word and Google Docs.

**Are spaces counted as characters?**
The main **Characters** figure includes spaces and line breaks. **Characters (no spaces)** in the Details panel excludes all whitespace.

**How is reading time calculated?**
Reading time is the word count divided by 238 words per minute, the average adult silent reading speed. Speaking time uses 150 words per minute.

**How many words are on one page?**
About 500 words single-spaced or 250 double-spaced, with a 12-point font and 1-inch margins. The Details panel shows both page estimates for your text.

**Does it work with Hindi and other languages?**
Yes. Counting is Unicode-aware, so Hindi, Marathi, Tamil and other Indic scripts, Chinese, Japanese, Arabic and emoji are handled correctly. Readability scores are English-only because the Flesch formulas are.

**What is a good Flesch Reading Ease score?**
For most websites and general readers, 60–70 (plain English) is a good target. Scores above 80 read very easily; below 50 suits specialist or academic audiences.

**What is the ideal keyword density for SEO?**
There is no ideal percentage. Mention your main topic naturally where it helps the reader, and use the density table to catch repetition rather than to hit a number.

**Is my text saved?**
Only if **Save draft in this browser** is on (the default). The draft stays in this browser’s local storage on your device and is never sent anywhere. Turn the switch off to delete it.

**How many characters are allowed in a tweet or a meta description?**
An X (Twitter) post allows 280 characters for standard accounts, and a meta description is best kept to about 160. The **Character limits** tab checks both, plus SEO titles, SMS, YouTube, Instagram and LinkedIn.

## Password Generator

URL: https://justtools.online/security-tools/password-generator/
Category: Security Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-29

Generate strong, random passwords, memorable passphrases and PINs with a cryptographically secure generator. Free, instant and private — nothing is stored.

### At a glance

- Uses the browser’s **Web Crypto API** (`crypto.getRandomValues`) with rejection sampling, so every character is uniformly random with no modulo bias.
- Three modes: random **passwords** (4–128 characters), **passphrases** from the EFF short word list, and numeric **PINs** (4–12 digits).
- Options to include or exclude uppercase, lowercase, numbers and symbols, skip look-alike characters (I, l, 1, O, 0) and ban any custom characters.
- Shows strength as bits of entropy and an estimated time to crack at 100 billion guesses per second.
- Generates up to 100 passwords at once, with copy-all and download as a .txt file.
- Passwords are created on your device and are never sent, logged or stored.
- Obvious PINs such as 1111, 1234 and 1212 are never produced.

### Features

- **Truly random**: Built on `crypto.getRandomValues`, the same cryptographically secure source browsers use for encryption keys — not the predictable `Math.random`.
- **Passwords, passphrases and PINs**: Pick a random password for maximum strength, a word-based passphrase you can actually remember, or a numeric PIN for cards and phones.
- **Honest strength meter**: Strength is calculated from real entropy (bits) and turned into an estimated cracking time, so you can see exactly how much length and variety matter.
- **Fits any site’s rules**: Choose character types, guarantee at least one of each, avoid look-alike characters and exclude symbols a website refuses.
- **Easy to read back**: Numbers and symbols are colour-coded so you can type a password on another device without mistakes.
- **Bulk generation**: Create up to 100 passwords in one go for new accounts, Wi-Fi guests or test users, then copy or download them all.

### How to generate a strong password

1. **Choose a type** — Select **Password**, **Passphrase** or **PIN** at the top of the options.
2. **Set the length and characters** — Use at least 16 characters with all four character types for a password, or 5+ words for a passphrase.
3. **Check the strength** — Aim for **Strong** or **Very strong** — at least 60–80 bits of entropy for important accounts.
4. **Copy and save it** — Click **Copy**, paste the password into the website, and store it in a password manager. Click the refresh button for a new one.

### Guide

#### What makes a password strong?

Strength comes from **unpredictability**, measured in bits of entropy. Every extra bit doubles the number of guesses an attacker needs. A password drawn at random from 87 possible characters gains about 6.4 bits per character, so length matters more than anything else: 16 random characters give roughly 103 bits, far beyond the reach of any known attack.

Human-chosen passwords are weak even when they look complex, because attackers try dictionary words, names, dates and common substitutions like “P@ssw0rd” first. A generator removes that pattern entirely — which is why you should never tweak a generated password to make it “more memorable”.

- *Offline attack at 100 billion guesses per second against a fast hash. Websites that store passwords properly (bcrypt, scrypt, Argon2) and limit login attempts make real-world attacks far slower.

| Password | Entropy | Average time to crack* |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 8 random characters (all types) | ~52 bits | about 5 hours |
| 12 random characters (all types) | ~77 bits | about 30,000 years |
| 16 random characters (all types) | ~103 bits | trillions of years |
| 5-word passphrase + number | ~57 bits | about 11 days |
| 7-word passphrase | ~72 bits | about 1,000 years |
| 6-digit PIN | ~20 bits | less than a second (offline) |

#### Password or passphrase?

Use a **random password** for anything stored in a password manager — you never need to remember it, so make it long. Use a **passphrase** for the few secrets you must type from memory: your password manager’s master password, your computer login, or a Wi-Fi password guests will type. Six or seven random words are both strong and surprisingly easy to remember.

Passphrases here use the Electronic Frontier Foundation’s short word list of 1,296 common, easy-to-spell words, giving about 10.3 bits of entropy per word.

#### Password best practices

- **Use a unique password for every account.** When one site is breached, reused passwords are tried everywhere else within hours.
- **Use a password manager** to store them — Bitwarden, 1Password, KeePass, or the one built into your browser or phone.
- **Turn on two-factor authentication** (an authenticator app or passkey) for email, banking and social accounts.
- **Don’t change strong passwords on a schedule.** Change a password when there is a reason: a breach, a shared device, or a suspicion.
- **Never send passwords by email or chat.** Share them through your password manager’s sharing feature instead.

#### Is it safe to generate passwords online?

It is when the generator runs entirely in your browser, as this one does. The page uses your device’s cryptographic random number generator; the passwords are never transmitted, logged or saved, and they disappear when you close the tab. You can confirm it yourself: load the page, disconnect from the internet and keep generating.

### FAQ

**Is this password generator safe?**
Yes. Passwords are generated locally in your browser with the Web Crypto API and are never sent to a server, logged or stored. Nobody — including us — can see them.

**How long should my password be?**
At least 16 random characters for important accounts, or 12 as an absolute minimum. For passphrases, use five words or more, and six or seven for a master password.

**Are symbols really necessary?**
They help, but length helps more. A 20-character password of letters and numbers is stronger than a 12-character one with symbols. Include symbols unless a website rejects them.

**Why are some symbols left out?**
Quotes, backslashes, backticks, spaces and angle brackets are excluded because many websites, command lines and config files mishandle them. The 25 symbols used are accepted almost everywhere.

**What does “bits of entropy” mean?**
It measures how unpredictable a password is. Each bit doubles the number of possible passwords an attacker must try, so 80 bits is about a million times harder to guess than 60 bits.

**How is the time to crack estimated?**
It assumes an offline attack making 100 billion guesses per second, and that the password is found after trying half of all possibilities on average. Real attacks against well-protected websites are much slower.

**Can I generate many passwords at once?**
Yes. Choose up to 100 in **How many**, then copy them all or download them as a text file.

**Is a passphrase as secure as a random password?**
Per character it is weaker, but per word it is strong: each word adds about 10.3 bits. A six-word passphrase (~62 bits) is comparable to a 10-character random password and much easier to remember.

## JSON Formatter & Validator

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/json-formatter/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-29

Format, validate, minify and repair JSON online. Get the exact line and column of every error, a collapsible tree view and sorted keys — private, in-browser.

### At a glance

- Formats JSON with 2 spaces, 4 spaces or tabs, or **minifies** it to a single line.
- Validates strictly against the JSON standard (RFC 8259) and reports each error with its **line and column**, highlighting the exact spot.
- **Fix mistakes** mode repairs comments, trailing commas, single quotes, unquoted keys and Python-style True/False/None.
- Keeps numbers exactly as written: large integers such as 12345678901234567890 are not rounded, unlike JavaScript’s JSON.parse.
- Preserves key order and warns about **duplicate keys**; can sort keys alphabetically at every level.
- Includes a collapsible **tree view** for exploring large or deeply nested JSON.
- Runs entirely in your browser: pasted JSON — API responses, tokens, configs — is never uploaded or saved.

### Features

- **Precise error messages**: Instead of “Unexpected token”, you get a plain-English message such as “Expected ',' or '}' after property value” with the line, column and a pointer to the character.
- **One-click repair**: JSON copied from JavaScript, config files or Python often has comments, trailing commas or single quotes. **Fix mistakes** converts it to valid JSON and lists every change.
- **Exact numbers**: IDs, prices and big integers are kept character-for-character, so formatting never silently changes your data.
- **Tree view**: Expand and collapse objects and arrays to explore large responses, with item counts at every level.
- **Beautify or minify**: Choose 2 spaces, 4 spaces or tabs for readability, or minify to remove every unnecessary byte before shipping.
- **Private by design**: Nothing is sent to a server and nothing is stored, so it is safe for API keys, tokens and customer data.

### How to format and validate JSON

1. **Paste your JSON** — Paste into the **Input** box, click **Open file** to load a .json file, or try the **Sample**.
2. **Read the result** — Valid JSON is formatted instantly on the right. If it is invalid, the error bar shows the line, column and reason.
3. **Fix any errors** — Click **Show in input** to jump to the problem, or **Fix automatically** to repair comments, trailing commas and quotes.
4. **Copy or download** — Pick 2 spaces, 4 spaces, tabs or **Minify**, optionally sort keys, then copy the output or download it as a .json file.

### Guide

#### The most common JSON errors — and how to fix them

JSON is stricter than JavaScript. These mistakes cause almost every “invalid JSON” error. All of them except missing commas, missing brackets and leading zeros can be repaired automatically with **Fix mistakes**.

| Error | Invalid | Valid |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Trailing comma | `{"a": 1,}` | `{"a": 1}` |
| Single quotes | `{'a': 'b'}` | `{"a": "b"}` |
| Unquoted key | `{a: 1}` | `{"a": 1}` |
| Comments | `{"a": 1 // note}` | `{"a": 1}` |
| Missing comma | `{"a": 1 "b": 2}` | `{"a": 1, "b": 2}` |
| Python literals | `{"ok": True, "x": None}` | `{"ok": true, "x": null}` |
| Leading zero | `{"n": 007}` | `{"n": 7}` |
| Raw line break in a string | `"line one` ↵ `line two"` | `"line one\nline two"` |

#### Why numbers stay exact here

JavaScript stores every number as a 64-bit float, so `JSON.parse` silently rounds integers above 9,007,199,254,740,991: `12345678901234567890` becomes `12345678901234567000`. That corrupts order IDs, tweet IDs and account numbers. This formatter keeps each number’s original text, so the output is exactly what you pasted — only the whitespace changes.

#### Pretty-printed vs minified JSON

- **Pretty-printed** (2 or 4 spaces, or tabs) is for people: logs, config files, code reviews and documentation.
- **Minified** removes all optional whitespace and is for machines: API payloads, local storage and anything sent over the network. For typical JSON it is 10–30% smaller than 2-space formatting, before gzip.
- **Sorted keys** make two JSON documents easy to compare in a diff, because the same keys always appear in the same order.

#### JSON syntax in 60 seconds

- Values are strings, numbers, `true`, `false`, `null`, objects `{}` or arrays `[]`.
- Strings and keys use **double quotes** only. Escape `"` as `\"` and a backslash as `\\`.
- Items are separated by commas, with no comma after the last one.
- Numbers have no leading zeros, no `+` sign, and no `NaN` or `Infinity`.
- Comments are not part of JSON. Use JSONC or JSON5 files if you need them, and strip comments before parsing.

### FAQ

**Is it safe to paste API responses or tokens here?**
Yes. The formatter runs entirely in your browser; your JSON is never sent to a server, logged or saved. Close the tab and it is gone.

**How do I find where my JSON is broken?**
The red error bar gives the line and column and shows the line with a ^ under the problem. Click **Show in input** to jump straight to it.

**What does “Fix mistakes” change?**
It removes comments and trailing commas, converts single-quoted strings, quotes bare property names and turns Python’s True, False and None into true, false and null. Everything it changed is listed, and you can replace your input with the fixed JSON.

**Why does my number look different in other tools?**
Most online formatters use JavaScript’s JSON.parse, which rounds integers larger than 2^53. This tool keeps numbers exactly as written, so large IDs stay correct.

**Can it handle large JSON files?**
Yes — multi-megabyte files work, limited only by your device’s memory. Syntax colouring switches off above about 200 KB of output to keep the page fast.

**Does it support JSON5 or JSONC?**
Turn on **Fix mistakes** to read the most common JSON5/JSONC features — comments, trailing commas, single quotes and unquoted keys — and convert them into standard JSON.

**What happens with duplicate keys?**
The JSON standard leaves duplicates undefined; most parsers keep the last value. This tool does the same and shows a warning with the line of each duplicate, so you can fix the source.

**Can I download the result?**
Yes. Click **Download** to save the output as formatted.json or minified.json, or **Copy** to put it on your clipboard.

## EMI Calculator

URL: https://justtools.online/calculators/emi-calculator/
Category: Calculators
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-29

Calculate your loan EMI, total interest and full repayment schedule instantly. See yearly charts, the impact of prepayments and download the schedule.

### At a glance

- Uses the standard reducing-balance formula **EMI = P × r × (1 + r)^n ÷ ((1 + r)^n − 1)**, where r is the monthly interest rate and n the number of months.
- Shows the monthly EMI, total interest, total amount payable and the principal-to-interest split.
- Builds a full **month-by-month and year-by-year repayment schedule**, downloadable as a CSV file.
- Models an **extra monthly prepayment** and reports the interest saved and how much sooner the loan closes.
- Supports rupees (with lakh/crore formatting), US dollars, euros, pounds and UAE dirhams.
- Example: ₹50 lakh at 8.5% for 20 years gives an EMI of ₹43,391 and total interest of ₹54,13,879.
- Everything is calculated in your browser; nothing you enter is stored or sent anywhere.

### Features

- **Instant, exact EMI**: Change the amount, rate or tenure with a slider or by typing, and the EMI and totals update immediately — to the rupee.
- **Yearly breakdown chart**: See how each year’s payments split between principal and interest. Early years are mostly interest; the chart shows exactly how that shifts.
- **Full repayment schedule**: Switch between a yearly and a monthly table showing principal, interest and the balance left, then download it as CSV for Excel or Google Sheets.
- **Prepayment planner**: Add an extra amount every month to see the interest you save and how many years sooner the loan is closed.
- **Indian number format**: Amounts appear as ₹50,00,000 with “50 lakh” written out, and the chart axis uses L and Cr, so large numbers are easy to read.
- **Works for any loan**: Home loans, car loans, personal loans, education loans and mortgages all use the same formula — just enter your figures.

### How to calculate your EMI

1. **Enter the loan amount** — Type the amount you will borrow or drag the slider. Pick your currency if it isn’t rupees.
2. **Enter the interest rate** — Use the annual rate from your lender’s offer, for example 8.5%.
3. **Set the tenure** — Choose the repayment period in years or months. Longer tenures lower the EMI but raise the total interest.
4. **Read the results** — Your EMI, total interest and total payable appear instantly. Add an extra monthly payment to see how prepaying helps, and download the schedule if you need it.

### Guide

#### What is an EMI?

An EMI (equated monthly instalment) is the fixed amount you pay your lender every month until a loan is repaid. Each EMI covers that month’s interest on the outstanding balance, and the rest reduces the principal. Because the balance falls over time, the interest part of each EMI shrinks and the principal part grows — even though the EMI itself stays the same.

#### The EMI formula

**EMI = P × r × (1 + r)^n ÷ ((1 + r)^n − 1)**

Here **P** is the loan amount, **r** is the monthly interest rate (the annual rate ÷ 12 ÷ 100), and **n** is the number of monthly payments. For ₹10,00,000 at 10% a year for 20 years: r = 10 ÷ 12 ÷ 100 = 0.008333 and n = 240, which gives an EMI of **₹9,650**. Over 20 years you would repay ₹23,16,052, of which ₹13,16,052 is interest.

#### EMI for a ₹10 lakh loan at different rates

Monthly EMI, rounded to the nearest rupee. Scale in proportion for other amounts: a ₹50 lakh loan has five times the EMI.

| Tenure | 8% | 8.5% | 9% | 10% | 12% |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 5 years | ₹20,276 | ₹20,517 | ₹20,758 | ₹21,247 | ₹22,244 |
| 10 years | ₹12,133 | ₹12,399 | ₹12,668 | ₹13,215 | ₹14,347 |
| 15 years | ₹9,557 | ₹9,847 | ₹10,143 | ₹10,746 | ₹12,002 |
| 20 years | ₹8,364 | ₹8,678 | ₹8,997 | ₹9,650 | ₹11,011 |
| 25 years | ₹7,718 | ₹8,052 | ₹8,392 | ₹9,087 | ₹10,532 |
| 30 years | ₹7,338 | ₹7,689 | ₹8,046 | ₹8,776 | ₹10,286 |

#### How prepayment saves money

Any amount you pay on top of the EMI goes straight to the principal, so every later month charges interest on a smaller balance. Take a ₹50 lakh home loan at 8.5% for 20 years: the EMI is ₹43,391 and the total interest ₹54,13,879. Paying just **₹5,000 extra every month** closes the loan in 15 years 7 months instead of 20 and saves about **₹13.9 lakh** in interest.

Prepayments save the most early in the loan, when the balance — and so the interest — is highest. Many lenders also let you keep the tenure and reduce the EMI instead; this calculator shows the “shorter tenure” option, which saves more interest.

#### How to lower your EMI or total interest

- **Make a bigger down payment.** Every rupee you don’t borrow saves interest for the whole tenure.
- **Compare interest rates.** On a ₹50 lakh, 20-year loan, 0.5% lower rate cuts the EMI by roughly ₹1,600 a month.
- **Choose the shortest tenure you can afford.** A longer tenure lowers the EMI but multiplies the total interest.
- **Prepay whenever you can,** especially in the first years. Check your loan agreement for any prepayment charges first.
- **Keep your EMIs affordable.** A common rule of thumb is to keep all EMIs together below 40–50% of your monthly take-home income.

### FAQ

**How is EMI calculated?**
With the reducing-balance formula EMI = P × r × (1 + r)^n ÷ ((1 + r)^n − 1), where P is the loan amount, r the monthly rate (annual rate ÷ 12 ÷ 100) and n the number of months. This calculator applies it exactly and builds the full schedule from it.

**Why is my bank’s EMI slightly different?**
Lenders may round differently, count interest from the disbursal date, or add processing fees and insurance to the loan. The formula is the same, so the difference is normally small.

**Does a longer tenure save money?**
No. A longer tenure lowers the EMI but increases the total interest. A ₹10 lakh loan at 10% costs ₹2,74,823 in interest over 5 years but ₹13,16,052 over 20 years.

**Is it better to reduce the EMI or the tenure after a prepayment?**
Reducing the tenure saves more interest; reducing the EMI eases your monthly budget. If you can comfortably keep paying the same EMI, choose the shorter tenure.

**Can I calculate EMI for a car, personal or education loan?**
Yes. All of these are standard reducing-balance loans. Enter the amount, rate and tenure from your offer — or tap one of the examples to start.

**Does this work for a flat-rate loan?**
No. Some personal and vehicle loans quote a “flat” rate charged on the original amount for the whole tenure, which costs much more than the same reducing rate. Ask the lender for the reducing-balance rate (or APR) and enter that.

**Can I download the repayment schedule?**
Yes. Click **CSV** above the schedule to download every month’s payment, principal, interest, extra payment and balance for Excel or Google Sheets.

**Is my data saved?**
No. The calculations run in your browser, and nothing you enter is stored or sent anywhere.

## Merge PDF

URL: https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/merge-pdf/
Category: PDF Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-29

Merge PDF files online for free. Combine PDFs in any order, pick exact pages from each and download one file — processed in your browser with no upload.

### At a glance

- Merges PDFs **inside your browser** with the open-source pdf-lib library — files are never uploaded to a server.
- Reorder files by dragging, with the arrow buttons, or by sorting them by name.
- Choose pages per file with ranges such as `1-3, 5, 8-`, `odd`, `even` or reversed ranges like `6-2`.
- With a single PDF, the same page selection extracts or reorders pages into a new file.
- Copies pages exactly as they are: text stays selectable, and fonts and images are not re-compressed.
- No limit on the number of files, no watermark and no sign-up.
- Password-protected PDFs cannot be merged until the password is removed.

### Features

- **Nothing is uploaded**: Contracts, bank statements and ID documents stay on your device. The merge runs in your browser tab, so there is no server copy to worry about.
- **Pick exact pages**: Type a range for any file — `1-3, 5, 8-` — to leave out covers, blank pages or appendices. Leave it empty to include every page.
- **Easy reordering**: Drag files into place on a computer, use the up and down arrows on a phone, or sort by file name in one click.
- **Lossless quality**: Pages are copied as they are, not re-rendered, so text stays sharp and searchable and images keep their original quality.
- **Extract pages too**: Add one PDF and enter the pages you want to keep to split out chapters, remove pages or change their order.
- **Free with no limits**: No watermark, no file-count cap and no account. Large files are limited only by your device’s memory.

### How to merge PDF files

1. **Add your PDFs** — Drag and drop PDF files onto the box or click to browse. Add as many as you need.
2. **Put them in order** — Drag files up or down, use the arrow buttons, or click **Sort by name**. The numbers show the final order.
3. **Choose pages (optional)** — Leave the page box empty to include every page, or type a selection such as `1-3, 5` for that file.
4. **Merge and download** — Enter a file name and click **Merge PDF**. The combined file downloads immediately.

### Guide

#### Page selection cheat sheet

Each file has its own page box. Pages are added in the order you type them, and page numbers start at 1.

| Type | Pages included |
| --- | --- |
| (empty) or `all` | Every page |
| `1-3, 5` | Pages 1, 2, 3 and 5 |
| `8-` | Page 8 to the last page |
| `-4` | Pages 1 to 4 |
| `odd` / `even` | Every odd or every even page |
| `5-1` | Pages 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 (reversed) |
| `3, 1, 2` | Pages 3, 1 and 2 in that order |

#### Why merge PDFs in your browser?

Most PDF websites upload your files to their servers, process them there and keep them for a while before deleting. For tax returns, contracts, medical reports or anything with personal data, that is an unnecessary risk.

This tool uses pdf-lib, a well-established open-source PDF library, running inside your browser tab. Your files are read from your disk, combined in memory and saved straight back to your downloads folder. You can load the page, disconnect from the internet and merge — it still works.

#### Common uses

- **Job and college applications:** combine a CV, cover letter and certificates into the single PDF a portal asks for.
- **Scanned documents:** join pages scanned one at a time into one file, in the right order.
- **Invoices and statements:** bundle a month of invoices or bank statements for your accountant.
- **Reports:** add a cover page or appendix to a report exported from Word or Google Docs.
- **Trimming:** keep only the pages you need from a long PDF before emailing it.

#### Tips for the best result

- Check the page count shown under each file before merging — it tells you the file was read correctly.
- If a PDF is password-protected, open it with the password and save a copy without one first.
- The merged file is roughly the sum of the pages you selected. To make it smaller for email, run it through a PDF compressor afterwards.
- Form fields and bookmarks from the original files are not guaranteed to carry over; page content always does.

### FAQ

**Is it safe to merge confidential PDFs here?**
Yes. The PDFs are processed entirely in your browser and never uploaded, so no copy exists anywhere except on your device.

**How many PDFs can I merge at once?**
There is no fixed limit. Dozens of files work fine; very large batches are limited only by your device’s memory.

**Can I merge only some pages of a PDF?**
Yes. Type the pages you want in that file’s page box, for example `1-3, 5` or `8-`. Leave the box empty to include every page.

**Will merging reduce quality?**
No. Pages are copied as they are rather than re-rendered, so text stays selectable and images keep their original resolution.

**Can I change the order of pages, not just files?**
Yes — pages are added in the order you type them. `3, 1, 2` puts page 3 first. To interleave pages from different files, add the same file more than once with different page selections.

**Why can’t I add a password-protected PDF?**
Encrypted PDFs cannot be read without their password. Open the file with its password in a PDF reader, save or print a copy without protection, and add that copy.

**Does it work on a phone?**
Yes. It works in Chrome, Safari, Firefox and Edge on Android and iPhone. Use the arrow buttons to reorder files on a touch screen.

**Is there a watermark or a file-size limit?**
No watermark, no sign-up and no artificial size limit. The merged PDF contains only your pages.

## Image Resizer

URL: https://justtools.online/image-tools/image-resizer/
Category: Image Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-29

Resize JPG, PNG and WebP images by pixels, percentage or social media presets. Crop to fill or fit, batch resize and download a ZIP — no upload needed.

### At a glance

- Resizes by exact **pixels** (with or without keeping proportions), by **percentage** (5–400%), or to a **preset** size.
- Presets include Instagram square (1080×1080) and portrait (1080×1350), Story/Reel (1080×1920), YouTube thumbnail (1280×720), link previews (1200×630), Pinterest (1000×1500) and HD, Full HD and 4K screens.
- When the new shape differs from the photo, choose **crop to fill**, **fit with a border** in any colour, or **stretch**.
- Resizes any number of images at once and downloads them individually or as a ZIP.
- Saves as the original format, JPG, WebP or lossless PNG, with adjustable JPG/WebP quality.
- Uses multi-step downscaling for sharp results and respects each photo’s EXIF orientation.
- Runs entirely in your browser: images are never uploaded.

### Features

- **Exact pixel sizes**: Type a width, a height or both. With proportions locked, every photo keeps its shape; unlock them to make every image exactly the size you need.
- **Ready-made social sizes**: One click for Instagram posts and stories, YouTube thumbnails, link previews for Facebook and LinkedIn, X posts, Pinterest pins and standard screen sizes.
- **Crop, fit or stretch**: **Crop to fill** trims the edges evenly, **fit with border** keeps the whole photo and adds bars in your colour, and **stretch** matches the size exactly.
- **Batch resizing**: Drop in a whole folder of photos. Change a setting and every image is redone automatically, then download them all as one ZIP.
- **Sharp results**: Big reductions are done in several steps, which avoids the jagged edges and shimmering you get from a single resize.
- **Private and free**: No upload, no watermark, no sign-up and no limit on the number or size of images.

### How to resize an image

1. **Add your images** — Drag and drop photos, click to browse or paste with Ctrl+V. You can add as many as you like.
2. **Choose the new size** — Pick **Pixels** and type a width or height, **Percentage** to scale, or **Social & screen sizes** for a preset.
3. **Decide how to fill the shape** — If the new size has a different shape, choose **Crop to fill**, **Fit with border** or **Stretch**.
4. **Download** — Pick a format, then download each image or click **Download all** for a ZIP.

### Guide

#### Crop to fill, fit with border or stretch?

When a photo’s shape doesn’t match the new size — a landscape photo going into a 1080×1080 square, say — something has to give.

- **Crop to fill** scales the photo to cover the whole frame and trims the edges evenly. Nothing is distorted and there are no bars. Best for social posts and thumbnails.
- **Fit with border** keeps the entire photo and fills the leftover space with a colour you choose. Best when nothing may be cut off, such as documents and product shots.
- **Stretch** forces the photo to the exact size, distorting it if the shapes differ. Use it only when the shapes are already almost the same.

#### Recommended image sizes used by the presets

| Where | Size (px) | Aspect ratio |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Instagram square post | 1080 × 1080 | 1:1 |
| Instagram portrait post | 1080 × 1350 | 4:5 |
| Instagram / WhatsApp Story, Reel | 1080 × 1920 | 9:16 |
| YouTube thumbnail | 1280 × 720 | 16:9 |
| Facebook / LinkedIn link preview | 1200 × 630 | 1.91:1 |
| X (Twitter) post image | 1600 × 900 | 16:9 |
| Pinterest pin | 1000 × 1500 | 2:3 |
| Full HD screen / video frame | 1920 × 1080 | 16:9 |

#### Does resizing reduce quality?

**Making an image smaller** keeps it looking sharp — the tool downscales in several steps to avoid jagged edges. **Making an image larger** cannot add detail that was never captured: enlarging a small photo by more than about 150% makes it look soft. For the best result, start from the largest original you have.

To make files smaller without changing their dimensions, use the [Image Compressor](https://justtools.online/image-tools/image-compressor/) instead — or resize first and then compress.

#### Pixels, DPI and print size

Screens only care about pixels. For printing, divide the pixel size by the print resolution: at 300 DPI (photo quality), a 1800 × 1200 px image prints at 6 × 4 inches, and a 3000 × 2400 px image at 10 × 8 inches. For posters viewed from a distance, 150 DPI is usually enough.

### FAQ

**How do I resize an image without stretching it?**
Keep **proportions locked** and enter only a width or a height — the other side is calculated automatically. For an exact size with a different shape, use **Crop to fill** or **Fit with border** instead of stretching.

**Can I resize many photos at once?**
Yes. Add as many images as you like; every one is resized with the same settings, and you can download them all together as a ZIP file.

**Are my photos uploaded?**
No. Resizing happens entirely in your browser, so your photos never leave your device.

**What size should an Instagram post be?**
1080 × 1080 px for a square post or 1080 × 1350 px for a portrait (4:5) post. Stories and Reels use 1080 × 1920 px. All three are one-click presets here.

**Will resizing reduce the file size?**
Making an image smaller in pixels almost always makes the file smaller too. For precise control over file size, such as hitting 100 KB, use the Image Compressor.

**Can I enlarge a small image?**
Yes, by entering a bigger size or a percentage above 100%. The image gets bigger, but it cannot gain detail, so large enlargements look soft.

**Which format should I save in?**
JPG for photos that must work everywhere, WebP for smaller files on websites, and PNG for screenshots, graphics or images with transparency.

**Does it keep my photo the right way up?**
Yes. Phone photos are rotated according to their EXIF orientation before resizing, and the saved file is always upright.

## QR Code Generator

URL: https://justtools.online/qr-tools/qr-code-generator/
Category: QR & Barcode Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-29

Create free QR codes for links, UPI payments, Wi-Fi, WhatsApp, contacts and more. Add colours and a logo, download PNG or SVG. Codes never expire.

### At a glance

- Creates **static** QR codes: the content is stored in the code itself, so it never expires, needs no account and cannot be switched off.
- Nine types: link, text, **UPI payment**, Wi-Fi, WhatsApp, contact card (vCard), email, phone call and SMS.
- UPI codes use the standard `upi://pay` format that Google Pay, PhonePe, Paytm, BHIM and every other UPI app can scan, with an optional fixed amount.
- Custom colours, three dot styles, three corner styles and an optional centre logo.
- Downloads as **PNG** (512, 1024 or 2048 px) or scalable **SVG** for print, or copies the image to the clipboard.
- Supports all four error-correction levels (L 7%, M 15%, Q 25%, H 30%); adding a logo switches to H automatically.
- Generated in your browser — nothing you enter is sent anywhere, and scans are never tracked.

### Features

- **Never expires**: Many “free” QR sites create codes that redirect through their servers and stop working after a trial. These codes contain your content directly and work forever.
- **UPI payment QR**: Enter a UPI ID, payee name and optional amount to get a code customers can pay with any UPI app — ideal for shops, stalls and invoices.
- **Wi-Fi in one scan**: Guests point their camera at the code and join your network without typing the password. Works with modern iPhone and Android cameras.
- **Your brand, your colours**: Pick dot and corner colours, choose square, rounded or dot styles, and put your logo in the middle. A contrast check warns you before a code becomes hard to scan.
- **Print-ready files**: Download a sharp PNG up to 2048 px, or an SVG that stays crisp at any size — from business cards to banners.
- **Private by design**: Codes are generated on your device. There is no redirect link, so nobody can see who scans your code or when.

### How to create a QR code

1. **Choose what the code opens** — Pick **Link**, **UPI payment**, **Wi-Fi**, **WhatsApp**, **Contact** or another type.
2. **Fill in the details** — Type your link, UPI ID, network name or contact details. The preview updates as you type.
3. **Style it (optional)** — Change the colours and dot or corner style, and add your logo. Keep dark dots on a light background.
4. **Test and download** — Scan the preview with your phone, then download PNG or SVG, or copy the image.

### Guide

#### Static vs dynamic QR codes

A **static** QR code — the kind this tool makes — stores your link or text directly in its pattern. It works forever, needs no account and does not depend on any company staying in business. The trade-off: to change the destination you print a new code.

A **dynamic** QR code stores a short redirect link owned by a QR service. You can change where it points and see scan statistics, but it usually needs a paid plan, and the code stops working if the subscription lapses or the service shuts down. For menus, packaging, business cards and payment codes, static is the safer choice.

#### How to make a UPI payment QR code

Choose **UPI payment**, enter the UPI ID (VPA) that should receive the money — for example `yourshop@okhdfcbank` — and the name customers should see. Add an amount for a fixed bill, or leave it empty so the payer types the amount. A note such as an order number appears in the payment description.

Before printing, scan the code with your own UPI app and check that the payee name is correct. Never share a code that pays into someone else’s account.

#### Tips for QR codes that always scan

- **Keep contrast high:** dark dots on a light background. Light-on-dark codes fail in some scanner apps.
- **Keep the quiet zone:** leave the white border around the code; scanners use it to find the edges.
- **Print big enough:** at least 2 × 2 cm (0.8 in). A good rule is one unit of code size for every ten units of scanning distance.
- **Shorter content, simpler code:** long text makes the pattern denser and harder to scan from a distance.
- **Test before you print:** scan with at least two different phones, including an older one.
- **Use SVG for print:** it scales to any size without blurring.

#### Error correction levels explained

Error correction lets a code still scan when part of it is dirty, damaged or covered by a logo. More correction means a denser pattern.

| Level | Can recover | Best for |
| --- | --- | --- |
| L | about 7% | Screens and clean indoor use |
| M | about 15% | Most printed codes (default) |
| Q | about 25% | Packaging and outdoor signs |
| H | about 30% | Codes with a logo, or harsh conditions |

### FAQ

**Are these QR codes really free forever?**
Yes. They are static codes with your content inside them, so there is nothing to renew and nothing that can expire. There is no sign-up, no watermark and no scan limit.

**Can I create a QR code for UPI payments?**
Yes. Choose **UPI payment**, enter your UPI ID and name, and optionally an amount. The code works with Google Pay, PhonePe, Paytm, BHIM and any other UPI app.

**Will a logo stop my QR code from working?**
Not if it stays small. Adding a logo switches error correction to H (30%), which lets scanners read the code even with the centre covered. Keep the logo size moderate and always test by scanning.

**PNG or SVG — which should I download?**
Use PNG for websites, WhatsApp and documents. Use SVG for printing, because it stays perfectly sharp at any size.

**Can I track how many people scan my code?**
No — and that is deliberate. Tracking requires a dynamic code that redirects through a third-party server. These codes go straight to your content, so scans stay private.

**How do I share my Wi-Fi with a QR code?**
Choose **Wi-Fi**, enter the network name and password, and pick the security type (WPA for almost all routers). Guests scan it with their phone camera to join.

**Can I edit a QR code after printing it?**
No. A static code cannot change after it is printed. If your link might change, point the code at a page you control, such as your website’s home page.

**Is my information sent anywhere?**
No. The code is generated in your browser. UPI IDs, Wi-Fi passwords and contact details never leave your device.

## Text to Handwriting

URL: https://justtools.online/text-tools/text-to-handwriting/
Category: Text Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-29

Turn typed text into realistic handwriting on ruled paper. Pick from 7 handwriting styles including Hindi, choose ink and paper, and download PNG or PDF.

### At a glance

- Seven handwriting styles — cursive, neat, rounded, casual, quick, print and a **Hindi + English** style (Kalam) that writes Devanagari.
- Paper options: ruled notebook, plain, grid and old paper, with an optional red margin line.
- Blue, black, blue-black, red and green ink, or any custom colour.
- Each letter gets a slightly different size, angle and position, so pages don’t look machine-made; **Rewrite** gives a fresh variation.
- Adjustable writing size, line gap, word spacing and letter spacing, plus an optional scanned look.
- Long text flows onto as many A4 pages as needed; download a multi-page PDF or PNG images (1240 × 1754 px, 150 DPI).
- Runs in your browser: your text is never uploaded, and the fonts are open-licensed.

### Features

- **Realistic, not robotic**: Letters vary a little in size, slant, spacing and ink darkness, and every line drifts slightly — just like real writing. Turn **Natural variation** down for tidier pages or up for a hurried look.
- **Hindi handwriting**: The **Hindi + English** style writes Devanagari with proper conjuncts and matras, so you can mix Hindi and English on the same page.
- **Notebook-style paper**: Ruled lines, a red margin, grid paper or an aged-paper look. Writing sits neatly on the ruled lines at any size.
- **Multi-page PDF**: Long answers automatically continue onto new pages. Download everything as one A4 PDF or as PNG images.
- **Scanned look**: Add a slight tilt, uneven lighting and grain so the page looks photographed or scanned.
- **Private and free**: No sign-up, no watermark and no upload. A draft of your text is kept only in this browser so a refresh doesn’t lose it.

### How to convert text to handwriting

1. **Add your text** — Type or paste your notes, answer or letter into **Your text**.
2. **Pick a handwriting style** — Choose one of seven styles. For Hindi, choose **Hindi + English**.
3. **Choose ink and paper** — Select an ink colour and ruled, plain, grid or old paper. Adjust the size and spacing until it looks right.
4. **Download** — Check each page in the preview, then download a PDF or PNG images.

### Guide

#### Tips for the most realistic handwriting

- **Keep variation moderate.** Around 4–6 looks natural; 0 looks like a font, 10 looks rushed.
- **Match size to the line gap.** Letters should fill roughly two-thirds of the space between ruled lines.
- **Use blue or blue-black ink** on ruled paper for the classic notebook look.
- **Add the scanned look** if the page will be shared as a photo, and press **Rewrite** until you like the result.
- **Break long paragraphs** into shorter ones — real handwritten pages have more white space than typed ones.

#### Great uses for handwritten pages

If a teacher or exam asks for handwritten work, they usually mean written by you. Check the rules before submitting a generated page.

- Personal notes, study sheets and journals that feel more personal than print.
- Handwritten-style letters, cards and invitations.
- Mock-ups and designs for posters, social posts and presentations.
- Practice sheets that show what neat handwriting looks like.

#### Writing in Hindi and other scripts

Choose **Hindi + English** to write Devanagari — Hindi, Marathi, Nepali and Sanskrit — alongside English on the same page. Hindi words are drawn whole, so conjuncts such as क्ष and matras stay correctly joined; English letters still get individual variation.

### FAQ

**Is this text to handwriting converter free?**
Yes. It is free with no sign-up, no watermark and no page limit.

**Can I write in Hindi?**
Yes. Pick the **Hindi + English** handwriting style. It supports Devanagari, so Hindi, Marathi and Nepali text is written correctly, and you can mix it with English.

**How do I download my handwritten pages?**
Click **PDF** for a single A4 PDF with every page, or **PNG** for images. With more than one page, the PNGs come in a ZIP file.

**Why does every letter look slightly different?**
That is the natural variation that makes the page look handwritten. Lower **Natural variation** for neater writing, or press **Rewrite** to get a new version.

**What size are the pages?**
A4 portrait. PNG images are 1240 × 1754 pixels (150 DPI), which prints clearly on A4 paper; the PDF uses exact A4 page size.

**Is my text uploaded or saved?**
No text is uploaded — everything is drawn in your browser. A draft is kept in this browser’s local storage so a refresh doesn’t lose your work; press **Clear** to remove it.

**Can I use the handwritten pages for school assignments?**
The tool makes realistic pages, but teachers who ask for handwritten work usually expect your own writing. Check your school’s rules first.

**Which fonts are used?**
Open-licensed handwriting fonts from Google Fonts: Homemade Apple, Caveat, Indie Flower, Shadows Into Light, Nothing You Could Do, Patrick Hand and Kalam. They are served from this website, not from Google.

## Images to PDF

URL: https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/image-to-pdf/
Category: PDF Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-29

Convert JPG, PNG and other images to one PDF. Reorder and rotate pages, choose A4 or Letter, margins and quality — free, private and with no upload.

### At a glance

- Converts JPG, PNG, WebP, GIF and BMP images (and HEIC in Safari) into **one PDF**, one image per page.
- Upright JPG and PNG files are embedded **byte-for-byte** in the PDF, so there is no recompression and no quality loss.
- Reorder pages by dragging or with the arrow buttons, sort by file name, and rotate any image in 90° steps.
- Page size A4, US Letter, US Legal or the size of each image; orientation auto, portrait or landscape; no, small or large margins.
- Phone photos are turned upright automatically using their EXIF orientation.
- **Smaller file** mode scales images to 2000 px and saves at JPG quality 75 for email and upload limits.
- Runs in your browser: images are never uploaded, and there is no watermark or page limit.

### Features

- **No quality loss**: Most converters re-compress every photo. Here, upright JPG and PNG files are placed in the PDF exactly as they are, so text in scans stays sharp.
- **Order and rotate**: Drag thumbnails into place, sort by name, and rotate sideways scans — the numbers show the final page order.
- **Right page size**: A4 for most of the world, Letter or Legal for the US, or pages that match each image exactly. Auto orientation turns the page for landscape photos.
- **Upright phone photos**: Photos taken sideways on a phone often appear rotated in PDFs. The EXIF orientation is read and applied, so every page is the right way up.
- **Small files when you need them**: Switch to **Smaller file** to shrink big camera photos for email attachments and upload forms with a size limit.
- **Private and unlimited**: Nothing is uploaded, nothing is stored, and there is no limit on the number of images.

### How to convert JPG images to PDF

1. **Add your images** — Drop photos or scans onto the box, click to browse, or paste a screenshot with Ctrl+V.
2. **Arrange the pages** — Drag thumbnails into order or use the arrows. Rotate any image that is sideways.
3. **Choose page options** — Pick the page size, orientation, margin and quality.
4. **Convert and download** — Name the file and click **Convert to PDF**. The PDF downloads straight away.

### Guide

#### Which page settings should I use?

| You are making… | Page size | Margin | Image on the page |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Scanned documents or receipts | A4 (or Letter in the US) | Small | Whole image |
| A photo album or portfolio | Same as image | None | — |
| A printable handout | A4 or Letter | Large | Whole image |
| Full-bleed posters or slides | A4 or Letter | None | Fill page |

#### Original quality or smaller file?

**Original quality** keeps every JPG and PNG exactly as it is. A PDF of ten phone photos can therefore be 20–40 MB — perfect for archiving and printing.

**Smaller file** resizes each image to at most 2000 pixels on its longest side and saves it as a JPG at quality 75. The same ten photos typically fit in a few megabytes, which suits email attachments and application portals. For an exact size limit, compress the finished file further or reduce the number of pages.

#### Why convert images to PDF?

- **One file instead of many:** forms and email are easier with a single attachment.
- **Fixed page order:** a PDF keeps scans of a multi-page document in sequence.
- **Opens everywhere:** every phone, computer and printer can open a PDF.
- **Easy to print:** pages are already sized for A4 or Letter paper.

### FAQ

**How do I convert several JPGs into one PDF?**
Add all the images at once, arrange them in the order you want, and click **Convert to PDF**. Every image becomes one page of the same PDF.

**Does converting reduce image quality?**
Not with **Original quality**: upright JPG and PNG files are embedded without any recompression. Only rotated images, other formats and **Smaller file** mode are re-encoded.

**Are my images uploaded?**
No. The PDF is created entirely in your browser, so your photos and scans never leave your device.

**Why was my phone photo sideways in other PDFs?**
Phones often save photos sideways with an EXIF “rotate” note that PDF viewers ignore. This tool reads that note and turns the photo upright before adding it.

**Can I convert PNG, WebP or screenshots?**
Yes. PNG, WebP, GIF, BMP and screenshots all work. HEIC photos from an iPhone work in Safari; in other browsers, convert them to JPG first.

**How do I make the PDF smaller?**
Choose **Smaller file** before converting. Large camera photos are resized to 2000 px and compressed, which usually cuts the size by 70–90%.

**Is there a limit on the number of images?**
No fixed limit. Very large batches are limited only by your device’s memory.

**Can I add more pages to an existing PDF?**
Convert the new images to a PDF here, then combine both files with [Merge PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/merge-pdf/).

## PDF Password Remover

URL: https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/pdf-password-remover/
Category: PDF Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-29

Remove the password from PDFs you can open. Unlock AES and RC4 protected PDFs and lift print and copy restrictions — free, in your browser, no upload.

### At a glance

- Removes PDF passwords with **QPDF**, the open-source PDF engine, compiled to WebAssembly and running entirely in your browser.
- Handles every standard PDF encryption: **AES-256**, **AES-128**, **RC4 128-bit** and **RC4 40-bit**.
- You need the password: the tool removes protection from files you can already open; it cannot guess or crack an unknown password.
- PDFs protected only against printing, copying or editing (no password to open) are unlocked without any password.
- Unlock several PDFs that share a password in one go, then download them individually or as a ZIP.
- The unlocked file is the original document without encryption — text, images and quality are unchanged.
- Files and passwords are processed on your device and never uploaded or stored.

### Features

- **Unlock once, open freely**: Stop typing the same password every time you open a statement. Save an unlocked copy for your records or to share with your accountant.
- **Batch unlocking**: Add a year of bank statements that use the same password and unlock them all with one click. Files with a different password stay locked until you enter it.
- **Removes restrictions**: PDFs that open normally but block printing or copying text are detected automatically and unlocked without a password.
- **Every encryption type**: From old RC4 40-bit files to modern AES-256, powered by QPDF — the same engine used by many professional PDF tools.
- **No quality loss**: The document is decrypted, not re-printed or converted to images, so text stays searchable and selectable.
- **Private by design**: Bank statements and ID documents are among the most sensitive files you have. Here they never leave your device.

### How to remove a password from a PDF

1. **Add the PDF** — Drop one or more protected PDFs onto the box, or click to browse.
2. **Check what is needed** — Each file is checked automatically. Files that only restrict printing or copying are unlocked straight away.
3. **Enter the password** — Type the password you use to open the file and click **Unlock PDF**. Watch out for Caps Lock.
4. **Download** — Download the unlocked PDF — or all of them as a ZIP. The copy opens without a password.

### Guide

#### Two kinds of PDF password

A PDF can have an **open password** (also called the user password), which you must type before you can see anything, and a **permissions password** (owner password), which lets the file open normally but blocks printing, copying or editing.

For an open password, enter it here and the tool saves a copy without protection. For permissions-only files, no password is needed — the restrictions are removed as soon as you add the file.

#### Password formats for common Indian documents

| Document | Password format | Example |
| --- | --- | --- |
| e-Aadhaar (UIDAI) | First 4 letters of your name in CAPITALS + year of birth | `SURE1990` |
| ITR-V acknowledgement | PAN in lowercase + date of birth as DDMMYYYY | `abcde1234f01011990` |
| Bank and credit-card statements | Varies by bank — often part of your name with your date of birth, or your customer ID | See the email the statement came with |

#### Is it safe and legal to unlock a PDF?

Unlocking your own documents — statements, payslips, tax forms, ID copies — to store or share them more easily is routine and safe, especially when the file never leaves your device.

Only remove protection from documents you own or are authorised to use. Removing restrictions from someone else’s copyrighted document may break its terms of use. After unlocking, anyone with the file can open it, so store unlocked copies carefully.

#### Forgot the password?

This tool cannot recover a forgotten password, and modern AES-256 PDFs cannot practically be cracked. Ask the sender for the password or a new copy — banks and government portals let you download statements and documents again, and their emails usually explain the password format.

### FAQ

**Can this tool unlock a PDF without the password?**
Only if the PDF has no open password and merely restricts printing, copying or editing — those restrictions are removed automatically. If a PDF asks for a password when you open it, you need that password.

**Is my PDF uploaded to a server?**
No. The PDF is decrypted in your browser with QPDF compiled to WebAssembly. Neither the file nor the password is sent anywhere.

**What is the password for e-Aadhaar?**
The first four letters of your name as printed on the Aadhaar, in capital letters, followed by your year of birth — for example `SURE1990`.

**Can I unlock many bank statements at once?**
Yes. Add all the statements, enter the password once, and every file that uses it is unlocked. Download them together as a ZIP.

**Will the unlocked PDF look the same?**
Yes. Only the encryption is removed; pages, text, images, links and the file’s quality are unchanged.

**Which encryption types are supported?**
All standard PDF encryption: AES-256 (Acrobat X and later), AES-128, and RC4 128-bit and 40-bit used by older software.

**I get “Wrong password” but I’m sure it’s right. What should I try?**
Check Caps Lock and letter case, try without spaces, and confirm the date format (for example DDMMYYYY vs DDMMYY). Some banks use a different format for older statements.

**Is it legal to remove a PDF password?**
It is fine for your own documents or files you are authorised to use. Don’t use it to bypass restrictions on documents that belong to someone else.

## WebP Converter

URL: https://justtools.online/image-tools/webp-converter/
Category: Image Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-29

Convert PNG, JPG, GIF and HEIC images to WebP in your browser. Lossy or lossless, transparency kept, batch ZIP download — free, private and with no upload.

### At a glance

- Converts PNG, JPG/JPEG, GIF (first frame), BMP, AVIF and **HEIC** images to WebP.
- **Lossy** WebP with a quality slider (1–100), or **lossless** WebP that keeps every pixel identical to the original.
- Transparency (alpha) is preserved in both modes.
- Uses the browser’s own WebP encoder where available and Google’s **libwebp** compiled to WebAssembly for lossless mode and for Safari.
- Google reports lossy WebP files are typically 25–34% smaller than comparable JPEGs, and lossless WebP about 26% smaller than PNG.
- Convert any number of images at once and download them individually or as a ZIP.
- Runs entirely in your browser: images are never uploaded, and metadata such as GPS location is not copied.

### Features

- **Lossy or lossless**: Lossy for photos with the smallest files; lossless for logos, screenshots and graphics where every pixel must stay exact.
- **Works in every browser**: Chrome, Edge and Firefox use their built-in encoder; Safari and lossless mode use libwebp in WebAssembly, so results are consistent everywhere.
- **Transparency kept**: PNG and GIF transparency carries over to WebP — no white boxes behind your logos.
- **HEIC input too**: Drop iPhone HEIC photos straight in; they are decoded in your browser and saved as WebP.
- **See the savings**: Each file shows its size before and after, and the batch total, so you know exactly what you gained.
- **Batch and ZIP**: Convert a whole folder of images in one go and download them as a single ZIP file.

### How to convert images to WebP

1. **Add your images** — Drag and drop PNG, JPG, GIF or HEIC files, click to browse, or paste an image with Ctrl+V.
2. **Pick lossy or lossless** — Use **Lossy** for photos and set the quality (80 is a great default), or **Lossless** for graphics.
3. **Check the sizes** — Each image shows its original and WebP size. Adjust quality and everything re-converts automatically.
4. **Download** — Download files one by one, or click **Download all** for a ZIP.

### Guide

#### What is WebP?

WebP is an image format created by Google that supports both lossy and lossless compression, transparency and animation. The same picture is usually noticeably smaller as WebP than as JPG or PNG, which makes web pages load faster.

Every current browser displays WebP — Chrome, Edge, Firefox, Opera, and Safari on macOS Big Sur and iOS 14 or later — as do Android, Windows 10/11, macOS and most image editors.

#### Lossy or lossless WebP?

|  | Lossy WebP | Lossless WebP |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Best for | Photos and complex images | Logos, icons, screenshots, graphics with text |
| Replaces | JPG | PNG |
| Pixels | Slightly changed (invisible at good quality) | Identical to the original |
| Typical saving | 25–34% vs JPG | About 26% vs PNG |
| Transparency | Yes | Yes |

#### When not to use WebP

- **Email attachments and documents** — some email clients and older Office versions still handle JPG and PNG more reliably.
- **Printing** — print shops usually expect JPG, PNG, TIFF or PDF.
- **Very old software** — Windows 7 photo viewers and old editors may not open WebP.
- **Animated GIFs** — this tool converts the first frame only, into a still image.

#### Using WebP on your website

Serve WebP to every visitor today — all modern browsers support it. If you must support very old browsers, use a `<picture>` element with a WebP `<source>` and a JPG `<img>` fallback. Converting your largest images to WebP is one of the quickest ways to improve Largest Contentful Paint (LCP), a Core Web Vitals metric.

### FAQ

**Is this WebP converter free?**
Yes. It is free with no sign-up, no watermark and no limit on the number of images.

**Are my images uploaded?**
No. Conversion happens in your browser, so your images never leave your device.

**Will converting to WebP reduce quality?**
Lossy WebP at quality 75–85 looks the same as the original to most people. Choose **Lossless** if the pixels must stay exactly identical.

**Why is my WebP bigger than the original?**
This happens with images that were already heavily compressed, or tiny graphics. Lower the quality, or keep the original format for that file.

**Does WebP support transparency?**
Yes, in both lossy and lossless mode. Transparent PNGs and GIFs keep their transparency when converted.

**Can I convert HEIC photos to WebP?**
Yes. HEIC photos from an iPhone are decoded in your browser and saved as WebP. To get JPG instead, use the [HEIC to JPG Converter](https://justtools.online/image-tools/heic-to-jpg/).

**Does it keep GIF animation?**
No — animated GIFs are converted to a still WebP of the first frame.

**Does it work in Safari and on iPhone?**
Yes. Safari can’t write WebP on its own, so the tool uses Google’s libwebp encoder in WebAssembly there. It is a little slower but produces the same kind of file.

## HEIC to JPG Converter

URL: https://justtools.online/image-tools/heic-to-jpg/
Category: Image Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-29

Convert HEIC and HEIF photos from iPhone to JPG, PNG or WebP right in your browser. Batch convert at full resolution — free, private and with no upload.

### At a glance

- Converts HEIC and HEIF photos (the default iPhone and iPad camera format) to **JPG**, **PNG** or **WebP**.
- Works in Chrome, Edge and Firefox using **libheif** compiled to WebAssembly, and uses Safari’s built-in decoder where available.
- Keeps the full original resolution and turns photos the right way up.
- Multi-image HEIC files (bursts and collections) can be converted to one image each.
- Converts any number of photos at once, with a ZIP download.
- Decoding runs in a background worker, so the page stays responsive with large batches.
- Photos are never uploaded, and metadata such as GPS location is not copied into the converted files.

### Features

- **Works on any computer**: Windows and Android often can’t open HEIC without extra software. Convert to JPG here and the photos open everywhere.
- **Full resolution, right way up**: Photos keep every pixel of the original, and rotation stored in the file is applied so nothing comes out sideways.
- **JPG, PNG or WebP**: JPG for sharing and uploads, PNG for further editing, WebP for small, high-quality web images.
- **Batch conversion**: Drop a whole folder of iPhone photos and download them as one ZIP.
- **Private by design**: Many HEIC converters upload your photos. Here they are decoded on your own device, and location data is left out of the new files.
- **Bursts and collections**: Turn on one switch to convert every image stored in multi-image HEIC files, not just the main one.

### How to convert HEIC to JPG

1. **Add your HEIC photos** — Drag and drop .heic or .heif files onto the box, or click to browse.
2. **Choose the format** — Pick **JPG** (recommended), **PNG** or **WebP**, and adjust quality if you like — 92 is visually lossless.
3. **Wait a moment** — Each photo is decoded and converted in your browser. Large batches take a few seconds per photo.
4. **Download** — Download each photo, or click **Download all** for a ZIP.

### Guide

#### What is a HEIC file?

HEIC is Apple’s name for photos stored in the HEIF format using HEVC (H.265) compression. iPhones and iPads have saved photos as HEIC by default since iOS 11 because the files are roughly half the size of JPGs at similar quality.

The catch is compatibility: many Windows PCs, Android phones, websites and upload forms can’t open HEIC. Converting to JPG makes the photos work everywhere.

#### JPG, PNG or WebP?

| Format | Best for | File size vs HEIC |
| --- | --- | --- |
| JPG | Sharing, email, printing, upload forms | Larger (often about double) |
| PNG | Editing without further quality loss | Much larger (lossless) |
| WebP | Websites and apps | Similar or slightly larger |

#### How to make your iPhone save JPG instead

Open **Settings → Camera → Formats** and choose **Most Compatible**. New photos are then saved as JPG. Existing HEIC photos stay HEIC — convert those here.

When you email a photo or share it to some apps, iOS may already convert it to JPG automatically. Photos copied from the phone to a computer over USB or cloud storage usually stay HEIC.

#### Opening HEIC on Windows

Windows 10 and 11 can display HEIC only after installing the HEIF Image Extensions and HEVC Video Extensions from the Microsoft Store, and the HEVC extension is a paid download. Converting to JPG avoids installing anything.

### FAQ

**Is this HEIC to JPG converter free?**
Yes. It is free with no sign-up, no watermark and no limit on the number of photos.

**Are my photos uploaded?**
No. Your HEIC photos are decoded and converted entirely in your browser, and never leave your device.

**Does converting reduce quality?**
JPG at quality 92 (the default) looks identical to the original for practically all photos. Choose PNG if you need a lossless copy for editing.

**Why is the JPG bigger than the HEIC?**
HEIC uses more efficient compression than JPG, so the same photo takes more space as a JPG. That is the price of compatibility. Use WebP for smaller files.

**Is location data kept?**
No. Converted files don’t include the original metadata, so GPS location, camera details and capture time are left out — safer for sharing.

**Can I convert many HEIC files at once?**
Yes. Add as many as you like; they are converted one after another and can be downloaded together as a ZIP.

**Does it work on Windows and Android?**
Yes. It works in Chrome, Edge and Firefox on Windows, Mac, Linux and Android. Safari on Mac, iPhone and iPad works too.

**Some files show an error. Why?**
The file may be damaged, or it may not really be a HEIC photo — for example, a video saved with a .heic name. Try exporting the photo from the Photos app again.

## Compress PDF

URL: https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/compress-pdf/
Category: PDF Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-29

Compress PDF files in your browser: shrink scans and image-heavy PDFs, or hit a target like 200 KB. Text stays sharp and selectable — free, private, no upload.

### At a glance

- Recompresses the images inside a PDF at **72, 150 or 220 DPI**; text, fonts and vector graphics are never rasterised, so text stays sharp and selectable.
- **Target size** mode tries stronger settings step by step until the PDF fits a limit such as 100 KB, 200 KB or 1 MB.
- **Lossless** mode only optimises the file structure (object streams and maximum Flate compression with QPDF) and leaves image quality untouched.
- The result is checked to have the same number of pages, and if compression can’t make a file smaller, the original is returned.
- Compress several PDFs at once and download them individually or as a ZIP.
- PDFs that need a password to open must be unlocked first; permission-restricted PDFs are compressed with their restrictions kept (images re-encoded, not resized).
- Runs entirely in your browser: files are never uploaded.

### Features

- **Text stays text**: Many online compressors turn every page into a picture. Here only the images are optimised, so text remains searchable, selectable and razor-sharp.
- **Hit an exact size**: Need a PDF under 200 KB for an application portal? Enter the limit and the tool finds the best quality that fits.
- **Smart image resampling**: Photos and scans are resized to the resolution the page actually needs, then re-encoded — the biggest saving in most large PDFs.
- **Lossless option**: When quality must not change, lossless mode repacks the file’s structure with QPDF for a smaller file with identical content.
- **Never worse**: Every result is validated. If a PDF is already well optimised, you get the original back instead of a bigger or broken file.
- **Private and unlimited**: Contracts, statements and certificates stay on your device. No upload, no watermark, no file limit.

### How to compress a PDF

1. **Add your PDF** — Drop one or more PDF files onto the box, or click to browse.
2. **Choose how much to compress** — Pick **Recommended** for most files, **Extreme** for the smallest size, **Light** for print quality, or **Lossless** to keep images unchanged. Or switch to **Target file size** and enter a limit in KB.
3. **Check the result** — Each file shows its size before and after. Change the level and it recompresses automatically.
4. **Download** — Download each compressed PDF, or all of them as a ZIP.

### Guide

#### Which compression level should I use?

| Level | Images | Best for |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Extreme | 72 DPI, strong compression | The smallest file for screen viewing and strict upload limits |
| Recommended | 150 DPI, good quality | Email, sharing and most upload portals |
| Light | 220 DPI, high quality | Documents that may be printed |
| Lossless | Unchanged | Files where image quality must not change |

#### Why some PDFs barely shrink

Most of a large PDF’s size is usually photos or scanned pages — that is what compression targets. A PDF that is mostly text and vector graphics, or one whose images are already small, has little to remove, and the tool will tell you it kept the original.

Embedded fonts, forms and attachments are left intact. Scanned documents saved as PNG-style images inside the PDF are converted to JPEG only in lossy modes and only where that makes them smaller.

#### Compressing PDFs for application portals

- Use **Target file size** and enter the portal’s limit — common limits are 100 KB, 200 KB, 500 KB and 1 MB.
- Scan documents in **greyscale at 150–200 DPI** rather than colour at 600 DPI; the PDF will be far smaller before you even compress it.
- Upload **one document per PDF**. If a portal needs several pages in one file, [merge them](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/merge-pdf/) first, then compress.
- Check the compressed file is readable before submitting — zoom in on the smallest text.

### FAQ

**Is it safe to compress confidential PDFs here?**
Yes. Compression runs entirely in your browser, so the PDF is never uploaded or stored anywhere.

**Will compressing a PDF reduce quality?**
Only images are affected, and only in the lossy levels. Text, fonts and vector graphics stay exactly as they were. Choose **Light** or **Lossless** if image quality matters most.

**How do I compress a PDF to 200 KB (or 100 KB)?**
Switch to **Target file size**, choose 200 KB (or type any limit) and add your PDF. The tool steps down image resolution and quality until the file fits.

**Why didn’t my PDF get smaller?**
It was probably already optimised or made mostly of text. The tool never returns a larger file — you get the original back. For a text-only PDF, lossless mode may still save a little.

**Can I compress a password-protected PDF?**
If it needs a password to open, unlock it first with the [PDF Password Remover](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/pdf-password-remover/) (you need to know the password), then compress the unlocked copy. PDFs that open freely but restrict printing or editing are compressed with their restrictions kept; their images are re-encoded but can only be resized after the restrictions are removed.

**Is the text still searchable after compression?**
Yes. Pages are not converted to images, so text stays selectable and searchable.

**How many PDFs can I compress at once?**
As many as you like. They are processed one after another and can be downloaded together as a ZIP.

**Does it work on mobile?**
Yes, in current mobile browsers. Very large PDFs (hundreds of MB) may need a computer with more memory.

## Barcode Generator

URL: https://justtools.online/qr-tools/barcode-generator/
Category: QR & Barcode Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-29

Free barcode generator for EAN-13, UPC-A, Code 128, Code 39, ITF-14, GS1-128 and Data Matrix. Check digits added, exact mm size, PNG, SVG and batch print.

### At a glance

- Creates 11 barcode types: **Code 128, EAN-13, EAN-8, UPC-A, UPC-E, Code 39, ITF-14, Codabar, GS1-128, Data Matrix and PDF417**.
- The GS1 **check digit** for EAN-13, EAN-8, UPC-A, UPC-E and ITF-14 is calculated automatically; a check digit you type is verified.
- Sizes are real-world: set the narrowest bar (X-dimension) and the bar height in **millimetres**, and the SVG and printout keep that exact size.
- Downloads **SVG** (vector, sized in mm) or **PNG** at 150, 300 or 600 DPI with the resolution written into the file, or copies the image to the clipboard.
- **Batch mode** turns up to 200 values — pasted from Excel or Google Sheets — into barcodes, downloaded as a ZIP or printed on one sheet.
- Barcodes are drawn with Barcode Writer in Pure PostScript (bwip-js), a widely used open-source barcode engine.
- Runs entirely in your browser: nothing you enter is uploaded.

### Features

- **Check digits done for you**: Type 12 digits for an EAN-13 and the 13th is calculated. Type all 13 and a wrong check digit is caught before it reaches a printed label.
- **Exact print size**: Choose the bar width in millimetres (0.33 mm is the retail standard) and the height you need. What you set is what prints.
- **Batch from a spreadsheet**: Paste a column of SKUs, product numbers or serials and get every barcode at once, as a ZIP of PNG or SVG files or a print-ready sheet.
- **Print-ready files**: SVG stays sharp at any size in Illustrator, CorelDRAW, Canva and label software; PNG carries its DPI so Word places it at the right size.
- **Scanner-safe checks**: Warnings appear for low contrast, light-on-dark codes and red bars, which laser scanners cannot see.
- **Private and unlimited**: No account, no watermark and no limit. Product numbers and serials never leave your device.

### How to create a barcode

1. **Choose the barcode type** — Pick **EAN-13** or **UPC-A** for retail products, **Code 128** for labels and inventory, **ITF-14** for cartons, or a 2D code such as **Data Matrix**.
2. **Enter your data** — Type the number or text. For EAN and UPC codes, leave out the check digit and it is added for you. For many barcodes, switch to **Many (batch)** and paste one value per line.
3. **Set the size and colours** — Adjust the bar width and height in millimetres, and keep dark bars on a light background.
4. **Download or print** — Download **SVG** for print and design work or **PNG** for documents, or print directly at true size. Scan a test print before printing labels in bulk.

### Guide

#### Which barcode type should I use?

| Type | What it encodes | Typical use |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Code 128 | Letters, digits and symbols | Shipping labels, inventory, asset tags, tickets |
| EAN-13 | 12 digits + check digit | Retail products worldwide; books (ISBN, starting 978/979) |
| EAN-8 | 7 digits + check digit | Small retail packs |
| UPC-A | 11 digits + check digit | Retail products in the US and Canada |
| UPC-E | Compressed 6-digit UPC | Small items sold in the US and Canada |
| Code 39 | A–Z, 0–9 and - . $ / + % space | Industry, defence and older systems |
| ITF-14 | 13 digits + check digit (GTIN-14) | Outer shipping cartons |
| Codabar | Digits and - $ : / . + | Libraries, blood banks, couriers |
| GS1-128 | GS1 data such as GTIN, batch and expiry | Pallet and logistics labels, pharma |
| Data Matrix | Any text, in a small square | Small parts, electronics, medicines |
| PDF417 | Large amounts of text | ID cards, boarding passes, permits |

#### Getting a real EAN or UPC number for your product

Barcodes on products sold in shops and on most marketplaces must use a number licensed from **GS1** — in India, from GS1 India. The number identifies your company and product worldwide, so it can’t simply be made up.

This generator draws any number to the standard, and is ideal once you have your GS1 numbers, or for internal barcodes where you choose the numbering: stock-keeping units, shelf labels, library books, files, assets and event tickets. For those, **Code 128** is usually the best choice.

#### Tips for barcodes that scan first time

- Print at **100% scale** — turn off “Fit to page” — so the bar width stays as you set it.
- Keep the **quiet zone** (the blank margin) on both sides; text or edges too close to the bars stop scanners.
- Use **dark bars on a light background**. Red, orange and yellow bars are invisible to red-light laser scanners.
- On a **203 DPI thermal printer** each dot is 0.125 mm, so bar widths of 0.25, 0.375 or 0.5 mm print cleanly; on 300 DPI printers use multiples of about 0.085 mm.
- Don’t shrink retail codes below 80% of standard size (a 0.26 mm bar), and avoid cutting their height.
- Scan a test print with a phone scanner app or your till scanner before printing hundreds of labels.

### FAQ

**Is this barcode generator free?**
Yes. Every barcode type, the batch mode and all downloads are free, with no watermark, sign-up or limit.

**How do I get a barcode for my product?**
Register with GS1 (GS1 India in India) to get your company’s product numbers, then enter each number here as an EAN-13 to create the barcode artwork.

**Is the check digit added automatically?**
Yes, for EAN-13, EAN-8, UPC-A, UPC-E and ITF-14. Enter the number without its last digit and the check digit is calculated; if you enter it yourself, it is verified.

**Should I download PNG or SVG?**
Use **SVG** for printing, packaging and design software: it is vector, stays sharp at any size and keeps the exact size in millimetres. Use **PNG** for Word, spreadsheets and websites; choose 300 or 600 DPI for print.

**Can I create many barcodes at once?**
Yes. Switch to **Many (batch)**, paste up to 200 values (one per line, for example a column from Excel) and download them as a ZIP of PNG or SVG files, or print them all on one sheet.

**What is the difference between a barcode and a QR code?**
A barcode stores a short number or code in a row of bars and is read by retail and warehouse scanners. A QR code is 2D, holds much more, and is made for phone cameras — use the [QR Code Generator](https://justtools.online/qr-tools/qr-code-generator/) for links, UPI payments and Wi-Fi.

**Can I print barcodes on labels?**
Yes. Print sends the barcodes at true size, as many copies as you choose. For pre-cut label sheets or thermal label printers, download SVG or PNG and place them with your label software or Word’s labels feature.

**Is my data private?**
Yes. Barcodes are generated in your browser, so product numbers and serials are never uploaded or stored.

## BMI Calculator

URL: https://justtools.online/calculators/bmi-calculator/
Category: Calculators
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-29

Free BMI calculator: enter height in feet or cm and weight in kg or lb to see your BMI, WHO or Asian (Indian) category and healthy weight range.

### At a glance

- BMI = weight in kg ÷ (height in m)². In pounds and inches the same formula is 703 × lb ÷ in².
- WHO adult categories: below **18.5** underweight, **18.5–24.9** healthy, **25–29.9** overweight and **30 or more** obesity (classes I, II and III from 30, 35 and 40).
- **Asian cut-offs** (WHO Asia-Pacific classification, also used by Indian guidelines): 18.5–22.9 healthy, **23–24.9 overweight** and **25 or more obesity**.
- Shows the healthy weight range for your height and how much you would need to lose or gain to reach it.
- Optional **waist-to-height ratio**, graded with the NICE (2022) boundaries: 0.4–0.49 healthy, 0.5–0.59 increased health risk, 0.6 or more high risk.
- Adult categories apply from age 18. Under 18, BMI has to be read on age- and sex-specific growth charts.
- Height in feet and inches or cm, weight in kg or pounds, in any combination. Nothing you enter leaves your browser.

### Features

- **Feet and kilos together**: Enter height in feet and inches and weight in kilograms — the way most people in India know them — or any other mix of units.
- **Asian and Indian cut-offs**: One tap switches to the lower thresholds recommended for people of Asian descent, who face higher health risks at a lower BMI.
- **Your healthy weight range**: See the exact weight range that gives a healthy BMI at your height, and the weight for every other category too.
- **Waist-to-height ratio**: Add your waist size to check belly fat — a better guide to heart and diabetes risk than BMI alone.
- **Shows the working**: The formula is written out with your numbers, so you can check the result by hand.
- **Private**: Your height, weight and age are never uploaded, stored or shared.

### How to calculate your BMI

1. **Enter your height** — Type your height in feet and inches, or switch to centimetres.
2. **Enter your weight** — Type your weight in kilograms, or switch to pounds. Weigh yourself in the morning, in light clothes, for the most consistent number.
3. **Choose the categories** — Keep **WHO (international)**, or pick **Asian / Indian** if you are of South Asian, Chinese or other Asian descent. Add your age and waist size for more context.
4. **Read your result** — See your BMI and category on the scale, your healthy weight range and how far you are from it.

### Guide

#### BMI chart for adults

| Category | WHO (international) | Asian / Indian |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Underweight | Below 18.5 | Below 18.5 |
| Healthy weight | 18.5 – 24.9 | 18.5 – 22.9 |
| Overweight | 25.0 – 29.9 | 23.0 – 24.9 |
| Obesity | 30.0 or more | 25.0 or more |

#### How BMI is calculated

Divide your weight in kilograms by your height in metres squared. For someone who weighs 68 kg and is 1.70 m tall: 68 ÷ (1.70 × 1.70) = 68 ÷ 2.89 = **23.5**.

In pounds and inches, multiply by 703: for 150 lb and 5 ft 5 in (65 in), 703 × 150 ÷ 65² = 105,450 ÷ 4,225 = **25.0**. The calculator uses exact unit conversions, so both methods agree.

#### Why Asians have lower BMI cut-offs

At the same BMI, people of South Asian descent tend to carry more body fat, especially around the waist, and develop type 2 diabetes and heart disease at a lower BMI than people of European descent.

That is why the WHO Asia-Pacific classification and Indian consensus guidelines treat a BMI of **23** as overweight and **25** as obesity. If you are of Asian descent, a BMI of 24 is a reason to act, even though it is “healthy” on the international scale.

#### What BMI doesn’t tell you

- **Muscle vs fat:** muscular people and athletes can have a high BMI without excess fat.
- **Where fat sits:** fat around the waist carries more risk. Your waist should be less than half your height.
- **Older adults:** muscle is lost with age, so body fat can be higher than BMI suggests.
- **Pregnancy:** BMI isn’t valid during pregnancy; use your pre-pregnancy weight when a doctor asks for it.
- **Children and teens:** BMI is compared with others of the same age and sex on growth charts rather than with the adult categories.

### FAQ

**What is a healthy BMI?**
For adults, **18.5 to 24.9** on the WHO scale. For people of Asian descent, including Indians, the recommended healthy range is **18.5 to 22.9**.

**Which cut-offs should I use if I’m Indian?**
The **Asian / Indian** cut-offs. Indian consensus guidelines count a BMI of 23–24.9 as overweight and 25 or more as obesity, because health risks rise at a lower BMI in South Asians.

**How is BMI calculated?**
Weight in kilograms divided by height in metres squared. For example, 68 kg ÷ (1.70 m)² = 23.5. In imperial units, BMI = 703 × weight in pounds ÷ height in inches squared.

**Is BMI accurate?**
It is a quick screening measure that works well for most adults, but it can’t tell fat from muscle or show where fat is stored. Pair it with your waist-to-height ratio, and speak to a doctor about your overall health.

**Is BMI different for men and women?**
No. Adults use the same formula and categories for both sexes, although women naturally carry more body fat than men at the same BMI.

**Can I use this calculator for children?**
The BMI number is calculated the same way, but children and teenagers under 18 must be assessed on age- and sex-specific growth charts, not the adult categories. Enter an age under 18 and the calculator will tell you so.

**What is BMI Prime?**
Your BMI divided by the upper limit of the healthy range (25, or 23 on the Asian scale). A value above 1.00 means overweight; 1.20 means 20% above the limit.

**What is a healthy waist-to-height ratio?**
Keep your waist to less than half your height: a ratio of 0.4–0.49 is healthy, 0.5–0.59 means increased health risk and 0.6 or more means high risk (NICE, 2022).

**Is my data saved?**
No. The calculation runs in your browser, and your height, weight and age are never sent anywhere.

## Worksheet Generator

URL: https://justtools.online/education-tools/worksheet-generator/
Category: Education Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Free maths worksheet generator: printable addition, subtraction, times tables and division sheets with answer keys. Set the difficulty, download a PDF.

### At a glance

- Creates **addition, subtraction, multiplication and division** worksheets — or mixed sheets with all four — from any number range up to 999,999.
- Control **carrying and borrowing** (with, without or either) and division **with or without remainders**. Subtraction answers stay positive unless you allow negatives.
- 12 ready-made presets, from addition within 10 to 2-digit × 1-digit multiplication and division with remainders.
- Up to 200 problems per worksheet, as stacked column sums or written in a line, with an optional **answer key** on separate pages.
- Download a sharp vector **PDF** in A4 or US Letter, or print straight from the page. The preview shows exactly what prints.
- Every click on **New problems** makes a fresh random set, so children can practise the same skill again and again.
- Runs in your browser: no sign-up, no watermark and no limit.

### Features

- **Carrying and borrowing control**: Start with sums that never carry, then move on to ones that always do. The same goes for borrowing in subtraction.
- **Answer key included**: Answers are printed on separate pages, laid out exactly like the questions, so checking takes seconds.
- **Column or in-line layout**: Stacked column sums as written in school, or quick-fire facts like 7 × 8 = ___ in rows.
- **Proper long division**: Division is drawn with the long-division bracket in column layout, with exact answers or remainders.
- **Classroom ready**: Name, date and score lines, your own title, and up to 200 problems across as many pages as needed.
- **Print or PDF**: Print directly or download a vector PDF that stays crisp on any printer, in A4 or US Letter.

### How to make a maths worksheet

1. **Pick a preset or operations** — Tap a **Quick start** preset such as *Addition within 20* or *Times tables*, or choose the operations yourself.
2. **Set the difficulty** — Enter the number ranges, and choose whether sums carry, subtraction borrows or division leaves remainders.
3. **Choose the layout** — Set the number of problems, stacked or in-line layout, a title, and whether to include the answer key.
4. **Print or download** — Check the preview, tap **New problems** for a different set, then **Print** or download the **PDF**.

### Guide

#### Which preset suits which class?

A rough guide — every child is different, so adjust the number ranges to match what they are learning.

| Class (India) / grade (US) | Skill | Preset |
| --- | --- | --- |
| KG – Class 1 | Adding small numbers | Addition within 10 |
| Class 1 | Number facts to 20 | Addition within 20, Subtraction within 20 |
| Class 2 | Two-digit sums, then regrouping | 2-digit addition (no carrying → with carrying), 2-digit subtraction with borrowing |
| Class 3 | Larger numbers and tables | 3-digit addition & subtraction, Times tables (2–10) |
| Class 4 | Multiplying and dividing | 2-digit × 1-digit, Division facts |
| Class 5 | Division with remainders, mixed practice | Division with remainders, Mixed practice |

#### Getting the most from practice sheets

- **Little and often:** ten minutes a day builds fluency faster than one long session a week.
- Move from **no carrying** to **with carrying** only when the easier sheet is comfortable.
- For times tables, time a sheet of 40 facts and try to beat the time on the next one.
- Let children mark their own work with the **answer key** — spotting mistakes is part of learning.
- Photograph finished sheets and combine them with [Images to PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/image-to-pdf/) to keep a record of progress.

### FAQ

**Is the worksheet generator free?**
Yes. Make, print and download as many worksheets as you like — free, with no sign-up and no watermark.

**What does “carrying” mean?**
Carrying (regrouping) happens when a column adds up to 10 or more, as in 27 + 15. Choose **No carrying** for beginners and **With carrying** to practise it.

**Does every worksheet come with answers?**
Yes, when **Answer key pages** is on. The answers are printed on separate pages after the questions, in the same layout.

**Can I get a different set of problems?**
Tap **New problems** for a fresh random set with the same settings. Download the PDF if you want to keep a particular worksheet.

**How many problems can a worksheet have?**
Up to 200. The layout fits as many as are comfortable on each page and adds pages as needed.

**Can I print from my phone?**
Yes. Download the PDF and print it through your phone’s print or share menu, or open it on a computer.

**Why did some characters disappear from my title?**
The PDF uses standard printer fonts that cover Latin letters only, so emoji and scripts such as Hindi are left out of the title.

## XML to JSON Converter

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/xml-to-json/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Convert XML to JSON and JSON to XML online. Keeps attributes, arrays and leading zeros intact, shows exact error lines and never uploads your data.

### At a glance

- Converts **XML to JSON** and **JSON to XML**, instantly as you type.
- Attributes become keys with a prefix (`@` by default), text beside attributes goes into `#text`, and repeated elements become arrays — all configurable.
- Numbers and booleans are converted safely: values with leading zeros (`007`) or more than 15 significant digits stay as text, so IDs and codes are never changed.
- **Always use arrays** keeps the JSON shape the same whether an element appears once or many times.
- Invalid XML or JSON is reported with the exact **line and column**. CDATA, entities and namespaces are supported.
- Copy the result or download it as a .json or .xml file.
- Runs in your browser: the data you paste or open is never uploaded.

### Features

- **Both directions**: XML → JSON and JSON → XML in one tool. Switching direction carries the result across, so you can convert back and forth.
- **Safe numbers**: Unlike many converters, it never turns “00482” into 482 or rounds a 20-digit ID. Only values that convert exactly become numbers.
- **Predictable arrays**: Turn on **Always use arrays** so code that reads the JSON works the same for one item or a hundred.
- **Exact error locations**: An unclosed tag or a missing comma is reported with its line and column, and one click jumps to it in the input.
- **Your naming**: Choose the attribute prefix (@, _, -, $), rename the text key, drop namespace prefixes or ignore attributes entirely.
- **Private**: Configs, API responses and feeds are converted on your device. Nothing is sent to a server.

### How to convert XML to JSON

1. **Add your XML** — Paste XML into the input, or click **Open file** to load an .xml, RSS or other XML file.
2. **Adjust the options** — Open **Options** to change the attribute prefix, keep every element as an array, or turn off number conversion.
3. **Check the result** — The JSON appears as you type. If the XML has an error, its line and column are shown.
4. **Copy or download** — Copy the JSON or download it as a file. Choose **JSON → XML** to convert in the other direction.

### Guide

#### How XML maps to JSON

| XML | JSON |
| --- | --- |
| `<name>Asha</name>` | `"name": "Asha"` |
| `<user id="7"/>` | `"user": { "@id": 7 }` |
| `<price currency="INR">799</price>` | `"price": { "@currency": "INR", "#text": 799 }` |
| `<tag>a</tag><tag>b</tag>` | `"tag": ["a", "b"]` |
| `<sku>00482</sku>` | `"sku": "00482"` (leading zero kept) |
| `<empty/>` | `"empty": ""` |
| `<![CDATA[<b>bold</b>]]>` | `"<b>bold</b>"` |

#### How JSON becomes XML

- Keys that start with the attribute prefix (`@id`) become attributes; the `#text` key becomes the element’s text.
- Arrays repeat the element: `"item": [1, 2]` becomes `<item>1</item><item>2</item>`.
- `null` and empty strings become empty elements like `<notes/>`.
- XML needs one root element, so data with several top-level keys, or a top-level array, is wrapped in `<root>`.
- Keys that aren’t valid XML names are made valid: `"first name"` becomes `<first_name>`, `"2nd"` becomes `<_2nd>`.
- Numbers are written exactly as they appear in the JSON, and `&`, `<` and `>` are escaped.

### FAQ

**Is it safe to convert confidential XML here?**
Yes. Conversion happens in your browser, so API responses, configs and feeds are never uploaded or stored.

**Why are some numbers kept in quotes?**
Values like `00482` or 20-digit IDs would change if turned into JSON numbers, so they stay as text. Turn off **Convert numbers & booleans** to keep every value as text.

**Why is a single element not an array?**
By default an element becomes an array only when it repeats. Turn on **Always use arrays** to make every element an array, so the structure never changes with the data.

**What happens to attributes?**
They become keys with a prefix — `@id` by default — placed before the element’s children. You can choose `_`, `-` or `$` instead, or ignore attributes.

**Are XML comments kept?**
No. JSON has no comments, so XML comments and the `<?xml ?>` declaration are dropped. CDATA content is kept as text.

**Can I convert JSON to XML?**
Yes. Choose **JSON → XML**. Keys starting with `@` become attributes and arrays become repeated elements, so XML converted to JSON here converts back to the same XML.

**Does it work with RSS, SOAP and sitemap files?**
Yes — any well-formed XML. Use **Remove namespace prefixes** for cleaner keys from SOAP and RSS media tags.

## WhatsApp Chat Analyzer

URL: https://justtools.online/text-tools/whatsapp-chat-analyzer/
Category: Text Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Analyse a WhatsApp chat export: who texts most, busiest days and hours, top emojis and words, reply times. Android and iPhone — never uploaded.

### At a glance

- Reads the chat you export from WhatsApp — the **.txt** file, or the **.zip** from an iPhone — in 12- or 24-hour and day/month or month/day date formats.
- Counts messages, words, media, emojis, links and deleted messages, in total and for each participant, in one-to-one and group chats.
- Finds the **busiest day**, **longest streak**, longest silence and most active hour and weekday, with charts and a weekly heatmap.
- Shows who **starts conversations** (the first message after 6+ hours of silence) and each person’s **median reply time**.
- Top emojis (skin tones and flags counted correctly), most used words without common English and Hinglish filler, and the most shared websites.
- System messages — joins, group changes and the encryption notice — are left out of every count.
- Runs entirely in your browser: the chat is never uploaded, stored or seen by anyone.

### Features

- **Private by design**: Chats are personal. The analysis runs on your device, so no server, no account and no one else ever sees your messages.
- **Who talks the most**: Each person’s share of messages, words, media and emojis, plus who starts conversations and who replies fastest.
- **When you chat**: Messages per day or month, by hour and by weekday, and a heatmap of your weekly rhythm.
- **Emojis and words**: Your favourite emojis and most used words, with filler like “the”, “hai” and “ok” filtered out.
- **Android and iPhone**: Understands both export formats, 12- and 24-hour clocks and different date orders — and opens an iPhone .zip without unzipping.
- **Shareable summary**: Copy a short summary of the highlights to post in the group.

### How to analyse a WhatsApp chat

1. **Export the chat** — In WhatsApp, open the chat and choose **Export chat → Without media** (Android: ⋮ → More; iPhone: tap the chat name).
2. **Open the file here** — Drop the .txt file — or the .zip from an iPhone — onto the box, or click to choose it.
3. **Read your stats** — See totals, each participant’s numbers, activity charts, top emojis and words, and highlights.
4. **Share the summary** — Tap **Copy summary** to paste the highlights anywhere, or open another chat.

### Guide

#### How to export a WhatsApp chat

- **Android:** open the chat → tap **⋮** → **More** → **Export chat** → **Without media**, then save the .txt file.
- **iPhone:** open the chat → tap the contact or group name → **Export Chat** → **Without Media**, then **Save to Files**. Open the .zip here as it is.
- “Without media” is faster and smaller. Photos, videos and voice notes are still counted from the placeholders in the text.
- WhatsApp may limit very long chats in an export; the analysis covers everything in the file.

#### What the numbers mean

| Measure | How it’s worked out |
| --- | --- |
| Messages | Every message sent by a person. System messages are not counted. |
| Words | Words in text messages; media placeholders and deleted messages don’t count. |
| Conversation starts | Messages sent after at least 6 hours of silence in the chat. |
| Reply time | The median time a person takes to reply to someone else, within a conversation. |
| Active days | Days with at least one message, out of every day from the first message to the last. |
| Longest streak | The most consecutive days with at least one message. |

### FAQ

**Is it safe to upload my WhatsApp chat?**
Nothing is uploaded. The file is read by your own browser and analysed on your device, so your messages never reach a server — not even ours.

**Does it work for group chats?**
Yes. Groups of any size are supported. The table shows the 12 most active people first, and you can expand it to see everyone.

**Which file should I choose?**
The file WhatsApp creates when you use **Export chat**: a .txt on Android, or a .zip on iPhone. There’s no need to unzip it.

**Why does it say “media (type not recorded)”?**
Android exports without media replace every attachment with “<Media omitted>”, so the type can’t be known. iPhone exports say whether it was an image, video, audio or sticker.

**The dates look wrong. What should I do?**
Some exports could be day/month or month/day. The analyzer works it out from the order of the messages; if it can’t be sure, a switch appears at the top so you can pick the right one.

**Does it work with Hindi and other languages?**
Yes. Messages in any language — Hindi, Hinglish, Tamil or anything else — are counted and analysed. If WhatsApp itself is set to another language, a few labels like “media omitted” may be counted as ordinary messages.

**How is reply time calculated?**
Each time someone replies to a different person within the same conversation, the gap is recorded. The table shows the median, so one late reply doesn’t skew it.

## SSL Checker

URL: https://justtools.online/security-tools/ssl-checker/
Category: Security Tools
Processing: Contacts an external service to work (see the page).
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Check any website’s SSL certificate: expiry date and days left, issuer, covered domains, revocation and CAA, plus a live HTTPS test from your browser.

### At a glance

- Shows a site’s **SSL/TLS certificate**: who issued it, the names it covers, when it was issued and **when it expires**, with the days left.
- Warns when a certificate expires within **14 days**, has been **revoked**, or can’t be found at all.
- Tests the live site from your own browser: the HTTPS connection only succeeds when your browser trusts the certificate the server presents.
- Checks DNS (IPv4 and IPv6) and **CAA records**, and whether they allow the current certificate authority to renew.
- Adds a **renewal reminder** to your calendar (.ics) 14 days before expiry, and gives a shareable link to the result.
- Certificate data comes from public **Certificate Transparency** logs via SSLMate’s Cert Spotter, and DNS from Google Public DNS. Only the domain name is sent.
- Free with no sign-up. The log service allows up to 100 checks per hour from one network.

### Features

- **Expiry at a glance**: The exact expiry date and time, days remaining, and how much of the certificate’s life has passed.
- **Live browser test**: Your browser opens the site over HTTPS, so you know whether real visitors see a secure connection or a warning.
- **Every covered name**: All domain names on the certificate, with the one you checked highlighted — including wildcard and multi-domain certificates.
- **CAA check**: Finds CAA records (inherited from parent domains too) and warns if they would block your CA from renewing.
- **Never miss a renewal**: One click adds a reminder to Google Calendar, Outlook or Apple Calendar two weeks before the certificate expires.
- **Shareable results**: Each check has its own link, such as ?domain=example.com, to send to a developer or hosting company.

### How to check an SSL certificate

1. **Enter the domain** — Type a domain such as example.com, or paste any link from the site.
2. **Run the check** — Click **Check SSL**. The certificate logs, DNS and a live HTTPS connection are checked together in a few seconds.
3. **Read the result** — See whether the certificate is valid, when it expires, who issued it and which names it covers.
4. **Set a reminder** — Click **Add renewal reminder** to put the renewal date in your calendar, or **Copy link** to share the result.

### Guide

#### Understanding the result

| Result | What it means | What to do |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Valid | A trusted certificate covers the name and has more than 14 days left. | Nothing — set a renewal reminder if renewal isn’t automatic. |
| Expires soon | Fewer than 14 days are left on the newest certificate. | Renew now, or check that automatic renewal is working. |
| Revoked | The certificate authority has withdrawn the certificate. | Get a new certificate and install it. |
| No valid certificate | No trusted, unexpired certificate for this exact name is in the public logs. | Check the spelling (www or not), then issue a certificate for the name. |
| Browser couldn’t connect | Your browser couldn’t open the site over HTTPS. | Open the site directly: a warning page means the server presents a bad certificate. |

#### How this checker works

Browsers don’t let web pages read another site’s certificate, so the checker combines three public sources. Every certificate a public certificate authority issues is recorded in **Certificate Transparency** logs; the checker finds the valid ones for your domain and shows the newest, which is normally the one the server uses. **DNS** lookups confirm the domain exists and read its **CAA** records. Finally, your own browser makes an HTTPS request to the site, which only succeeds if it trusts the certificate the server actually presents.

It doesn’t test protocol versions, cipher suites or the certificate chain your server sends. For a full server audit, use a dedicated scanner such as Qualys SSL Labs.

### FAQ

**How do I check when my SSL certificate expires?**
Enter your domain and click **Check SSL**. The result shows the exact expiry date and time and the number of days left, and you can add a reminder to your calendar.

**What is sent when I run a check?**
Only the domain name: it is looked up in the Cert Spotter certificate logs and in Google Public DNS, and your browser requests the site’s home page over HTTPS. Nothing else is sent, and checks aren’t stored.

**Why doesn’t my brand-new certificate show up?**
Certificates reach the transparency logs within minutes of being issued, and the search service can take a little longer to index them. Try again in a few minutes.

**The certificate is valid, so why couldn’t my browser connect?**
The server may still present an old or misconfigured certificate, the site may be down, or it may refuse requests made by other websites. Open the site in a new tab: a security warning confirms a certificate problem.

**How long are SSL certificates valid?**
Let’s Encrypt certificates last 90 days. Under CA/Browser Forum rules, public certificates can be valid for at most 200 days from March 2026, falling in steps to 47 days by 2029 — so automatic renewal matters more than ever.

**What is a CAA record?**
A DNS record that lists which certificate authorities may issue certificates for your domain. If it doesn’t include your CA, renewals fail, so the checker warns you.

**Does it work for subdomains and wildcard certificates?**
Yes. Check any name such as shop.example.com; a wildcard certificate for *.example.com is found and shown as covering it.

## Split PDF

URL: https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/split-pdf/
Category: PDF Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Split a PDF into several files by page ranges, every N pages or one file per page, or extract just the pages you need. Free, private, no upload.

### At a glance

- Four ways to split: **by page ranges** (one PDF per range), **extract pages** into a new PDF, **every N pages**, or **every page** as its own PDF.
- Page thumbnails show which pages go into each file before you split.
- Pages are copied exactly: text stays selectable, and links, form fields and image quality are unchanged.
- Password-protected PDFs can be split after entering the password; the split files are saved without one.
- Download each PDF separately or all of them in one ZIP.
- Runs entirely in your browser: files are never uploaded.

### Features

- **See before you split**: Every page is shown as a thumbnail, coloured by the file it will go into, so there are no surprises.
- **Click to extract**: Pick pages by clicking them or typing ranges like 1, 3, 5-7, and save them as one PDF or one file per page.
- **Flexible ranges**: Ranges, open ranges (9- to the end), reversed ranges and odd or even pages — one output file for each.
- **No quality loss**: Pages are copied, not re-rendered, so text, vector graphics and images stay exactly as they were.
- **Big documents**: Split long reports and scanned books into chapters or chunks of any size, then download them as a ZIP.
- **Private**: Statements, contracts and certificates are split on your device — nothing is uploaded or stored.

### How to split a PDF

1. **Open the PDF** — Drop a PDF onto the box or click to choose one. Enter its password if it has one.
2. **Choose how to split** — Pick **By ranges**, **Extract pages**, **Every N pages** or **Every page**, and set the pages.
3. **Check the thumbnails** — Colours show which file each page goes into. Grey pages are left out.
4. **Split and download** — Click **Split PDF**, then download each file or all of them as a ZIP.

### Guide

#### Page range examples

| You type | You get |
| --- | --- |
| `1-3, 4-6, 7-10` | Three PDFs: pages 1–3, 4–6 and 7–10 |
| `1, 5-` | Two PDFs: page 1 alone, and page 5 to the end |
| `odd, even` | Two PDFs: all odd pages, and all even pages |
| `10-1` | One PDF with pages 10 to 1 in reverse order |

#### Common uses

- Send only the relevant pages of a long statement or contract.
- Split a scanned bundle of documents (ID, marksheets, certificates) into separate files for an application portal.
- Break a big report or e-book into chapters.
- Save every page of a form or invoice batch as its own PDF.
- Then [compress](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/compress-pdf/) any file that is still too big, or [merge](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/merge-pdf/) pages from several PDFs into one.

### FAQ

**Is it safe to split confidential PDFs here?**
Yes. Splitting happens in your browser, so the PDF is never uploaded or stored anywhere.

**How do I save just one page of a PDF?**
Choose **Extract pages**, click the page (or type its number) and click **Split PDF**. You get a new PDF with only that page.

**Can I split a PDF into single pages?**
Yes. Choose **Every page** to save each page as its own PDF, and download them together as a ZIP.

**Does splitting reduce quality?**
No. Pages are copied as they are — text stays sharp and selectable, and images aren’t recompressed.

**Can I split a password-protected PDF?**
Yes. Enter the password to open it; the split files are saved without a password. If you don’t know the password, the PDF can’t be opened.

**Is there a page or size limit?**
No fixed limit. Very large PDFs (hundreds of MB) depend on your device’s memory.

## PDF to JPG

URL: https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/pdf-to-jpg/
Category: PDF Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Convert PDF pages to high-quality JPG or PNG images at up to 300 DPI. Pick the pages, download one image or a ZIP — free, private and no upload.

### At a glance

- Converts PDF pages to **JPG** or **PNG** at 96, 150, 200 or 300 DPI (a 300 DPI A4 page is 2480 × 3508 pixels).
- Convert all pages or only the ones you choose, by clicking thumbnails or typing ranges such as 1, 3, 5-7.
- Images carry their DPI, so Word, Google Docs and print dialogs use the page’s real size.
- Pages are drawn by pdf.js, the PDF engine built into Firefox, with its fonts and colour handling.
- Password-protected PDFs work after you enter the password.
- Download each image separately or all of them in a ZIP with numbered file names.
- Runs entirely in your browser: the PDF is never uploaded.

### Features

- **Print-quality images**: Up to 300 DPI for crisp text in printouts, or 150 DPI for sharp images that are still small enough to upload.
- **Pick your pages**: Click thumbnails or type ranges to convert only what you need — one page from a long document takes seconds.
- **JPG or PNG**: JPG for small files and uploads, PNG for lossless text and diagrams you want to edit.
- **Right size everywhere**: The resolution is written into each image, so it drops into documents at the size of the original page.
- **Sorted file names**: Images are named report-page-01.jpg, report-page-02.jpg … so they stay in order in any folder or ZIP.
- **Private**: Bank statements, certificates and IDs are converted on your device and never uploaded.

### How to convert a PDF to JPG

1. **Open the PDF** — Drop a PDF onto the box or click to choose one. Enter its password if it has one.
2. **Choose format and resolution** — Pick **JPG** or **PNG** and a resolution — **Standard (150 DPI)** suits most uses, **Print (300 DPI)** gives the sharpest text.
3. **Select pages** — Keep **All** pages, or choose pages by clicking thumbnails or typing ranges.
4. **Convert and download** — Click **Convert to JPG**, then download all images as a ZIP or single images from each page.

### Guide

#### Which resolution should I choose?

| Resolution | A4 page size | Best for |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Screen · 96 DPI | 794 × 1123 px | Viewing on screen, small previews |
| Standard · 150 DPI | 1240 × 1754 px | Upload portals, email, WhatsApp — sharp and small |
| High · 200 DPI | 1654 × 2339 px | Zooming in on small print |
| Print · 300 DPI | 2480 × 3508 px | Printing, OCR and archiving |

#### Tips

- Uploading to a form with a size limit? Use **Standard** and JPG quality 80–90, then [compress the image](https://justtools.online/image-tools/image-compressor/) further if needed.
- Need the pages as one smaller PDF instead? Use [Compress PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/compress-pdf/).
- Going the other way — photos into a PDF — use [Images to PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/image-to-pdf/).

### FAQ

**Is it safe to convert confidential PDFs here?**
Yes. The PDF is opened and converted in your browser, so it is never uploaded or stored anywhere.

**How do I convert just one page of a PDF to JPG?**
Choose **Choose pages**, click the page (or type its number) and click **Convert to JPG**.

**What resolution gives the best quality?**
**Print (300 DPI)** gives the sharpest text. For uploading and sharing, **Standard (150 DPI)** looks sharp on screen with much smaller files.

**JPG or PNG — which should I pick?**
JPG makes much smaller files and suits scans and photos. PNG is lossless, so text and line drawings stay perfectly crisp, but files are larger.

**Can I convert a password-protected PDF?**
Yes. Enter the password to open it — it is used only on your device.

**Why was the resolution reduced for my page?**
Browsers limit how large an image they can draw (about 16 million pixels on iPhone). Very large pages such as posters are converted at the highest resolution that fits.

## Rotate PDF

URL: https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/rotate-pdf/
Category: PDF Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Rotate PDF pages and save them permanently, delete pages you don’t need and drag pages into a new order. See every page, free, with no upload.

### At a glance

- Rotate single pages or all pages by 90°, 180° or 270°; the rotation is saved in the PDF, so it opens the right way up everywhere.
- **Delete pages** you don’t need and **reorder** pages by dragging them, or with arrow buttons on phones.
- Every page is shown as a thumbnail exactly as it will look, with its new position and rotation.
- Rotation is lossless: pages are turned, not re-rendered, so text and images keep their quality.
- The document’s title, bookmarks and form fields are kept.
- Password-protected PDFs can be edited after entering the password; the saved copy has no password.
- Runs entirely in your browser: files are never uploaded.

### Features

- **Saved for good**: Unlike rotating in a PDF viewer, the new orientation is written into the file, so it opens correctly for everyone.
- **Rotate, delete, reorder**: One tool for tidying a PDF: turn sideways scans, drop blank pages and move pages into the right order.
- **What you see is what you get**: Thumbnails update as you edit, and deleted pages stay visible (faded) so you can restore them.
- **No quality loss**: Pages are rotated and moved, never re-rendered — text stays selectable and images untouched.
- **Works on phones**: Drag and drop on a computer, or use the arrow buttons to move pages on a touch screen.
- **Private**: Scanned IDs, statements and forms are edited on your device and never uploaded.

### How to rotate PDF pages

1. **Open the PDF** — Drop a PDF onto the box or click to choose one. Enter its password if it has one.
2. **Rotate pages** — Use the rotate buttons under a page, or **Rotate all left / right** for the whole document.
3. **Delete and reorder** — Click the bin to delete a page, and drag pages (or use the arrows) to change the order.
4. **Save** — Click **Save PDF** to download the edited copy.

### Guide

#### Why rotating in a PDF viewer isn’t enough

Most PDF viewers only rotate the view: close the file and it opens sideways again, for you and for anyone you send it to. This tool changes the page’s rotation setting inside the PDF, so the fix travels with the file.

Scanners and phone scanning apps often save some pages sideways or upside down. Rotate just those pages, then [compress the PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/compress-pdf/) if it is too large to upload.

#### Tips

- Use **Reverse order** for documents scanned back to front.
- Delete blank pages from double-sided scans before sharing.
- Need to pull pages out into a separate file instead? Use [Split PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/split-pdf/).
- Combining pages from several PDFs? Use [Merge PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/merge-pdf/), then arrange them here.

### FAQ

**Will the rotation be saved permanently?**
Yes. The new orientation is written into the PDF, so it opens the right way up in every viewer and for everyone you share it with.

**How do I delete a page from a PDF?**
Click the bin under the page, then **Save PDF**. Deleted pages stay visible until you save, so you can click the bin again to restore one.

**How do I change the order of pages?**
Drag a page to its new position. On a phone or tablet, use the left and right arrows under each page.

**Does rotating reduce quality?**
No. Pages are turned, not converted to images, so text, vector graphics and images keep their original quality.

**Can I edit a password-protected PDF?**
Yes, after entering its password. The saved copy has no password — add one again with [Protect PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/protect-pdf/) if you need it.

**Is it safe to use for confidential documents?**
Yes. Everything happens in your browser; the PDF is never uploaded or stored.

## Protect PDF

URL: https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/protect-pdf/
Category: PDF Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Add a password to a PDF with AES-256 encryption, and optionally block printing, copying or editing. Free, runs in your browser — nothing is uploaded.

### At a glance

- Encrypts PDFs with **AES-256**, the strongest standard PDF encryption, supported by Adobe Acrobat, Chrome, Edge, Firefox, macOS Preview and phone PDF apps (AES-128 is available for very old readers).
- Optionally **restrict printing** (or allow low-quality printing only), **copying** text and images, **editing**, and comments or form filling.
- Restrictions can be set with or without a password to open the file.
- Each protected file is checked: it must ask for the password and still contain every page.
- Protect several PDFs at once with the same password and download them as a ZIP.
- Encryption runs in your browser with QPDF compiled to WebAssembly — the PDF and the password never leave your device.

### Features

- **Strong encryption**: AES-256 makes the contents unreadable without the password — not just hidden behind a prompt.
- **Permission controls**: Allow reading but block printing, copying or editing — useful for question papers, drafts and price lists.
- **Password help**: A strength meter shows how guessable your password is, and one click suggests a strong, memorable passphrase.
- **Verified output**: Every file is re-opened with your password after encryption to make sure it works and no page is missing.
- **Many files at once**: Protect a batch of salary slips, statements or certificates with the same password in one go.
- **Private by design**: Unlike upload-based sites, your document and password are never sent anywhere.

### How to password-protect a PDF

1. **Add your PDF** — Drop one or more PDFs onto the box, or click to choose them.
2. **Set a password** — Type a password and confirm it, or click **Suggest a strong one**. Save it somewhere safe.
3. **Add restrictions (optional)** — Turn on **Restrict printing, copying and editing** and choose what to allow.
4. **Protect and download** — Click **Protect PDF**, then download the protected file or a ZIP of all of them.

### Guide

#### Open password vs. permissions password

|  | Open password | Permissions password |
| --- | --- | --- |
| What it does | Encrypts the file; nobody can view it without the password | Controls printing, copying and editing for people who open the file |
| Strength | Strong — the contents are unreadable without it | A deterrent — respected by standard PDF apps, but not unbreakable |
| Use it for | Bank statements, IDs, salary slips, medical reports | Drafts, question papers, price lists you want read but not reused |

#### Choosing a good PDF password

- Use at least 12 characters — a few random words with a number, like **Mango-River-Kite-7**, is strong and easy to type.
- Avoid names, birthdays, phone numbers and common passwords such as **password123**: they are the first things tried.
- Send the password separately from the PDF — for example, the file by email and the password by phone or message.
- Store it in a password manager. There is no “forgot password” for an encrypted PDF.
- Need to open a protected PDF without the prompt later? Remove the password with the [PDF Password Remover](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/pdf-password-remover/) (you’ll need the password).

### FAQ

**Is it safe to protect confidential PDFs here?**
Yes. The PDF is encrypted in your browser, and neither the file nor the password is uploaded or stored anywhere.

**What if I forget the password?**
The PDF can’t be opened — by you, us or anyone else. That is what makes the encryption secure, so save the password somewhere safe before sharing the file.

**Will the protected PDF open on phones?**
Yes. AES-256 protected PDFs open in all current PDF apps on Android and iPhone, in browsers and in Adobe Acrobat, after entering the password.

**Can I stop people from printing or copying my PDF?**
Yes — turn on **Restrict printing, copying and editing**. Standard PDF apps respect these settings, but determined users with special software can bypass them, so don’t rely on restrictions alone for secrets.

**Does adding a password change the PDF’s quality?**
No. The pages, text and images are unchanged; only encryption is added. The file size stays almost the same.

**Can I protect a PDF that already has a password?**
Remove the existing password first with the [PDF Password Remover](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/pdf-password-remover/), then protect it with the new one.

**Is AES-256 better than AES-128?**
Yes. AES-256 is the modern standard and supports passwords in any language. Choose AES-128 only for PDF readers older than about 2010.

## Redact PDF

URL: https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/redact-pdf/
Category: PDF Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Redact PDFs for real: black out names, Aadhaar, PAN, phone numbers and more so the hidden text is gone for good. Find-and-mark, free, no upload.

### At a glance

- True redaction: every page with a box is saved as an image with the box burned in, so the text, images and numbers underneath are **removed from the file**, not hidden under a shape.
- After saving, the file is re-opened and checked: redacted pages must contain **no hidden text**.
- **Find & mark** detects email addresses, phone numbers, **Aadhaar** numbers (checked with the Verhoeff checksum), **PAN** numbers, **card** numbers (Luhn-checked) and any names or words you type.
- Draw boxes by hand with a mouse or finger — for signatures, photos, stamps and scanned documents.
- Document properties (title, author, subject, creator) are removed by default, as they can contain names too.
- Pages without boxes are copied unchanged, so their text stays selectable.
- Runs entirely in your browser: the PDF is never uploaded.

### Features

- **Redaction that really removes**: Many tools just draw a black rectangle — the text underneath can still be copied. Here, redacted pages are rebuilt so nothing is left to recover.
- **Verified output**: The redacted file is opened again and each redacted page is checked for leftover text before you share it.
- **Find Indian IDs automatically**: Aadhaar, PAN, phone numbers and emails are found across every page, with checksums to avoid false matches.
- **Draw anywhere**: Cover signatures, photos, QR codes and handwritten details by dragging a box — it works on phones too.
- **Black or white**: Use black bars that show something was removed, or white boxes that blend into the page.
- **Private by design**: The documents you most need to redact are the ones you shouldn’t upload. This tool never does.

### How to redact a PDF

1. **Open the PDF** — Drop a PDF onto the box or click to choose one. Enter its password if it has one.
2. **Mark what to hide** — Use **Find & mark** for emails, phone numbers, Aadhaar, PAN, card numbers or your own words, and drag on the page to draw extra boxes.
3. **Check every page** — Go through the pages with the arrows or the thumbnails. Click × on a box to remove it.
4. **Redact and download** — Click **Redact & download**. The redacted copy downloads and is verified to contain no hidden text on the redacted pages.

### Guide

#### Why a black box isn’t enough

A PDF keeps its text separately from what you see. Drawing a black rectangle over a number — in a PDF editor, or by highlighting it black — leaves the number in the file, and anyone can copy it out or remove the rectangle. Court filings and government reports have leaked this way.

This tool redraws every page that has a box as an image, with the boxes painted in. The original text, images and drawings on that page are not copied into the new file, so there is nothing underneath to recover. The trade-off is that text on redacted pages can no longer be selected or searched; pages without boxes are untouched.

#### What to redact before sharing a document

- **Aadhaar copies:** the first 8 digits (UIDAI’s “masked Aadhaar” shows only the last 4), plus the QR code and photo if they aren’t needed.
- **Bank statements:** account numbers, balances and transactions that aren’t relevant to the request.
- **Salary slips and ITRs:** PAN, UAN, bank details and home address.
- **Medical reports:** patient ID, phone number and address when sharing for a second opinion.
- Also check headers, footers and stamps — and after redacting, add a “for KYC only” [watermark](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/pdf-watermark/) if you like.

### FAQ

**Is the redaction permanent?**
Yes. Pages with boxes are rebuilt as images with the boxes burned in, so the covered text is not in the file at all. The tool then re-opens the file to confirm no text remains on those pages.

**Can I redact an Aadhaar number automatically?**
Yes. Tick **Aadhaar numbers** and click **Find and mark**. Only numbers with a valid Aadhaar checksum are marked, so dates and other 12-digit numbers aren’t caught by mistake. You can adjust the boxes afterwards.

**Why can’t I select text on redacted pages any more?**
Because those pages are now images — that is what guarantees the hidden text is gone. Pages you didn’t redact keep their selectable text.

**Does Find & mark work on scanned PDFs?**
No — scans are pictures, with no text to search. Draw boxes over the areas to hide instead; the result is just as secure.

**Is it safe to redact confidential documents here?**
Yes. The PDF is processed entirely in your browser and never uploaded, so it stays on your device.

**Will the redacted PDF be larger?**
Redacted pages are stored as images, which is usually larger than text. Choose **Smaller** quality, or [compress the PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/compress-pdf/) afterwards.

## PDF Watermark

URL: https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/pdf-watermark/
Category: PDF Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Add a text or logo watermark to a PDF: CONFIDENTIAL, DRAFT or “For KYC only” stamps with your own size, angle and opacity. Free, private, no upload.

### At a glance

- Adds a **text** watermark (any language, including Hindi) or an **image/logo** watermark (PNG, JPG, WebP) to a PDF.
- Place it **once** — centred, in a corner or along an edge — or **repeat it across the page** in a diagonal pattern.
- Set the size, rotation, opacity, font, colour and which pages get it, with a live preview of each page.
- One-click presets: CONFIDENTIAL, DRAFT, COPY, SAMPLE, DO NOT COPY and **“For KYC only · today’s date”** for ID copies.
- The watermark is stored once and reused on every page, so 500 pages cost no more than one; the original text stays selectable.
- Pages with their own rotation get an upright watermark as the reader sees them.
- Runs entirely in your browser: the PDF and your logo are never uploaded.

### Features

- **Protect ID copies**: Stamp “For KYC only” with the date across Aadhaar, PAN or passport copies, so a copy can’t easily be reused for something else.
- **Live preview**: See exactly where the watermark lands on each page before saving — what you see is what you get.
- **Once or repeated**: A single diagonal stamp, a small mark in a corner, or a repeating pattern that covers the whole page.
- **Your logo**: Upload a PNG with a transparent background and set its width — ideal for branding reports and proposals.
- **Any language**: Hindi, Tamil, Arabic, emoji — if your browser can show it, it works in the watermark.
- **Private**: Documents and logos are processed on your device. Nothing is uploaded or stored.

### How to add a watermark to a PDF

1. **Open the PDF** — Drop a PDF onto the box or click to choose one. Enter its password if it has one.
2. **Write the watermark** — Type your text or pick a preset such as **CONFIDENTIAL**, or switch to **Image / logo** and choose an image.
3. **Style and place it** — Set the size, colour, rotation and opacity, and choose **Once** (with a position) or **Repeat across page**.
4. **Download** — Choose the pages and click **Add watermark**. The watermarked PDF downloads straight away.

### Guide

#### Watermarking ID copies for KYC

When a bank, landlord or employer asks for a copy of your Aadhaar, PAN or passport, a watermark stating who it is for and when makes it much harder to misuse. Use the **For KYC only** preset, add the organisation’s name if you like — “For HDFC Bank KYC only · 30 Sep 2026” — and choose **Repeat across page** so it crosses every detail.

Keep the opacity around 20–35% so the document stays readable. For extra privacy, first hide the numbers you don’t need to share with [Redact PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/redact-pdf/), then watermark the result.

#### Good settings to start with

| Purpose | Text | Layout | Angle | Opacity |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Confidential report | CONFIDENTIAL | Once, centre | 45° | 15–25% |
| Draft for review | DRAFT | Once, centre | 45° | 20% |
| ID copy for KYC | For … KYC only · date | Repeat across page | 30–45° | 25–35% |
| Branding | Your logo | Once, bottom-right | 0° | 60–100% |

### FAQ

**Is it safe to watermark documents here?**
Yes. The PDF and any logo you add are processed in your browser and never uploaded or stored.

**Can the watermark be removed?**
A watermark is drawn onto the pages, but PDF editors can delete added objects. For ID copies, a repeated, semi-transparent watermark crossing the details is the hardest to remove cleanly. For stronger control, also [protect the PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/protect-pdf/) with restrictions.

**Can I write the watermark in Hindi?**
Yes. Text is drawn by your browser, so Hindi and every other script your device supports work, as do emoji.

**Will the text in my PDF still be selectable?**
Yes. The watermark is added on top of the pages; the original text, links and quality are unchanged.

**Can I watermark only some pages?**
Yes. Choose **Choose pages** and type pages or ranges, such as 1, 3-5 or odd.

**Does a watermark make the PDF much bigger?**
Only a little. The watermark is stored once as a small image (typically 20–80 KB for text) and reused on every page, however many there are.

## HTML to PDF

URL: https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/html-to-pdf/
Category: PDF Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Convert HTML code or an .html file to PDF with real, selectable text and clickable links. Choose A4 or Letter, margins and backgrounds. Free, no upload.

### At a glance

- Turns **HTML code or an .html file** into a PDF using your browser’s own print engine, so text stays **selectable and searchable** and links stay **clickable**.
- Works with a full page (with its own `<style>`) or a fragment such as `<h1>Hello</h1>`, which gets clean default styling.
- Page sizes **A4, Letter, Legal, A3 and A5**, portrait or landscape, with none, narrow, normal or wide margins.
- A live preview shows the page at its printed width, with dashed lines where the page breaks will fall.
- Keeps background colours, and can stop images, table rows and code blocks being cut in half across pages.
- JavaScript in the HTML is **not run**, for safety: pages that build their content with scripts need to be saved from the browser instead.
- The HTML never leaves your device — nothing is uploaded to a server.

### Features

- **Real text, not a screenshot**: The PDF is made by the browser’s print engine, so text is sharp at any zoom, can be searched and copied, and links work.
- **See page breaks first**: The preview is drawn at the exact paper width and marks where each new page starts, so you can fix the layout before saving.
- **Invoices and templates**: Ideal for HTML invoices, receipts, email templates, reports and resumes. Try the sample invoice to see how it works.
- **Clean page breaks**: Images, table rows and code blocks move to the next page instead of being sliced across two.
- **Your page setup wins**: The page size and margins you choose here override any @page rules in the HTML, so the PDF comes out as you expect.
- **Private and safe**: Everything happens in your browser, and scripts in the HTML are blocked so pasted code can’t do anything unexpected.

### How to convert HTML to PDF

1. **Add your HTML** — Paste HTML into the editor, click **Open file** to load an .html file, or try the **Sample invoice**.
2. **Set up the page** — Choose the **page size**, orientation and margins, and check the preview and its page-break lines.
3. **Save as PDF** — Click **Save as PDF**. In the print window, set the destination to **Save as PDF** and turn off **Headers and footers**.
4. **Download** — Click **Save** and choose where to keep the PDF. Its name is taken from the file name box or the page’s title.

### Guide

#### Getting a perfect PDF

**Use absolute links for images and styles.** A relative link like `images/logo.png` only works if you set the **Base URL** to the site the HTML came from, for example `https://example.com/`. Images embedded as `data:` URLs always work.

**Turn off headers and footers** in the print window (under *More settings* in Chrome and Edge) to remove the date, title and page URL printed at the edges.

**Force a new page** anywhere by adding `<div style="break-before: page"></div>` to the HTML. Headings are kept with the paragraph that follows them.

For the most faithful result, use **Chrome or Edge** on a computer — they follow the page size and margins exactly. Other browsers work too but may ignore some print settings.

#### Which page size to choose

| Page size | Dimensions | Typical use |
| --- | --- | --- |
| A4 | 210 × 297 mm | India, Europe and most of the world |
| Letter | 8.5 × 11 in (216 × 279 mm) | USA and Canada |
| Legal | 8.5 × 14 in (216 × 356 mm) | US legal documents and contracts |
| A3 | 297 × 420 mm | Posters, wide tables and diagrams |
| A5 | 148 × 210 mm | Booklets, receipts and small notices |

### FAQ

**Is the text in the PDF selectable?**
Yes. Unlike converters that take a screenshot of the page, this uses the browser’s print engine, so text can be selected, searched and copied, and links remain clickable.

**Why doesn’t my JavaScript run?**
Scripts are blocked so that pasted code can’t act on this site or your device. If a page builds its content with JavaScript, open it in your browser and use **Print → Save as PDF** there instead.

**Can I convert a website URL to PDF?**
Not directly — browsers don’t allow one site to read another site’s pages. Open the website and press **Ctrl + P** (**Cmd + P** on a Mac), or save the page as HTML and open that file here.

**Why are my images missing?**
The images probably use relative links. Enter the website address in **Base URL**, or change the links to full `https://` addresses. Images on your computer must be embedded as data URLs.

**How do I remove the date and URL at the top and bottom?**
Those are the browser’s headers and footers. In the print window open **More settings** and untick **Headers and footers**.

**Does it work on a phone?**
Yes. On Android, choose **Save as PDF** as the printer. On iPhone, open the share sheet from the print preview and save it to Files.

## Flatten PDF

URL: https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/flatten-pdf/
Category: PDF Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Flatten a PDF online: turn filled form fields, signatures, comments and highlights into fixed page content no one can edit. Free, private, no upload.

### At a glance

- **Flattening** turns interactive parts of a PDF — form fields, checkboxes, dropdowns, comments, highlights, stamps and drawn signatures — into ordinary page content that can’t be edited.
- The tool first **counts the form fields and comments** in your file, so you know what will be flattened.
- **Forms & comments** mode keeps text selectable and the file small; filled values look exactly as they did in the form.
- **Everything to images** mode turns each page into a picture at 150, 200 or 300 DPI, so nothing can be selected, copied or edited.
- Links and bookmarks are kept in Forms & comments mode.
- Password-protected PDFs can be flattened after entering the password; the flattened copy has no password.
- Runs entirely in your browser with QPDF (WebAssembly) and PDF.js — the file is never uploaded.

### Features

- **Lock filled forms**: Send a completed application, tax form or agreement knowing the values can’t be changed by the next person who opens it.
- **Same look everywhere**: Form values and comments can look different — or vanish — in some viewers and when printed. Flattened, they always show.
- **Know what’s inside**: See how many form fields and comments your PDF has before you flatten it, and what’s left afterwards.
- **Two strengths**: Keep searchable text with Forms & comments, or choose Everything to images for a page no one can edit or copy.
- **Portal-friendly**: Some upload portals reject fillable PDFs or lose the values. A flattened PDF is accepted like any scanned document.
- **Private**: Your form stays on your device. No upload, no sign-up and no watermark.

### How to flatten a PDF

1. **Open the PDF** — Drop the filled form or annotated PDF onto the box. Enter its password if it has one.
2. **Check what’s in it** — The tool shows how many **form fields** and **comments or drawings** it found.
3. **Choose how** — Pick **Forms & comments** (recommended) or **Everything to images**, with an image quality.
4. **Flatten and download** — Click **Flatten PDF**. The flattened copy downloads and the tool confirms nothing editable is left.

### Guide

#### Which mode should I use?

|  | Forms & comments | Everything to images |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Form fields and comments | Locked into the page | Locked into the page |
| Text can be selected and searched | Yes | No |
| Page content can be edited in a PDF editor | Harder, but possible | No — only as a picture |
| File size | About the same | Larger (depends on quality) |
| Links and bookmarks | Kept | Removed |
| Best for | Forms, signed agreements, reviewed drafts | Documents you don’t want copied or changed |

#### When to flatten a PDF

Flatten a form **after filling it in and before sending it** — for example a job application, a KYC form, a bank mandate or a government form. It stops anyone accidentally or deliberately changing the answers, and makes sure the values print.

Flatten a reviewed document to make **comments, highlights and sticky notes** a permanent part of the page, so they show in every viewer and on paper.

Keep your original! A flattened PDF can’t be filled in again. To stop others copying or printing too, [protect the PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/protect-pdf/) after flattening; to hide personal details, use [Redact PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/redact-pdf/).

### FAQ

**What does it mean to flatten a PDF?**
Flattening merges interactive layers — form fields, comments, stamps and signatures — into the page itself. The PDF looks the same, but those parts can no longer be clicked, changed or deleted separately.

**Can a flattened PDF be unflattened?**
No. The fields are gone, so the form can’t be filled in again. Keep your original if you might need to change it.

**Will my digital signature still be valid?**
No. Flattening changes the file, so a cryptographic (certificate) signature will no longer verify, although it still appears on the page. Flatten before signing if the signature must stay valid.

**Is my form uploaded anywhere?**
No. Flattening runs in your browser with WebAssembly, and the file never leaves your device.

**Why does it say some things are still editable?**
A few comments, such as some sticky notes, don’t store how they look, so they can’t be merged into the page and are left as they were. Choose **Everything to images** to lock in everything you see.

**Can I flatten a PDF without form fields?**
Yes, with **Everything to images**. It turns each page into a picture, so the text can’t be selected, copied or edited.

## DNS Lookup

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/dns-lookup/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Contacts an external service to work (see the page).
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Free DNS lookup: check A, AAAA, CNAME, MX, NS, TXT, SOA and CAA records of any domain, see SPF and DMARC, and do reverse DNS for an IP address.

### At a glance

- Looks up **A, AAAA, CNAME, MX, NS, TXT, SOA, CAA, SRV, PTR, HTTPS, DS and DNSKEY** records, or all the everyday ones at once.
- **All records** mode adds an overview: where the domain points, who hosts its DNS, which provider handles its email, and whether **SPF** and **DMARC** are set up.
- Enter an **IP address** to find its host name (reverse DNS / PTR).
- Shows whether answers are **DNSSEC-signed** and validated, and each record’s **TTL** in plain words.
- Recognises common TXT records — SPF, DMARC, DKIM and verification codes for Google, Microsoft 365, Meta and others.
- Queries go straight from your browser to the public DNS server you choose (Google, Cloudflare and five others) over encrypted DNS-over-HTTPS. Only the name you look up is sent.

### Features

- **Every record at once**: One click shows IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, mail servers, name servers, TXT, SOA, CAA and HTTPS records — no need to query each type.
- **Email health check**: See at a glance whether the domain has MX, SPF and DMARC records, and what its DMARC policy tells receivers to do.
- **Plain-English answers**: MX priorities, SOA timers, CAA rules and TXT verification codes are explained, and TTLs are shown as “1 hour”, not 3600.
- **Choose the DNS server**: Compare the answer from Google Public DNS, Cloudflare 1.1.1.1 and other resolvers — handy right after changing a record.
- **Reverse DNS**: Paste an IPv4 or IPv6 address to see the host name its owner registered for it.
- **Copy and share**: Copy any value with one click, copy all records in dig format, or share a link that runs the same lookup.

### How to look up DNS records

1. **Enter the domain** — Type a domain such as **example.com**, paste a link or an email address, or enter an IP address for reverse DNS.
2. **Pick a record type** — Leave **All records** selected for a full overview, or choose one type such as **MX** or **TXT**.
3. **Look it up** — Click **Look up**. Records appear grouped by type, with their TTL and a short explanation.
4. **Compare or copy** — Switch the **DNS server** to compare answers, copy records, or open the **propagation checker** to see the answer worldwide.

### Guide

#### DNS record types explained

| Type | What it does | Example |
| --- | --- | --- |
| A | Points a name to an IPv4 address | 203.0.113.10 |
| AAAA | Points a name to an IPv6 address | 2001:db8::10 |
| CNAME | Makes a name an alias of another name | www → example.netlify.app |
| MX | Mail servers for the domain, with priority | 10 mail.example.com |
| NS | Name servers that hold the domain’s records | ada.ns.cloudflare.com |
| TXT | Text: SPF, DMARC, DKIM, verification codes | v=spf1 include:_spf.google.com ~all |
| SOA | Zone details: primary server, admin, serial, timers | ns1.example.com … |
| CAA | Which authorities may issue SSL certificates | 0 issue "letsencrypt.org" |
| PTR | Host name for an IP address (reverse DNS) | dns.google |

#### Checking your email setup

For email to arrive — and for your own mail not to land in spam — a domain needs **MX** records pointing to its mail provider, an **SPF** TXT record listing the servers allowed to send for it, and a **DMARC** record at `_dmarc.yourdomain` saying what to do with mail that fails the checks. Gmail and Yahoo require SPF and DMARC from bulk senders.

There must be **only one SPF record**: two SPF records make both invalid. Start DMARC with `p=none` to monitor, then move to `quarantine` or `reject` once all your sending services pass. DKIM keys live at `selector._domainkey.yourdomain`; look them up by typing that full name and choosing **TXT**.

### FAQ

**What is a DNS lookup?**
A DNS lookup asks the Domain Name System for the records of a name — for example the IP address of a website (A record) or the mail servers of a domain (MX). It’s what your browser does every time you visit a site.

**Why does the DNS server I choose give a different answer?**
Each DNS server caches answers for the record’s TTL. After a change, some servers still hold the old answer until their copy expires. Sites on a CDN may also give different answers by location. Use the DNS Propagation Checker to see many servers at once.

**What does TTL mean?**
Time to live: how long DNS servers may keep an answer before asking again. A TTL of 1 hour means a change can take up to an hour to reach everyone. Lower it a day before planned changes.

**How do I do a reverse DNS lookup?**
Enter an IP address, such as 8.8.8.8. The tool looks up its PTR record automatically and shows the host name, if the owner of the address has set one.

**Is this the same as nslookup or dig?**
It gives the same answers as `nslookup` or `dig` pointed at a public resolver, in your browser and with explanations. **Copy records** gives you dig-style output.

**What is sent, and to whom?**
Only the name you look up and the record type, sent from your browser over encrypted DNS-over-HTTPS to the DNS server you pick (Google Public DNS by default). JustTools doesn’t receive or store your lookups.

## DNS Propagation Checker

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/dns-propagation-checker/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Contacts an external service to work (see the page).
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Check DNS propagation worldwide: see the A, CNAME, MX, NS or TXT answer from 7 public DNS networks and 18 ISPs in 15 countries, and track the change.

### At a glance

- Checks **A, AAAA, CNAME, MX, NS, TXT, CAA and SOA** records on **25 DNS servers and networks** at once.
- **7 public DNS networks** — Google, Cloudflare, DNS.SB, Control D, CleanBrowsing, IIJ (Japan) and dnsforge (Germany) — each with its own cache.
- **18 ISP networks in 15 countries**, including Jio, Airtel and ACT in India, answered by Google Public DNS as it would for their users (EDNS Client Subnet) — this shows where CDNs and GeoDNS send visitors.
- Enter the **expected value** to see the percentage of servers already showing it, and roughly how long the rest may keep the old answer (their remaining TTL).
- Identical answers are grouped and colour-coded, so you can spot the odd one out.
- Can re-check automatically every minute while you wait. Queries go from your browser over encrypted DNS-over-HTTPS; only the domain and record type are sent.

### Features

- **Know when it’s live**: Type the new IP, CNAME target or TXT value and watch the percentage climb to 100% as servers pick up the change.
- **When will it finish?**: Servers still showing the old value report how long they’ll keep it. The tool tells you the longest wait left.
- **Worldwide view**: Public DNS networks plus ISP networks across India, the Americas, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Asia-Pacific.
- **CDN and GeoDNS aware**: See which server address visitors in each country get from services such as CloudFront, Akamai or Google.
- **Auto-refresh**: Switch on “Check again every minute” and leave the tab open — no need to keep clicking.
- **Shareable**: Copy a link with the domain, record type and expected value, and send it to your developer or hosting support.

### How to check DNS propagation

1. **Enter your domain** — Type the domain or subdomain you changed, such as **www.example.com**.
2. **Choose the record type** — Pick **A** for a new server IP, **CNAME** for an alias, **MX** for email, **NS** for new name servers or **TXT** for verification codes.
3. **Add the new value** — Optionally type the value you set, so each server is marked as updated or not.
4. **Check** — Click **Check**. Results fill in within seconds; switch on auto-refresh to follow the change.

### Guide

#### How long does DNS propagation take?

There is no single “propagation” process: every DNS server keeps a cached copy of your old record until its **TTL** (time to live) runs out, then fetches the new one. So a change is visible everywhere after at most the old record’s TTL — often 5 minutes to 1 hour, sometimes up to a day.

**New name servers (NS)** take longer: the registry for your domain’s ending (.com, .in…) publishes them, and resolvers may keep the old delegation for up to 48 hours. To make planned changes fast, lower the record’s TTL to 5 minutes a day before the change, then raise it again afterwards.

#### Reading the results

| You see | What it means |
| --- | --- |
| Updated (green tick) | The server returns the value you expect. |
| Different value (red) | The server still has the old answer cached — wait for its TTL to run out. |
| No record | The name exists but has no record of this type on that server (possibly cached). |
| Domain not found | The server believes the name doesn’t exist — common just after registering or adding a subdomain. |
| Different answers by country | Normal for sites on a CDN or GeoDNS: visitors are sent to their nearest server. |
| No answer | That server couldn’t be reached from your network (it may be blocked by a firewall or ad blocker). |

### FAQ

**Why do I still see the old website after the checker shows 100%?**
Your computer, router or browser can cache DNS too. Try another browser or a private window, restart the router, or switch your device to a public DNS such as 1.1.1.1 or 8.8.8.8. On Windows, `ipconfig /flushdns` clears the system cache.

**Can I speed up DNS propagation?**
You can’t force other servers to drop their cache, but you can plan ahead: lower the TTL well before a change. Google and Cloudflare also offer web pages to purge their cached copy of a name.

**Are these servers really in different countries?**
The public DNS networks are global: each answers from its site nearest to you, with its own cache. The country rows ask Google Public DNS to answer as it would for users of each ISP network, using EDNS Client Subnet — accurate for CDN and GeoDNS answers, but served from Google’s cache near you.

**Why do different countries get different IP addresses?**
Sites on a CDN (Cloudflare, CloudFront, Akamai, Fastly) or with GeoDNS deliberately give visitors the address of a nearby server. That’s expected and not a propagation problem.

**Why does it say “Domain not found” for a domain I just registered?**
New domains can take from minutes to a few hours to appear, and servers that asked before it existed remember the “not found” answer for the zone’s negative-cache time (shown as TTL).

**What is sent, and to whom?**
Only the domain and record type, sent from your browser over encrypted DNS-over-HTTPS to the DNS services listed on the page. JustTools doesn’t receive or store your checks.

## EXIF Metadata Remover

URL: https://justtools.online/image-tools/exif-metadata-remover/
Category: Image Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Remove EXIF metadata from photos: GPS location, camera, date and hidden data in JPG, PNG, WebP and HEIC — with no quality loss and no upload. Free.

### At a glance

- Removes **EXIF, XMP, IPTC**, comments, embedded thumbnails and other metadata from **JPG, PNG, WebP, HEIC and AVIF** photos.
- **No quality loss:** the image data is copied byte for byte, not re-compressed, so the photo looks exactly the same — and usually gets smaller.
- Shows what each photo revealed first: **GPS location** (with a map link), camera and serial number, date and time, author and software.
- Also removes hidden extras stored after the image, such as the **video of a motion photo** or depth and HDR data.
- Keeps the **colour profile** and the **rotation** by default, so colours stay accurate and phone photos stay upright; either can be switched off.
- Every cleaned file is checked again, and the whole job runs in your browser — photos are never uploaded.

### Features

- **See what’s hidden**: Before cleaning, each photo shows what it gives away: the exact spot it was taken, the phone model, its serial number, the time and more.
- **Location removed**: Phones save GPS coordinates in every photo. Share pictures of your home, kids or car without revealing where you live.
- **Zero quality loss**: Unlike tools that re-save the image, only the metadata is cut out. The pixels are untouched.
- **iPhone HEIC too**: HEIC and AVIF photos are cleaned in place and stay HEIC — no conversion needed.
- **Batch cleaning**: Drop a whole folder of photos, then download them all as one ZIP.
- **Private by design**: Everything happens on your device. Nothing is uploaded, stored or seen by anyone else.

### How to remove EXIF data from a photo

1. **Add your photos** — Drop JPG, PNG, WebP or HEIC photos onto the box, click to choose them, or paste an image.
2. **Check what they reveal** — Each photo lists what it contained — tap **Details** to see the location, camera and dates.
3. **Choose what to keep** — Leave **Keep colour profile** and **Keep rotation** on for photos that look exactly as before.
4. **Download** — Click the download button for one photo, or **Download all (ZIP)**.

### Guide

#### What EXIF metadata can reveal

| Metadata | What it gives away |
| --- | --- |
| GPS position | The exact place a photo was taken — often your home, school or workplace |
| Date and time | When you were there, to the second, with your time zone |
| Camera and serial number | The device you own; a serial number can link photos to you |
| Author, owner, copyright | Your name, if the camera or an app added it |
| Software | The apps used to edit the photo |
| Embedded thumbnail | A small copy of the original — sometimes before cropping |
| Motion-photo video | A few seconds of video around the moment, with sound |

#### Do social networks remove it?

Most large social networks strip location data from photos they show publicly, but many other routes don’t: **sending a photo as a document or file** in WhatsApp or Telegram, email attachments, cloud-drive links, online marketplaces, forums and your own website usually keep every byte of metadata.

The safe habit is to clean photos before they leave your device. You can also switch off location tagging in your phone’s camera settings — but that doesn’t fix photos you’ve already taken.

### FAQ

**Does removing EXIF data reduce image quality?**
No. The tool cuts out the metadata blocks and copies the image data unchanged — it doesn’t decode and re-save the picture. The file usually gets a little smaller.

**Why keep the colour profile and rotation?**
The colour profile (ICC) makes colours display correctly, especially iPhone photos in Display P3; it contains no personal data. The rotation flag keeps phone photos upright. Everything else is removed. Turn both off for the strictest result.

**Can I remove metadata from iPhone HEIC photos?**
Yes. HEIC and AVIF files are cleaned in place: the EXIF and XMP data is erased and the file stays a HEIC, with the photo untouched. The file size stays the same.

**How do I know the location was really removed?**
Each cleaned file is scanned again automatically, and you’ll see a warning if anything identifying remains. You can also drop the cleaned photo back in — it will show “No metadata found”.

**Are my photos uploaded?**
No. Photos are read and cleaned by your browser on your own device. Nothing is sent to JustTools or anyone else.

**Which formats are supported?**
JPG/JPEG, PNG, WebP, HEIC/HEIF and AVIF. GIF, TIFF and RAW files aren’t supported.

## Image Blur Tool

URL: https://justtools.online/image-tools/image-blur/
Category: Image Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Blur faces, number plates, text or the background in any photo. Blur, pixelate or black out areas, then download it full size — free, private, no upload.

### At a glance

- Blurs **marked areas**, **everything except the marked areas** (background blur), or the **whole photo**.
- Three effects: smooth **Gaussian blur**, **pixelate** (mosaic) and a solid **black box** — with adjustable strength.
- Mark areas as **rectangles or ovals**; drag to move them, drag a corner to resize, and press Delete to remove one.
- The live preview matches the final image; the download is **full resolution** in the original format (JPG, PNG or WebP; HEIC becomes JPG).
- Location and camera data (EXIF) are not copied to the blurred image.
- Runs entirely in your browser — the photo is never uploaded.

### Features

- **Hide faces and plates**: Blur children’s faces, bystanders, car number plates and house numbers before posting photos online.
- **Censor screenshots**: Cover names, phone numbers, UPI IDs, OTPs and account details in chat or payment screenshots.
- **Background blur**: Mark the subject and choose “Everything else” for a portrait-style blurred background.
- **Blur, pixelate or black box**: Pick the look you want. For text that must stay secret, the black box can never be reversed.
- **Before and after**: Press and hold “Hold to see original” to compare with the untouched photo at any time.
- **Private and free**: No upload, no watermark, no sign-up, and full-size downloads.

### How to blur part of an image

1. **Open your photo** — Drop a JPG, PNG, WebP or HEIC photo onto the box, or paste a screenshot with Ctrl+V.
2. **Mark what to hide** — Drag over each face, plate or piece of text. Use **Oval** for faces. Move or resize areas by dragging.
3. **Choose the effect** — Pick **Blur**, **Pixelate** or **Black box** and set the strength. Choose **Everything else** to blur the background instead.
4. **Download** — Click **Download** to save the full-size blurred photo.

### Guide

#### Which effect should I use?

| Effect | Looks like | Best for |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Blur | Soft and natural | Faces, backgrounds, bystanders |
| Pixelate | Mosaic squares | Number plates, logos, a TV-style censor look |
| Black box | Solid black shape | Text and numbers that must stay secret — OTPs, account and ID numbers |

#### Is blurred text really unreadable?

Not always. Light blur or small pixel blocks can leave enough of the shapes of letters and digits for software to guess them, especially for short numbers. For anything sensitive — Aadhaar, PAN, card or account numbers, passwords, OTPs — use **Black box**, or a strength of 60 or more so no detail remains.

For documents, a black box in [Redact PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/redact-pdf/) removes the text itself rather than only covering it.

### FAQ

**How do I blur a face in a photo?**
Open the photo, choose **Oval** as the area shape and drag over the face. Set the effect to **Blur** with a strength of 50 or more, then download.

**How do I blur the background of a photo?**
Mark the person or object you want to keep sharp, then choose **Everything else**. Everything outside the marked areas is blurred.

**Will the downloaded image be lower quality?**
The size stays exactly the same. JPG and WebP photos are saved at high quality (92); PNG stays lossless.

**Can someone un-blur my image?**
A strong blur or pixelation can’t be undone to reveal faces, but weakly blurred text can sometimes be guessed. Use Black box for secret text and numbers.

**Does it work on phones?**
Yes. Drag with your finger to mark areas. To scroll past the photo, switch the toggle above it to **Scroll page**.

**Is my photo uploaded?**
No. The photo is processed in your browser on your own device and never leaves it.

## Image Steganography Tool

URL: https://justtools.online/security-tools/image-steganography/
Category: Security Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Hide a secret message or file inside an image, protected with a password, and reveal hidden messages from PNG images. Free and private — no upload.

### At a glance

- Hides a **message or a small file** in the lowest bit of the colour values of an image’s pixels — a change of at most 1 in 255 that the eye can’t see.
- With a password, the message is encrypted with **AES-256-GCM** (key from PBKDF2-SHA-256, 600,000 rounds) before it’s hidden, so it can’t be read or altered without the password.
- Any photo works as the cover (JPG, PNG, WebP, HEIC); the result is saved as a **PNG**, because lossy formats would destroy the hidden bits.
- Shows how much the image can hold — a 1,000 × 1,000 image holds about 370 KB — and checks the saved file reads back correctly.
- Messages are compressed first, so long text takes less room. Hindi, emoji and any language work.
- Runs entirely in your browser: images, messages and passwords are never uploaded.

### Features

- **Invisible**: The picture looks exactly the same. Only the tiniest bit of each colour value changes.
- **Password protected**: AES-256 encryption means that even someone who knows there’s a message can’t read it without the password.
- **Text or files**: Hide a note, a list of passwords, a key, or a small PDF or ZIP inside a photo.
- **Verified**: After saving, the tool reads the message back from the file to make sure it will work for the recipient.
- **Reveal in one step**: Drop the PNG in Reveal mode and enter the password — the message or file appears.
- **Private**: No server ever sees your image, message or password.

### How to hide a message in an image

1. **Choose a cover image** — In **Hide a message**, drop any photo. Larger images can hold more.
2. **Write the message** — Type your text, or switch to **A small file** and choose one.
3. **Add a password** — Recommended: without it, anyone using this tool can read the message.
4. **Download and send** — Click **Hide and download PNG**, then send the PNG as a file or document — not as a photo.

### Guide

#### Sending the image without losing the message

| How you send it | Hidden message |
| --- | --- |
| Email attachment, Google Drive, Dropbox, USB | Kept |
| WhatsApp or Telegram “Document” / “File” | Kept |
| WhatsApp, Instagram or Facebook as a photo | Destroyed (the image is re-compressed) |
| Screenshot of the image | Destroyed |
| Converting to JPG or resizing | Destroyed |

#### How it works

Each pixel has red, green and blue values from 0 to 255. The tool writes the message, bit by bit, into the lowest bit of those values — changing a colour from, say, 200 to 201. That is far below what the eye can notice, so the image looks untouched. A short header marks where the message starts and how long it is.

Steganography hides **that** a message exists; encryption protects **what** it says. With a password, you get both. Note that specialised analysis software can often detect that an image contains hidden data, even if it can’t read it — so always use a password for anything sensitive.

### FAQ

**Can anyone see that the image has a hidden message?**
Not by looking at it. Forensic tools can sometimes detect that the pixels were altered, which is why a password matters: detected or not, the message can’t be read without it.

**Why is the output a PNG?**
PNG is lossless, so every bit is saved exactly. JPG and WebP photos are compressed in a way that changes pixel values slightly — enough to wipe out a hidden message.

**How much can I hide?**
About 3 bits per pixel: roughly 370 KB in a 1,000 × 1,000 image, or 1.1 MB in a photo reduced to 2,000 × 1,500. Text is compressed first, so a page of text needs only a few kilobytes.

**I forgot the password. Can the message be recovered?**
No. The encryption has no back door, and JustTools never sees your password, so it can’t be reset.

**Can it read messages hidden with other steganography tools?**
No. Each tool uses its own format. Reveal mode reads messages hidden with this tool.

**Is steganography legal?**
Yes, hiding your own messages in your own images is legal in India and most countries. Using it to commit a crime is not.

## Image Watermark

URL: https://justtools.online/image-tools/image-watermark/
Category: Image Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Watermark photos with your name, © text or logo in one go: choose position, size, angle and opacity, or repeat it across the image. Free, no upload.

### At a glance

- Adds a **text** watermark (any language, including Hindi, and emoji) or your **logo** (PNG with transparency, JPG, WebP or SVG) to photos.
- Place it **once** in any of nine positions, or **repeat it across the photo** at any angle — hardest to crop or remove.
- Size is relative to each photo, so a batch of large and small images gets a matching watermark.
- An optional **outline** keeps white or dark text readable on busy backgrounds.
- Watermark **many photos at once** and download them as a ZIP, in their original format (JPG, PNG or WebP; HEIC becomes JPG) at full size.
- Runs in your browser — photos and logos are never uploaded. Camera data (EXIF, GPS) is not copied to the watermarked files.

### Features

- **Live preview**: Every change shows immediately on your photo. Click any photo in the list to preview it.
- **Your logo**: Upload a transparent PNG or SVG logo and set its width as a share of the photo.
- **Hard to remove**: A repeated, rotated watermark across the whole image can’t simply be cropped out.
- **Batch processing**: Drop a folder of photos, set the watermark once, and download them all.
- **Full quality**: Photos keep their size and are saved at high quality — no resizing, no compression surprises.
- **Private**: Unlike most watermark sites, nothing is uploaded to a server.

### How to add a watermark to photos

1. **Add photos** — Drop one or more photos onto the box, or click to choose them.
2. **Write or upload the watermark** — Type your text — try the **© Your Name** preset — or switch to **Logo / image** and choose your logo.
3. **Style and place it** — Set the size, colour, opacity and rotation, and choose a corner or **Repeat across photo**.
4. **Download** — Download photos one by one, or all at once with **Download all (ZIP)**.

### Guide

#### Good watermark settings

| Use | Watermark | Layout | Opacity |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Photography portfolio | © Your Name, white with outline | Once, bottom-right, 4–6% | 60–80% |
| Products for online selling | Shop logo | Once, centre or corner | 30–60% |
| Proofs sent to clients | PROOF or SAMPLE | Repeat across photo, 30–45° | 20–35% |
| ID copies for KYC | For KYC only · date | Repeat across photo | 25–35% |

#### Protecting photos you post online

A small corner watermark tells people who took the photo and is easy to live with — but it can be cropped out. If your images are being copied, use a larger, semi-transparent watermark across the subject, or repeat it across the whole photo.

For documents such as Aadhaar or PAN copies, add the purpose and date (“For KYC only · 30 Sep 2026”) across the image so a copy can’t be reused elsewhere. For PDFs, use [PDF Watermark](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/pdf-watermark/).

### FAQ

**Can I watermark many photos at once?**
Yes. Add as many photos as you like; the same watermark is applied to all of them, scaled to each photo’s size, and you can download them together as a ZIP.

**Will my photos lose quality?**
They keep their full size. JPG and WebP photos are saved at high quality (92), and PNG stays lossless.

**Can I use my logo as a watermark?**
Yes. Choose Logo / image and upload a PNG with a transparent background (or JPG, WebP or SVG). Set its width and opacity.

**Can a watermark be removed?**
A small corner mark can be cropped or edited out. A large, rotated watermark repeated across the photo is much harder to remove without ruining the image.

**Are my photos uploaded?**
No. Photos and your logo are processed in your browser on your own device.

**Can I write the watermark in Hindi?**
Yes. The text is drawn by your browser, so Hindi, other Indian languages and emoji all work.

## JSON to CSV Converter

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/json-to-csv/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Convert JSON to CSV for Excel or Google Sheets: nested objects become columns, lists are kept and big numbers stay exact. Also CSV to JSON. No upload.

### At a glance

- Converts a JSON **array of objects** into CSV rows, with every key as a column — even keys that only some objects have.
- Finds the rows inside API responses like `{"data": {"users": [...]}}` automatically, and reads **JSON Lines** (NDJSON).
- **Nested objects** become `parent.child` columns; lists of values are joined in one cell (or written as JSON).
- Numbers are copied digit for digit, so long IDs like 12345678901234567890 and prices like 1.10 aren’t rounded.
- Comma, semicolon, tab or pipe delimiters, RFC 4180 quoting, and an optional UTF-8 BOM so **Excel** shows Hindi, ₹ and accents correctly.
- Also converts **CSV to JSON**, detecting the delimiter, turning numbers and true/false into JSON types (leading zeros stay text) and `a.b` columns back into nested objects.
- Runs in your browser — your data is never uploaded.

### Features

- **Table preview**: See the result as a spreadsheet-style table before downloading, or switch to the raw CSV text.
- **Handles messy JSON**: Objects with different keys, nested objects, lists and wrapper objects are all turned into a proper rectangular table.
- **Excel and Sheets ready**: The download opens correctly in Excel, Google Sheets and Numbers, including Indian languages and the ₹ sign.
- **Formula-safe option**: Optionally stop cells that start with =, +, - or @ from running as spreadsheet formulas (CSV injection).
- **Both directions**: Switch to CSV → JSON to turn a spreadsheet export back into clean, nested JSON for an API or config.
- **Exact error messages**: Invalid JSON is reported with the line and column of the mistake.

### How to convert JSON to CSV

1. **Add your JSON** — Paste JSON into the left box, click **Open file**, or try the **Sample**.
2. **Check the table** — The CSV appears as a table straight away. Nested objects become columns like **address.city**.
3. **Adjust the options** — Pick the **delimiter**, and open **Options** to flatten, join lists or make the file Excel-ready.
4. **Download** — Click **Download** for a .csv file, or **Copy** to paste into a spreadsheet.

### Guide

#### How JSON becomes a table

| JSON | CSV |
| --- | --- |
| [{"name": "Asha", "age": 31}] | Columns name, age — one row per object |
| {"address": {"city": "Pune"}} | Column address.city |
| {"skills": ["SQL", "Excel"]} | One cell: SQL; Excel (or ["SQL","Excel"]) |
| {"data": [ … ]} | Rows are taken from the data array |
| null | Empty cell |
| "Mehta, Jr." | "Mehta, Jr." — quoted because of the comma |

#### Opening CSV files in Excel

Keep **Excel-ready (UTF-8 BOM)** switched on: without it, Excel on Windows may show Hindi text or the ₹ sign as garbled characters. If your Excel uses a comma as the decimal separator (common in Europe), choose the **semicolon** delimiter.

Excel drops leading zeros from numbers like phone numbers and PIN codes when it opens a CSV. The data in the file is correct — to keep the zeros, import it with **Data → From Text/CSV** and set that column to Text.

### FAQ

**Can it convert nested JSON to CSV?**
Yes. Nested objects become columns named with dots, such as address.city. Lists of simple values are joined into one cell, and lists of objects are written as JSON text in the cell.

**What if my objects have different keys?**
Every key found in any object becomes a column, in the order first seen. Objects without a key get an empty cell there.

**Is my data uploaded anywhere?**
No. The conversion runs entirely in your browser, so API responses, customer lists and exports never leave your device.

**How large a file can it handle?**
Files of several megabytes convert in a second or two. Very large files are limited only by your device’s memory; the table preview shows the first 200 rows.

**Why do my Hindi or ₹ characters look wrong in Excel?**
Excel needs a byte order mark to detect UTF-8. Keep “Excel-ready (UTF-8 BOM)” switched on in Options and download again.

**Can I convert CSV back to JSON?**
Yes — choose CSV → JSON. The delimiter is detected automatically, numbers and true/false become JSON values, and columns like address.city become nested objects.

## Passport Size Photo Maker

URL: https://justtools.online/image-tools/passport-photo-maker/
Category: Image Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Make passport size photos online: India passport, PAN card, visa, US, UK and more. Face guide, print sheets for 4×6 or A4, and KB limits for forms.

### At a glance

- Sizes for **India passport (35 × 45 mm)**, **India visa / OCI (2 × 2 in)**, **PAN card (25 × 35 mm)**, **stamp size (20 × 25 mm)**, and passports or visas for the **USA, UK, Schengen, Canada, Australia and China**.
- A **head guide** shows where the top of the hair and the chin should be for each document; on supported browsers the face is found and placed automatically.
- Download a single photo at **300 DPI**, a **print sheet** for 4 × 6 in photo paper, 5 × 7 in, A4 or Letter (as PDF or JPG, with cut lines), or a file **under a KB limit** for online forms.
- The print sheet fits the most photos — for example **8 passport photos on a 4 × 6 in** print, or 6 of 2 × 2 in.
- Straighten, zoom, and adjust brightness and contrast; empty edges are filled with white, light grey or light blue.
- Works in your browser — your photo is never uploaded.

### Features

- **Right size, every time**: Choose the document and the frame, head size and output pixels are set for you.
- **Print at home or a shop**: Print a 4 × 6 in sheet at any photo studio or kiosk for far less than a new passport photo session, or use the A4 PDF at home.
- **For exam forms**: Set the size limit — 20, 50 or 100 KB — and the width in pixels for SSC, UPSC, IBPS, university and job applications.
- **Face guide**: An oval, a chin line and a band for the top of the head make it easy to meet the rules.
- **Exact print size**: The PDF sheet is made at the paper’s real size, so each photo prints at exactly 35 × 45 mm (or your size) at 100%.
- **Private**: Your face photo stays on your device — nothing is uploaded or stored.

### How to make a passport size photo

1. **Choose the photo size** — Pick the document, such as **India passport** or **PAN card**.
2. **Add your photo** — Use a photo taken facing the camera, in front of a plain light wall, in good light.
3. **Line up your face** — Drag and zoom so the head fits the oval: top of the hair in the shaded band, chin on the line.
4. **Download** — Choose **Photo**, **Print sheet** (PDF or JPG) or **Online form** with a KB limit, and download.

### Guide

#### Common photo sizes

| Document | Size | Head (chin to top of hair) |
| --- | --- | --- |
| India passport | 35 × 45 mm (3.5 × 4.5 cm) | about 31–36 mm (most of the height) |
| India visa / OCI | 2 × 2 in (51 × 51 mm) | 25–35 mm |
| PAN card | 25 × 35 mm (2.5 × 3.5 cm) | most of the height |
| Stamp size | 20 × 25 mm | most of the height |
| USA passport / visa | 2 × 2 in (51 × 51 mm) | 25–35 mm (1–1⅜ in) |
| UK passport | 35 × 45 mm | 29–34 mm |
| Schengen visa | 35 × 45 mm | 32–36 mm |
| Canada passport | 50 × 70 mm | 31–36 mm |

#### Tips for an accepted photo

Stand about a metre in front of a **plain white or very light wall**, facing a window or soft light so there are no shadows on your face or behind you. Look straight at the camera with a neutral expression and your mouth closed, eyes open and clearly visible. Avoid glasses and caps; religious headwear is usually allowed if the whole face is visible.

Ask someone else to take the photo from about 1.5 metres away at eye level — selfies distort the face. Use a recent photo (taken within the last six months), and always check the latest rules of the office you are applying to.

### FAQ

**What is the passport photo size in India?**
35 × 45 mm (3.5 cm wide, 4.5 cm tall) with a plain white background, the face covering most of the photo, taken from the front. Choose “India passport” and the tool sets this for you.

**What is the PAN card photo size?**
25 × 35 mm (2.5 × 3.5 cm), in colour with a white background. Choose “PAN card”, then download a single photo or a print sheet.

**How do I reduce a photo to 20 KB or 50 KB for an online form?**
Choose Online form, set the maximum size (such as 50 KB) and the width in pixels your form asks for, and download. The tool picks the highest quality that fits the limit.

**How many passport photos fit on a 4 × 6 photo print?**
Eight 35 × 45 mm photos fit on a 4 × 6 in (10 × 15 cm) print, with small gaps to cut along. Six 2 × 2 in photos fit on the same print.

**Can it change the background to white?**
Not automatically. Take the photo against a plain white or light wall; any empty edges around the photo are filled with white, light grey or light blue.

**Is my photo uploaded?**
No. Everything is done in your browser, so your photo never leaves your device.

## Password Strength Checker

URL: https://justtools.online/security-tools/password-strength-checker/
Category: Security Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Check how strong a password is: time to crack, common words and patterns it hides, tips to improve it, and a safe data-breach check. Fully private.

### At a glance

- Uses **zxcvbn**, the password-strength estimator developed at Dropbox, which models how real attackers guess instead of just counting symbols.
- Recognises **tens of thousands of common passwords**, English words, first names and surnames, plus common **Indian names and words** such as Rahul, Priya, Sairam or Jaishreeram.
- Spots **keyboard patterns** (qwerty), **sequences** (1234, abcd), repeats, **dates and years**, and look-alike swaps like P@ssw0rd.
- Shows the time to crack in four realistic situations, from a rate-limited login page to a stolen database cracked on GPUs.
- The optional **data-breach check** uses Have I Been Pwned’s k-anonymity API: only the first 5 characters of the password’s SHA-1 hash are sent, never the password.
- Everything else runs in your browser; the password is never stored or sent anywhere.

### Features

- **Realistic, not naive**: “P@ssw0rd123” ticks every box on most sites — here it’s rated weak, because attackers try exactly those swaps first.
- **Time to crack**: From a login page that blocks repeated tries to a leaked database attacked with graphics cards.
- **What gives it away**: See each part an attacker would recognise: a common password, a name, a year, a keyboard walk.
- **Has it leaked?**: Compare against hundreds of millions of passwords exposed in data breaches, without revealing yours.
- **Clear advice**: Specific tips to make it stronger — and a link to generate a truly random one.
- **Private**: Nothing you type is saved or sent. Works offline once loaded (except the optional breach check).

### How to check password strength

1. **Type the password** — Type or paste it into the box. Use the eye button to show or hide it.
2. **Read the rating** — The meter shows **Very weak** to **Very strong**, with the estimated number of guesses needed.
3. **See why** — Check the time to crack, the checklist and **What an attacker would notice**.
4. **Check for leaks** — Click **Check now** to see if it has appeared in a data breach. If it has, stop using it.

### Guide

#### What makes a password strong

**Length and randomness beat complexity.** A random 4–5 word passphrase like “tiger-lamp-orbit-seven” is far stronger than “Rahul@1990”, and easier to remember. Names, birthdays, cricket players, cities and keyboard patterns are the first things cracking tools try — with or without @ for a and 0 for o.

Just as important: **never reuse a password.** When one site leaks, attackers try the same email and password everywhere else. Use a password manager to store a different random password for every account, and turn on two-factor authentication for email, banking and UPI apps.

#### Time to crack, explained

| Situation | Guesses per second | Needs |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Login page with rate limiting | 100 per hour | Any password that isn’t very common |
| Login page without limits | 10 | At least a fair password |
| Leaked database, bcrypt or similar | 10,000 | A strong password |
| Leaked database, MD5 or similar, GPUs | 10 billion | A very strong, random password |

### FAQ

**Is it safe to type my password here?**
Yes. The strength check runs entirely in your browser, and the password is never stored or sent. If you prefer, test a password that follows the same pattern as yours instead of the real one.

**How does the data-breach check work without sending my password?**
Your browser computes the SHA-1 hash of the password and sends only its first five characters to Have I Been Pwned. The service returns every leaked hash starting with those characters (with random padding), and the match is found on your device. The password and its full hash never leave it.

**Why is my password with symbols rated weak?**
Because the rest of it is predictable. Attackers’ tools try common words with capitals, numbers, years and symbol swaps first, so “Password@123” falls in seconds. Randomness and length matter far more than symbols.

**How long should a password be?**
At least 12 characters for everyday accounts, and 15 or more — or a passphrase of four to five random words — for email, banking and your password manager.

**What does “Found in data breaches” mean?**
The exact password appears in lists of passwords leaked from hacked websites. Attackers try these lists first, so don’t use it anywhere, even if it looks strong.

**How is this different from the strength bar on websites?**
Most sites only check length and character types. This tool estimates the number of guesses a real attacker would need, recognising common passwords, names, dates and patterns.

## CSV to JSON Converter

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/csv-to-json/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Convert CSV or data pasted from Excel to JSON: auto-detected delimiter, real numbers and true/false, nested objects from dotted columns. Free, no upload.

### At a glance

- Turns each CSV row into a JSON object, using the **first row as keys** (or column1, column2… when there’s no header).
- Detects the delimiter automatically — **comma, semicolon, tab or pipe** — so cells copied from **Excel or Google Sheets** can be pasted directly.
- Converts **numbers, true/false and empty cells** into proper JSON values, while phone numbers, PIN codes with leading zeros and long IDs stay text.
- Columns named like **address.city** become nested objects.
- Four output shapes: **array of objects**, **array of arrays**, an object **keyed by the first column**, or **JSON Lines** — with 2 or 4 spaces, tabs or minified.
- Follows RFC 4180: quoted fields, commas and line breaks inside quotes, and doubled quotes all work. Runs in your browser; data is never uploaded.

### Features

- **Straight from Excel**: Select cells in Excel or Google Sheets, copy, and paste here — tab-separated data is recognised automatically.
- **Proper JSON types**: Numbers become numbers and true/false become booleans — without breaking IDs like 007 or 16-digit card numbers.
- **Nested objects**: user.name and user.email columns become {"user": {"name": …, "email": …}}.
- **The shape you need**: Objects for APIs, arrays for charts, keyed objects for lookups, or JSON Lines for big-data tools.
- **Handles messy files**: Missing header names, duplicate columns and rows with extra or missing fields are handled and reported.
- **Private**: Customer lists and exports stay on your device — nothing is uploaded.

### How to convert CSV to JSON

1. **Add your CSV** — Paste CSV, paste cells copied from Excel or Google Sheets, or click **Open file** to load a .csv file.
2. **Check the options** — Open **Options** to choose the output shape, indentation, and whether to convert numbers and nest dotted columns.
3. **Review the JSON** — The JSON appears as you type, with a count of rows and columns and notes about any irregular rows.
4. **Copy or download** — Click **Copy**, or **Download** a .json (or .jsonl) file.

### Guide

#### Output shapes

| Shape | Looks like | Good for |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Objects | [{"id": 1, "name": "Asha"}, …] | APIs, JavaScript, most uses |
| Arrays | [["id", "name"], [1, "Asha"], …] | Charts, compact data, keeping column order |
| Keyed | {"1": {"id": 1, "name": "Asha"}, …} | Looking rows up by ID |
| JSON Lines | {"id": 1, …} on each line | Streaming, logs, BigQuery and data pipelines |

#### How values are converted

With **Convert numbers & booleans** on, 42 and 3.14 become numbers, true and false become booleans, and empty cells become null. Values that only look like numbers stay text: anything with a leading zero (phone numbers, PIN codes like 012345, employee IDs like 007) and anything longer than 15 digits (card and account numbers), because JSON numbers would lose those digits.

Switch the option off to keep every value as text exactly as it appears in the CSV.

### FAQ

**Can I convert an Excel file to JSON?**
Yes. Open the sheet, select the cells (including the header row), copy, and paste them here. To use a file instead, save it from Excel as CSV UTF-8 and open that.

**Why are some numbers kept as text?**
Numbers with leading zeros or more than 15 digits would change if stored as JSON numbers, so they stay text. Turn off “Convert numbers & booleans” to keep everything as text.

**What if my CSV uses semicolons?**
The delimiter is detected automatically — commas, semicolons (common in Europe), tabs and pipes all work. You can also pick one yourself.

**Is my data uploaded?**
No. The conversion runs entirely in your browser; your file never leaves your device.

**How do I get nested JSON?**
Name the columns with dots, like address.city and address.pin, and keep “Nest dotted columns” on. They become {"address": {"city": …, "pin": …}}.

**Can I convert JSON back to CSV?**
Yes — switch to JSON → CSV, or use the JSON to CSV Converter, which also shows the result as a table.

## UUID Generator

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/uuid-generator/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Generate UUIDs (GUIDs) online: random v4, sortable v7, v1, and name-based v5 and v3 — one or 10,000 at a time. Also decode and validate any UUID.

### At a glance

- Generates **version 4** (random), **version 7** (Unix time, sortable), **version 1** (time-based), **version 5** (SHA-1) and **version 3** (MD5) UUIDs, plus the nil and max UUIDs — all following **RFC 9562**.
- Random bits come from your browser’s **cryptographically secure** generator (Web Crypto).
- Version 7 UUIDs generated together stay **in order** even within the same millisecond, which keeps database indexes fast.
- Version 1 UUIDs use a random node ID, so they **never reveal your device’s MAC address**.
- Generate up to **10,000** at once, uppercase or lowercase, with or without hyphens, in {braces}, "quotes" or as urn:uuid:, one per line or comma-separated.
- The decoder shows any UUID’s version, variant and — for v1, v6 and v7 — the date and time it was created.

### Features

- **The right version**: v4 for general IDs, v7 for database keys, v5 for repeatable IDs from names — each explained in one line.
- **Bulk generation**: Make 10, 100 or 10,000 UUIDs and copy them all or download a .txt file.
- **Any format**: Match your code or database: uppercase for .NET GUIDs, no hyphens for compact keys, quotes and commas for SQL.
- **Name-based UUIDs**: Turn domain names, URLs or any text into stable v5 or v3 UUIDs — one per line.
- **Decode & validate**: Paste a UUID — or a log line containing several — to check it and see when it was created.
- **Private and offline**: UUIDs are made on your device. Nothing is sent to a server or logged.

### How to generate a UUID

1. **Pick a version** — Keep **v4** for a random UUID, or choose **v7** for time-ordered IDs.
2. **Choose how many** — Enter a number or pick **10**, **100** or **1,000**.
3. **Set the format** — Turn on **Uppercase**, remove **Hyphens**, or wrap each UUID in braces, quotes or urn:uuid:.
4. **Copy** — Click **Copy** (or **Copy all**), or download the list as a text file.

### Guide

#### Which UUID version should I use?

| Version | Made from | Use it for |
| --- | --- | --- |
| v4 | 122 random bits | General-purpose unique IDs — the default choice |
| v7 | Unix time in ms + random bits | Database primary keys and anything you sort by creation time |
| v1 | Time + clock sequence + node | Older systems that expect time-based UUIDs |
| v5 | SHA-1 of a namespace and a name | The same ID every time for the same input |
| v3 | MD5 of a namespace and a name | Compatibility with systems that already use v3 |

#### Are UUIDs really unique?

A version 4 UUID has 122 random bits: about 5.3 × 10³⁶ possible values. You would need to generate a billion UUIDs every second for about 86 years before the chance of a single duplicate reached 50%. In practice, UUIDs from a good random source never collide.

UUIDs aren’t secrets, though: don’t use them as passwords or security tokens. And while v7 UUIDs are great database keys, they reveal the time they were created.

### FAQ

**What is the difference between a UUID and a GUID?**
None in practice. GUID (globally unique identifier) is Microsoft’s name for a UUID. Windows and .NET often show GUIDs in uppercase and in braces — switch on Uppercase and choose { } to match.

**Is UUID v7 better than v4?**
For database keys, usually yes: v7 UUIDs increase over time, so new rows go at the end of the index instead of random places, which keeps inserts fast. Use v4 when the creation time shouldn’t be visible.

**Are these UUIDs safe to use in production?**
Yes. They follow RFC 9562 and use your browser’s cryptographically secure random number generator — the same quality as crypto.randomUUID() or uuid libraries.

**How do I check whether a string is a valid UUID?**
Open Decode & validate and paste it. The tool accepts common formats — with or without hyphens, braces or urn:uuid: — and shows the version, variant and, for time-based versions, when it was created.

**Why does v5 give the same UUID every time?**
That’s the point of name-based UUIDs: the same namespace and name always produce the same UUID, so different systems can derive matching IDs without talking to each other.

**Can a UUID be decoded to get the time?**
For versions 1, 6 and 7, yes — the creation time is stored inside. Version 4 is purely random, and v3 and v5 are hashes, so they contain no time.

## UTM Builder

URL: https://justtools.online/seo-tools/utm-builder/
Category: SEO & Marketing Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Build UTM campaign links for Google Analytics 4: presets for WhatsApp, Instagram, email and ads, the GA4 channel each lands in, and a QR code for it.

### At a glance

- Adds **utm_source, utm_medium, utm_campaign**, and optionally **utm_id, utm_term** and **utm_content** to any page URL — keeping its other parameters and #fragment.
- One-click presets for **WhatsApp, Instagram, Facebook, YouTube, LinkedIn, X, Google Ads, Meta ads, email, SMS, push notifications and QR codes**.
- Shows which **GA4 default channel** the link will most likely count as — Organic Social, Paid Search, Email and so on — using Google’s published rules.
- Keeps values **consistent**: lowercase and underscores by default, because GA4 treats “Facebook” and “facebook” as different sources.
- Warns about missing values, capital letters and short links, and reads the UTM tags back out of any link you paste.
- Builds a separate link for **several channels at once** (copy all or download CSV), and hands any link to the QR Code Generator for posters and packaging.

### Features

- **Know what works**: See in Google Analytics whether WhatsApp, Instagram or your newsletter brought the visits and sales.
- **GA4 channel preview**: Avoid “Unassigned” traffic: the tool shows the channel group before you share the link.
- **Consistent naming**: Automatic lowercase and space handling keep your reports clean, campaign after campaign.
- **Many channels, one click**: Tick the places you’ll post — get a separate tagged link for each, ready to copy or save as CSV.
- **QR codes for print**: Send the tagged link straight to the QR Code Generator to track posters, flyers and packaging.
- **Private**: Links are built in your browser. Nothing is sent to a server or shortened through a third party.

### How to build a UTM link

1. **Paste the page URL** — Enter the address of the page the link should open, such as your sale page.
2. **Pick a preset** — Click **WhatsApp**, **Instagram post**, **Google Ads** or another preset to fill in source and medium.
3. **Name the campaign** — Enter a campaign name like **diwali_sale_2026**, and optionally content such as **story_1**.
4. **Copy and share** — Copy the link, open it to test, or make a QR code. Check the GA4 channel shown below it.

### Guide

#### UTM parameters explained

| Parameter | Answers | Example |
| --- | --- | --- |
| utm_source | Where did the visit come from? | whatsapp, instagram, google, newsletter |
| utm_medium | What kind of channel? | social, cpc, email, sms, referral |
| utm_campaign | Which campaign or promotion? | diwali_sale_2026 |
| utm_content | Which link, ad or post exactly? | story_2, banner_top, button_red |
| utm_term | Which paid keyword? | running_shoes |
| utm_id | Which campaign ID (for cost import)? | fb_2026_q4 |

#### Tips for clean campaign data

**Stick to one naming style.** Decide on lowercase with underscores and use it everywhere — “Instagram”, “instagram” and “IG” become three separate sources in GA4. Use the medium names GA4 recognises (social, cpc, email, sms, referral, affiliate, display) so visits land in the right channel instead of “Unassigned”.

**Never tag internal links.** Links from one page of your site to another should not have UTM tags: clicking one starts a new session and overwrites where the visitor really came from. Google Ads links are tagged automatically (gclid) when auto-tagging is on, so they don’t need manual UTMs.

### FAQ

**What is a UTM link?**
A normal link with extra parameters, such as ?utm_source=whatsapp&utm_medium=social&utm_campaign=diwali_sale, that tell Google Analytics where a visitor came from. The page itself works exactly the same.

**Which UTM parameters are required?**
utm_source is the essential one — Google Analytics ignores the others without it. Always add utm_medium and utm_campaign too, so the visit is grouped into a channel and campaign.

**What UTM should I use for WhatsApp?**
utm_source=whatsapp and utm_medium=social, which GA4 groups as Organic Social. Add utm_content to tell apart a status update, a broadcast list and a group message.

**Why does my traffic show as “Unassigned” in GA4?**
The source and medium didn’t match any of GA4’s default channel rules — for example a made-up medium like “post” or “story”. Use standard mediums such as social, email or cpc. The tool shows the channel before you share.

**Are UTM parameters case-sensitive?**
Yes. GA4 treats Facebook and facebook as two different sources, so keep “Lowercase” switched on.

**Do UTM tags affect SEO?**
Not when used on links in campaigns, ads, emails and social posts. Don’t use them on your own internal links, and make sure pages have a canonical URL so tagged links aren’t indexed separately.

## URL Encoder / Decoder

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/url-encoder-decoder/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-09-30

Encode or decode URLs and query strings online: %20, + and UTF-8 (Hindi, emoji) done right, errors pinpointed, and URL parameters shown in a table.

### At a glance

- Three encodings for three jobs: **parameter value** (encodeURIComponent), **whole URL** (encodeURI) and **form data** (application/x-www-form-urlencoded, spaces as +).
- Encodes text as **UTF-8**, so Hindi, other Indian scripts, ₹ and emoji become the %E0%A4… sequences every browser and server understands.
- The decoder turns %20 and + back into spaces and shows **exactly where** an invalid sequence like “50%off” or broken UTF-8 is.
- Spots **double encoding** (%2520) and decodes again with one click.
- Paste a full URL to see its host, path, fragment and every **query parameter decoded in a table** — edit, add or remove parameters and copy the updated URL.
- Optional strict RFC 3986 mode and line-by-line conversion. Everything runs in your browser.

### Features

- **Live, both ways**: Results update as you type. Switch between Encode and Decode and the result carries over.
- **Right encoding, explained**: Each mode says when to use it, so a URL doesn’t break because its slashes or ampersands were encoded.
- **Clear errors**: Instead of “URIError: malformed URI”, see which character is wrong and why.
- **Query parameter editor**: Read long tracking URLs at a glance, fix a value, remove a parameter, and get a correctly encoded URL back.
- **Batch mode**: Turn on Each line separately to encode or decode a whole list of values or URLs at once.
- **Private**: URLs with tokens or personal data never leave your device.

### How to encode or decode a URL

1. **Choose Encode or Decode** — Pick **Encode** to make text safe for a URL, or **Decode** to read an encoded link.
2. **Pick what you’re encoding** — Use **Parameter value** for a single value, **Whole URL** for a complete link, or **Form data** for form posts.
3. **Paste your text** — The result appears as you type. Problems are pointed out with the exact character.
4. **Copy or edit** — Copy the result, or edit the query parameters in the **URL parts** table and copy the updated URL.

### Guide

#### Which encoding should I use?

| You have | Use | Example |
| --- | --- | --- |
| A value for ?q= or a path segment | Parameter value | chai & samosa → chai%20%26%20samosa |
| A complete URL with spaces or Hindi | Whole URL | https://x.in/a b → https://x.in/a%20b |
| Data for an HTML form or POST body | Form data | chai & samosa → chai+%26+samosa |

#### Common percent-encodings

| Character | Encoded | Character | Encoded |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| space | %20 (or + in forms) | & | %26 |
| / | %2F | = | %3D |
| ? | %3F | # | %23 |
| % | %25 | + | %2B |
| @ | %40 | ₹ | %E2%82%B9 |

### FAQ

**What is URL encoding?**
URLs may only contain a limited set of characters. URL (percent) encoding replaces any other character — spaces, &, non-English letters, emoji — with % followed by the hexadecimal value of each of its UTF-8 bytes, such as %20 for a space.

**Should a space be %20 or +?**
Both mean a space, in different places. %20 works everywhere in a URL; + means a space only in query strings and form data. When decoding, keep “+ means space” on for query strings and form data.

**What’s the difference between encodeURI and encodeURIComponent?**
encodeURI encodes a complete URL but leaves characters that structure it — : / ? & = # — alone. encodeURIComponent encodes those too, which is right for a single value you put inside a URL, but would break a whole URL.

**Why does decoding fail with “malformed URI”?**
The text contains a % that isn’t followed by two hexadecimal digits (like “50%off”), or bytes that aren’t valid UTF-8. The tool shows the exact character; encode a literal % as %25.

**What is double encoding?**
Encoding text that’s already encoded, so %20 becomes %2520. The tool notices when a decoded result still contains escapes and offers to decode it again.

**Is my URL sent anywhere?**
No. Encoding, decoding and parsing all happen in your browser.

## Fancy Font Generator

URL: https://justtools.online/text-tools/fancy-font-generator/
Category: Text Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-01

Turn text into stylish fonts to copy and paste: bold, italic, cursive, bubble, gothic and more for Instagram bios, WhatsApp, BGMI names and posts. Free.

### At a glance

- Converts your text into **28 styles**, including bold, italic, cursive (script), gothic (fraktur), double-struck, monospace, bubble, squares, small caps, upside down, strikethrough and glitch text.
- The “fonts” are really **Unicode characters**, so they stay styled wherever you paste them — Instagram and Facebook bios, WhatsApp, X, YouTube, Discord and game names.
- Letters that Unicode keeps elsewhere (like cursive ℬ, ℰ, ℋ) are filled in correctly, so no letter turns into a box.
- Also makes **decorated names** such as ꧁༺ 𝓝𝓪𝓶𝓮 ༻꧂ for profiles and gaming IDs.
- Pastes back to normal: the tool can turn fancy text into plain letters again.
- Hindi and other scripts pass through unchanged — the styles apply to English letters and digits.

### Features

- **Tap to copy**: Every style is shown with your own text. Tap one and it’s copied — ready to paste.
- **Works everywhere**: Unlike real fonts, these characters travel with the text into apps, bios, captions and comments.
- **Names and bios**: Decorated styles for Instagram bios, Free Fire and BGMI names, and WhatsApp statuses.
- **Strikethrough & underline**: Cross out or underline text in places that don’t support formatting.
- **Back to normal**: Paste stylised text to recover the plain letters for editing or searching.
- **Private**: Everything happens as you type, in your browser.

### How to make fancy text

1. **Type your text** — Enter a name, bio or message in the box.
2. **Browse the styles** — Scroll the list or filter by **Bold**, **Cursive & gothic**, **Bubble & boxes** and more.
3. **Copy** — Tap a style to copy it.
4. **Paste** — Paste it into your Instagram bio, WhatsApp, a game name field or a post.

### Guide

#### Where fancy text works

| Place | Works? | Tip |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Instagram bio, name and captions | Yes | Bios allow 150 characters; each fancy letter counts as one |
| WhatsApp messages and About | Yes | For plain bold or italic, WhatsApp also has *bold* and _italic_ |
| Facebook, X, Threads, YouTube comments | Yes | Keep it short — long styled posts are hard to read |
| Game names (BGMI, Free Fire) | Mostly | Games limit name length and some symbols; check the preview |
| Usernames and @handles | No | Handles only allow plain letters, numbers, . and _ |

#### A note on accessibility

Screen readers used by blind and low-vision people read these characters as mathematical symbols (“mathematical bold capital H…”) or skip them. Use fancy text for a name or a few decorative words, and keep important information — prices, dates, links, instructions — in normal text.

Search engines and in-app search also see different characters, so a name written in 𝓬𝓾𝓻𝓼𝓲𝓿𝓮 may not be found by people typing it normally.

### FAQ

**How does a fancy font generator work?**
It swaps each letter for a look-alike character from Unicode — the universal character set every phone and computer uses. For example, 𝐀 is “mathematical bold capital A”. Because they’re characters rather than a font, the style stays when you paste the text.

**Why do some letters show as boxes?**
The device you’re viewing on doesn’t have a font with that character — usually older phones. Bold, italic, cursive and bubble text work on almost all current devices; newer symbols may not.

**Can I use fancy text in my Instagram bio?**
Yes. Copy a style and paste it into Edit profile → Bio or Name. Each styled letter counts as one of the 150 bio characters.

**Can I make stylish names for BGMI or Free Fire?**
Yes — try the decorated styles. Games limit name length and may reject some symbols, so keep it short and check how it looks in the game.

**Does it work with Hindi?**
Unicode only has styled versions of the English alphabet and digits, so Hindi text stays as it is. You can mix both — the English parts get styled.

**How do I turn fancy text back to normal?**
Paste it into “Turn fancy text back into normal text” at the bottom of the tool, and copy the plain version.

## Base64 Encoder & Decoder

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/base64-encoder-decoder/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-01

Encode text or files to Base64 and decode Base64 back — UTF-8, URL-safe Base64URL, data URLs for images, file type detection. Free, private, no upload.

### At a glance

- Encodes and decodes **Base64 (RFC 4648)** as you type, with text treated as **UTF-8** — Hindi, ₹ and emoji round-trip correctly.
- Supports **Base64URL** (- and _, as in JWTs), with or without = padding, and 76-character line wrapping for email (MIME).
- The decoder ignores spaces and line breaks, accepts missing padding and data: URLs, and says exactly which character is invalid.
- Decoded binary data is **recognised** — PNG, JPEG, WebP, GIF, PDF, ZIP, MP3, MP4, fonts and more — with an image preview and a download button.
- Converts **any file to Base64** or a **data URL**, and gives ready-made <img> and CSS snippets for images.
- Runs entirely in your browser: nothing you encode or decode is uploaded.

### Features

- **Live both ways**: Switch between Encode and Decode and the result carries over — handy for checking a round trip.
- **Base64 to image or PDF**: Paste Base64 from an API or email source and get the actual file back, previewed and ready to save.
- **Image to data URL**: Drop an icon or logo to embed it directly in HTML, CSS or JSON.
- **Clear errors**: Invalid characters, misplaced padding and truncated input are explained instead of failing silently.
- **JWT friendly**: Decode the parts of a JSON Web Token — they’re Base64URL without padding.
- **Private**: Tokens, keys and files stay on your device.

### How to encode or decode Base64

1. **Choose text or file** — Use **Text** to convert text, or **File / image** to convert a file.
2. **Pick Encode or Decode** — Encode turns text into Base64; Decode turns Base64 back.
3. **Paste or drop** — Paste text or Base64, or drop a file. The result appears immediately.
4. **Copy or download** — Copy the result, or download the decoded file with the right extension.

### Guide

#### Base64 in a nutshell

Base64 writes any data — text, images, PDFs — using just 64 safe characters (A–Z, a–z, 0–9, + and /), so it can travel through systems made for text: JSON, XML, email, URLs and HTML. Every 3 bytes become 4 characters, so Base64 is about **33% larger** than the original.

**Base64 is not encryption.** Anyone can decode it instantly, so never use it to hide passwords or secrets. To protect data, encrypt it; to shorten it, compress it.

#### Standard vs URL-safe Base64

|  | Standard Base64 | Base64URL |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Characters 62 and 63 | + and / | - and _ |
| Padding | = at the end | Usually left out |
| Used in | Email attachments, data URLs, most APIs | URLs, file names, JWTs, WebAuthn |
| Example | Pz4/Pg== | Pz4_Pg |

### FAQ

**How do I convert Base64 to an image?**
Choose Text → Decode and paste the Base64 (with or without the data:image/…;base64, prefix). The tool recognises the image, shows a preview and lets you download it with the right extension.

**How do I convert an image to Base64?**
Choose File / image and drop the image. You get a data URL ready for an <img> tag or CSS, or plain Base64 if you switch to “Base64 only”.

**Why does my decoded text look garbled?**
The Base64 probably holds binary data (an image, a PDF, compressed data) rather than text — the tool then shows the file type instead. If it’s text in an old encoding other than UTF-8, some characters may not show correctly.

**Is Base64 secure?**
No. It’s an encoding, not encryption: anyone can decode it. Use it to transport data, not to protect it.

**What is the = at the end?**
Padding, which makes the length a multiple of 4. Base64URL often leaves it out; this decoder works either way.

**Is my data uploaded?**
No. Encoding and decoding happen entirely in your browser, including for files.

## Case Converter

URL: https://justtools.online/text-tools/case-converter/
Category: Text Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-01

Change text case online: UPPERCASE, lowercase, Title Case, Sentence case, and camelCase, snake_case or kebab-case for code. Smart rules, instant, free.

### At a glance

- Seven text cases: **Sentence case, lower case, UPPER CASE, Title Case, Capitalized Case, aLtErNaTiNg** and **iNVERSE**.
- Eight programming cases: **camelCase, PascalCase, snake_case, CONSTANT_CASE, kebab-case, Train-Case, dot.case** and **path/case** — one name per line.
- **Title Case** keeps articles and short words lowercase (“The Lord of the Rings”), but capitalises the first and last word and the word after a colon.
- **Sentence case** capitalises the start of every sentence and the word “I”, and fixes text typed with Caps Lock on.
- Keeps **acronyms and brand names** like NASA, GST and iPhone as written (can be switched off), and handles hyphens (Well-Known) and apostrophes (Don’t).
- Splits programming names smartly: XMLHttpRequest becomes xml_http_request. Counts characters, words, sentences and lines as you type.

### Features

- **Fix Caps Lock text**: Paste text that was typed in capitals and turn it into normal sentences in one click.
- **Proper headlines**: Title Case that follows style-guide rules — for blog titles, YouTube titles, headings and book names.
- **For developers**: Convert variable, column, CSS class and URL names between camelCase, snake_case, kebab-case and more.
- **Line by line**: Paste a list of names and convert them all at once — each line stays a separate name.
- **Live counts**: See the number of characters, words, sentences and lines while you work.
- **Private**: Your text is converted in your browser and never sent anywhere.

### How to change text case

1. **Paste your text** — Type or paste text into the box, or try the **Sample**.
2. **Pick a case** — Click **UPPER CASE**, **Title Case**, **Sentence case**, **snake_case** or any other.
3. **Check the result** — The converted text appears below straight away.
4. **Copy** — Click **Copy**, download it as a .txt file, or **Replace my text** to keep working on it.

### Guide

#### Which case to use

| Case | Example | Used for |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Sentence case | Tips for your first job interview | Most headings on the web, emails, UI text |
| Title Case | Tips for Your First Job Interview | Book, film and article titles, formal headings |
| UPPER CASE | SALE ENDS TODAY | Short labels and warnings (reads as shouting in messages) |
| camelCase | firstJobInterview | JavaScript and Java variables |
| snake_case | first_job_interview | Python, database columns, file names |
| kebab-case | first-job-interview | URLs, CSS classes, file names |
| CONSTANT_CASE | MAX_RETRY_COUNT | Constants and environment variables |

#### Title Case rules used here

Every word is capitalised except articles (a, an, the), short conjunctions (and, but, or, nor, for, so, yet) and short prepositions (as, at, by, in, of, off, on, per, to, up, via) — unless they are the first or last word, or come right after a colon. This matches the common ground of the Chicago and AP style guides for most headlines.

Hyphenated words get a capital on each part (Well-Known), words after apostrophes stay lowercase (Don’t, India’s), and words already written as acronyms or brands (NASA, iPhone) are left alone.

### FAQ

**How do I convert uppercase to lowercase?**
Paste your text and click “lower case” — or “Sentence case” to also capitalise the start of each sentence, which is usually what you want for text typed with Caps Lock on.

**What is the difference between Title Case and Capitalized Case?**
Capitalized Case capitalises every word. Title Case follows style-guide rules and keeps small words like “of”, “the” and “and” lowercase, as in “The Lord of the Rings”.

**Does it work with Hindi?**
Hindi and most Indian scripts don’t have upper and lower case, so they stay unchanged. English words mixed in are converted.

**Can I convert a list of variable names?**
Yes. Put one name per line and choose a programming case. userAccountId, user-account-id and User Account ID all become user_account_id in snake_case.

**Why wasn’t NASA changed to Nasa?**
Words already written in capitals or mixed case are treated as acronyms and brand names and kept as written. Turn off “Keep acronyms and brand names” to change them too. Text written entirely in capitals is always converted.

**Is my text saved?**
No. The conversion runs in your browser and nothing is stored or sent.

## Markdown Live Previewer

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/markdown-previewer/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-01

Write Markdown with a live preview: GitHub tables, task lists, alerts and highlighted code. Export to HTML or PDF — free, private, runs in your browser.

### At a glance

- Renders **GitHub Flavored Markdown** live: headings, lists, links, images, **tables** (with column alignment), **task lists**, strikethrough and autolinks.
- **Syntax highlighting** for code blocks in 20+ languages, including JavaScript, TypeScript, Python, Java, Go, Rust, SQL, Bash, JSON and YAML.
- Supports **GitHub alerts** (> [!NOTE], [!TIP], [!IMPORTANT], [!WARNING], [!CAUTION]), heading anchors and YAML front matter.
- Toolbar and shortcuts (**Ctrl+B**, **Ctrl+I**, **Ctrl+K**) for formatting, with split, write-only and preview-only views and synced scrolling.
- Export a **standalone HTML page** (light and dark themes), **print or save as PDF**, download the **.md** file, or copy the HTML — plus an outline and a ready-made table of contents.
- Raw HTML in your Markdown is sanitised, so scripts can’t run. Your text stays in your browser; the draft is saved on this device only (optional).

### Features

- **Looks like GitHub**: Preview a README exactly as it will appear on GitHub — including alerts, task lists and highlighted code.
- **Fast formatting**: Toolbar buttons and keyboard shortcuts for bold, links, lists, tables and code blocks — with normal undo.
- **Outline & TOC**: Jump between sections, and copy a table of contents with working anchor links.
- **Export anywhere**: A clean HTML file to share or host, a PDF for documents, or the Markdown itself.
- **Never lose a draft**: Your text is saved in this browser as you type, and restored when you come back.
- **Private and safe**: No sign-up and no upload. HTML inside your Markdown is sanitised before it’s shown.

### How to preview Markdown

1. **Write or paste** — Type Markdown in the left pane, paste a README, or click **Open** to load a .md file.
2. **Watch the preview** — The formatted result updates as you type. Switch between **Split**, **Write** and **Preview** views.
3. **Format quickly** — Use the toolbar or **Ctrl+B**, **Ctrl+I** and **Ctrl+K** for bold, italic and links.
4. **Export** — Download an **HTML page**, **Print / PDF**, save the **.md** file, or copy the HTML.

### Guide

#### Markdown cheat sheet

| You type | You get |
| --- | --- |
| # Heading, ## Subheading | Headings (levels 1–6) |
| **bold**, _italic_, ~~strike~~ | Bold, italic, strikethrough |
| [text](https://example.com) | A link |
| ![alt text](image.png) | An image |
| - item, 1. item | Bulleted and numbered lists |
| - [ ] task, - [x] done | Task list with checkboxes |
| `code`, ``` for blocks | Inline code and code blocks (add a language: ```js) |
| > quote, > [!NOTE] | Quote, or a GitHub alert box |
| | a | b |, | --- | :-: | | Table (colons set the alignment) |
| --- | Horizontal divider |

#### Line breaks in Markdown

In README files and most Markdown documents, a single line break is ignored and lines join into one paragraph — leave an empty line to start a new paragraph, or end a line with two spaces to force a break. GitHub comments and issues are different: every line break shows. Switch on **Line breaks as typed** to preview that behaviour.

### FAQ

**What is Markdown?**
A simple way to format text with ordinary characters — **bold**, # headings, - lists — that converts to HTML. It’s used for README files, documentation, notes apps, forums and chat apps.

**Does the preview match GitHub?**
It follows GitHub Flavored Markdown and GitHub’s styles, including tables, task lists, alerts and code highlighting. Very new or GitHub-only features such as Mermaid diagrams, math and @mentions aren’t rendered.

**How do I convert Markdown to PDF?**
Click Print / PDF and choose “Save as PDF” as the printer. The PDF uses a clean, light document style.

**Is my text saved or uploaded?**
It isn’t uploaded anywhere. With “Save draft in this browser” on, the text is kept in this browser’s local storage so it survives a refresh; switch it off to clear it.

**Can I use HTML inside Markdown?**
Yes, common HTML such as <details>, <kbd> and <sup> works. Scripts, forms, iframes and inline styles are removed for safety, as on GitHub.

**Can I open a .md file?**
Yes. Click Open and choose a .md or .markdown file; it loads straight into the editor.

## Compare PDFs

URL: https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/compare-pdf/
Category: PDF Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-05

Compare two PDFs online and see what changed: added and removed words highlighted, plus a page-by-page visual diff. Free and private — nothing is uploaded.

### At a glance

- **Text changes** compares the two PDFs word by word: added words are green, removed words are red and struck through.
- A summary shows the number of changes, words added and removed, how much text is unchanged and **which pages** changed.
- **Show only changes** folds unchanged text away, and you can jump from one change to the next.
- **Visual** compares pages pixel by pixel to catch changes in layout, images, stamps, signatures and scanned pages, in **Side by side** or **Overlay** view.
- Every page pair is checked quickly so pages that look different are marked; pages can be paired by hand when one was added or removed.
- Save the text comparison as a self-contained **HTML report** to share or keep.
- Runs entirely in your browser with PDF.js — neither file is uploaded.

### Features

- **Review contracts**: See exactly what the other side changed in a rent agreement, offer letter or vendor contract before you sign it.
- **Word-level detail**: A changed amount, date or name is highlighted on its own, not the whole paragraph, so small edits don’t slip past.
- **Catch visual edits**: The Visual view finds changes the text can’t show — a moved logo, a different stamp, a new signature or edits in a scanned page.
- **Jump between changes**: Step through a long document change by change, with the page number of each one.
- **Shareable report**: Download the highlighted differences as one HTML file that opens in any browser.
- **Private**: Confidential drafts stay on your device. No upload, no sign-up and no limits.

### How to compare two PDF files

1. **Add both PDFs** — Drop the **Original** in the first box and the **Changed** version in the second — or drop both at once.
2. **Read the text changes** — Green words were added and red ones removed. Use the arrows to go from one change to the next.
3. **Check the pages** — Open **Visual** to see the pages side by side or overlaid, with changed areas tinted.
4. **Save a report** — Click **Download report** to keep the highlighted text differences as an HTML file.

### Guide

#### Text or visual comparison?

|  | Text changes | Visual |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Finds | Added, removed and replaced words | Anything that looks different |
| Works on scanned PDFs | No — needs selectable text | Yes |
| Ignores reflowed text | Yes — compares words, not positions | No — moved text shows as changed |
| Best for | Contracts, reports, policies | Drawings, forms, letterheads, scans |

#### Good to know

The text comparison looks at words, not fonts or colours, so a change only to bold, size or colour shows up in the **Visual** view instead.

If a page was inserted, later pages in the Visual view are paired with the wrong page. Choose the matching pages from the **Original** and **Changed** lists to line them up again; the text comparison isn’t affected.

Need to fix the order of pages before comparing? Use the [PDF Page Organizer](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/pdf-page-organizer/).

### FAQ

**How do I compare two PDF files for differences?**
Add the original and the changed PDF here. The text differences appear straight away — green for added, red for removed — and the Visual tab shows what changed on each page.

**Can it compare scanned PDFs?**
Yes, with the **Visual** comparison, which compares the pages as images. The word-by-word comparison needs PDFs with selectable text.

**Does it work with Hindi and other languages?**
Yes, as long as the PDF has selectable text. Words are compared in any language; some older PDFs with Hindi text store it in a way that can’t be read back, and then the Visual view works best.

**Can I compare PDFs with a different number of pages?**
Yes. The text comparison follows the words across pages, and in the Visual view you can pair any page of the original with any page of the changed PDF.

**Are my files uploaded?**
No. Both PDFs are read and compared in your browser, so confidential documents never leave your device.

**Is there a file size or page limit?**
No fixed limit. Very large PDFs depend on your device’s memory; documents of a few hundred pages work on most computers.

## PDF Page Organizer

URL: https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/pdf-page-organizer/
Category: PDF Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-05

Rearrange PDF pages online: drag to reorder, rotate, delete, duplicate, add blank pages or pages from other PDFs. Free, private, no upload, with undo.

### At a glance

- **Drag pages** by their handle to reorder them; selected pages move together. Works with a mouse or touch.
- **Select** one or many pages to rotate, duplicate, move to the start or end, delete, or **Extract** them into a new PDF.
- Insert **blank pages** (the size of the pages around them) and pages from **other PDFs**, including password-protected ones.
- **Reverse** puts the pages in the opposite order — handy for scans fed in back to front.
- **Undo** and **Redo** every change; nothing is saved until you click Save PDF.
- Pages are copied exactly, so text stays selectable and quality is unchanged. Bookmarks aren’t kept, because the page order changes.
- Runs entirely in your browser with pdf-lib and PDF.js — files are never uploaded.

### Features

- **See every page**: Thumbnails of all pages, with a size slider, so you can spot the out-of-place scan or the blank page straight away.
- **Drag and drop**: Move one page or a whole selection to where it belongs; the list scrolls as you drag.
- **Combine documents**: Add pages from another PDF and slot them in — like inserting a signed page back into an agreement.
- **Clean up scans**: Rotate sideways pages, delete blank ones, and reverse a stack that was scanned last page first.
- **Undo anything**: Try things out freely: every move, rotation and deletion can be undone or redone.
- **Private**: Your files stay on your device. No upload, no sign-up and no watermark.

### How to rearrange PDF pages

1. **Open the PDF** — Drop the PDF onto the box. Enter its password if it has one.
2. **Reorder** — Drag pages by their handle, or select pages and use **Move to start** or **Move to end**.
3. **Edit pages** — Rotate, **Duplicate** or **Delete** selected pages, and add a **Blank page** or pages with **Add PDF**.
4. **Save** — Click **Save PDF** to download the organised document, or **Extract** to save only the selected pages.

### Guide

#### Which page tool do I need?

| You want to… | Use |
| --- | --- |
| Reorder, delete, duplicate or insert pages | PDF Page Organizer |
| Join whole PDFs one after another | [Merge PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/merge-pdf/) |
| Split a PDF into several files | [Split PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/split-pdf/) |
| Only rotate pages | [Rotate PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/rotate-pdf/) |
| Number the pages afterwards | [Add Page Numbers](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/add-page-numbers/) |

### FAQ

**How do I rearrange the pages of a PDF?**
Open the PDF here, drag each page by its handle to its new place, then click **Save PDF**. You can also select pages and move them to the start or end in one go.

**How do I delete pages from a PDF?**
Tap the pages to select them and click **Delete**. If you change your mind, click **Undo**.

**Can I add pages from another PDF?**
Yes. Click **Add PDF** and choose the file; its pages are added after the selected page, or at the end, and each source gets a letter badge so you can tell them apart.

**Will the quality change?**
No. Pages are copied, not redrawn, so text, images and links on the page look exactly as before.

**Are bookmarks kept?**
No. The document is rebuilt in the new order, so the old bookmarks (outline) aren’t carried over. Page content always is.

**Are my files uploaded?**
No. Everything happens in your browser, and your PDFs never leave your device.

## Add Page Numbers to PDF

URL: https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/add-page-numbers/
Category: PDF Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-05

Add page numbers to a PDF online: 1, Page 1 of 10, Roman numerals or your own format, in any corner. Skip the cover, number from any page. Free, no upload.

### At a glance

- Formats: **1**, **Page 1**, **1 of 10**, **Page 1 of 10**, **– 1 –**, **Roman numerals** (i, ii, iii) or a **custom format** such as “Exhibit A – {n:4}”.
- Six positions — top or bottom, left, centre or right — with a **Double-sided** option that swaps left and right on alternate pages for printed booklets.
- **Start on page** skips a cover or index, and **First number** sets the number printed there; the last page can be left without a number.
- Fonts: sans (Helvetica), serif (Times) or mono (Courier), regular or bold, any size, colour and distance from the edge.
- Numbers are added as real text, so the PDF stays sharp and searchable; text in other scripts, such as Hindi, is added as a crisp image.
- Rotated and mixed-size pages are numbered the right way up, in the same place on every page.
- Bookmarks, links and form fields are kept. Runs entirely in your browser with pdf-lib — the file is never uploaded.

### Features

- **Every common format**: Plain numbers, “Page 1 of 10”, dashes or Roman numerals for a preface — or build your own with {n}, {total} and zero-padded {n:4}.
- **Skip the cover**: Start numbering on page 2 or 3 and choose the first number, so a title page and contents don’t throw the count off.
- **Ready for print**: Double-sided mode puts numbers on the outer edge of facing pages, like a printed book or bound report.
- **See it first**: Preview the number on every page — position, size and colour — before anything is saved.
- **Court and office bundles**: Number a bundle, annexure or set of exhibits with a custom label like “Annexure P-{n}” or simple Bates-style numbering such as “DOC-{n:6}”.
- **Private**: Your document stays on your device. No upload, no sign-up and no watermark.

### How to add page numbers to a PDF

1. **Open the PDF** — Drop the PDF onto the box. Enter its password if it has one.
2. **Choose a format** — Pick a **Format** such as “Page 1 of 10”, or **Custom format** to write your own.
3. **Place the numbers** — Choose a **Position**, then set **Start on page** and **First number** if the first pages shouldn’t be numbered.
4. **Style and download** — Adjust the font, size, colour and margin, check the preview, then click **Number pages**.

### Guide

#### Custom formats

**{total}** is the last number printed, so it stays correct when you skip a cover or start from a number other than 1.

| You type | Page 1 shows | Page 12 of 40 shows |
| --- | --- | --- |
| {n} | 1 | 12 |
| Page {n} of {total} | Page 1 of 40 | Page 12 of 40 |
| {n:4} | 0001 | 0012 |
| Annexure P-{n} | Annexure P-1 | Annexure P-12 |
| {roman} | i | xii |
| Report 2026 · {n} | Report 2026 · 1 | Report 2026 · 12 |

#### Tips

Putting a book together? Number the preface in Roman numerals and the main text from 1: [split the PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/split-pdf/), number each part, then [merge them](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/merge-pdf/) back together.

Need pages in a different order first? Use the [PDF Page Organizer](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/pdf-page-organizer/) before numbering, so the numbers follow the final order.

### FAQ

**How do I add page numbers to a PDF for free?**
Open the PDF here, choose a format and position, and click **Number pages**. It’s free, with no sign-up or watermark, and the file never leaves your device.

**Can I start numbering from page 2 or 3?**
Yes. Set **Start on page** to the first page that should have a number, and **First number** to the number it should show — for example page 3 numbered as 1.

**Can I add “Page X of Y”?**
Yes. Choose **Page 1 of 10** or **1 of 10**. Y is the last number printed, so it is right even when you skip pages.

**Will the numbers be searchable?**
Yes, for English and other Latin-script text — the numbers are real text in a standard PDF font. Labels in scripts such as Hindi are added as a high-resolution image.

**Will it work on scanned or rotated pages?**
Yes. Numbers are placed on the page as you see it, so landscape, rotated and scanned pages all get them the right way up.

**Is my file uploaded?**
No. The numbers are added in your browser, so confidential documents stay on your device.

## Crop PDF

URL: https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/crop-pdf/
Category: PDF Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-05

Crop PDF pages online: drag a box or auto-detect white margins, then crop one page, some or all. Free, private, no upload — text stays sharp and selectable.

### At a glance

- Drag the **crop box** on the page preview, or type exact margins in **millimetres** for the top, bottom, left and right.
- **Auto-detect margins** finds the empty white border around the content, checking up to 24 of the pages you are cropping, spread through the document.
- Crop **all pages**, **this page**, or a list such as “1, 3-5, even”.
- Cropping is lossless: text stays selectable and images keep their quality, because the pages aren’t redrawn.
- Cropping **hides** the area outside the box — that content is still in the file. Use Redact PDF to remove information for good.
- Rotated and landscape pages are cropped as you see them. Bookmarks, links and form fields are kept.
- Runs entirely in your browser with pdf-lib and PDF.js — the file is never uploaded.

### Features

- **Trim white margins**: Make slides, papers and e-books easier to read on a phone or tablet by cutting away wide empty borders.
- **Auto-detect**: One click finds where the content starts and ends on your pages, with a little padding so nothing is clipped.
- **Exact sizes**: Drag the box for a quick crop, or type margins in millimetres when you need a precise result.
- **Any pages**: Crop the whole document, only the page you’re looking at, or chosen pages like “2-4” or “odd”.
- **No quality loss**: Pages aren’t turned into images, so text stays sharp and searchable and the file size barely changes.
- **Private**: Your PDF stays on your device. No upload, no sign-up and no watermark.

### How to crop a PDF

1. **Open the PDF** — Drop the PDF onto the box. Enter its password if it has one.
2. **Set the crop** — Drag the edges of the crop box, type margins in mm, or click **Auto-detect margins**.
3. **Choose the pages** — Pick **All**, **This page** or **Choose** and type pages such as “1, 3-5”.
4. **Crop and download** — Click **Crop pages**. The cropped PDF downloads straight away.

### Guide

#### Crop, resize or redact?

| You want to… | Use |
| --- | --- |
| Cut away margins or keep part of a page | Crop PDF |
| Hide something for good — a name, number or signature | [Redact PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/redact-pdf/) |
| Make the file smaller | [Compress PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/compress-pdf/) |
| Turn sideways pages the right way | [Rotate PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/rotate-pdf/) |

#### Is cropped content really gone?

No. Like Adobe Acrobat and most PDF editors, cropping sets the visible area of each page; the content outside it is hidden but still in the file, and can be shown again in a PDF editor. That makes cropping reversible, but not safe for hiding sensitive information.

To remove an account number, address or signature permanently, use [Redact PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/redact-pdf/) instead.

### FAQ

**How do I crop a PDF for free?**
Open the PDF here, drag the crop box or click **Auto-detect margins**, choose the pages and click **Crop**. It’s free and nothing is uploaded.

**Can I crop just one page?**
Yes. Go to the page and choose **This page**, or choose **Choose** and type the page numbers you want, such as “4” or “2-6”.

**Does cropping reduce quality?**
No. The pages aren’t redrawn or turned into images, so text and pictures look exactly as before.

**Does cropping make the file smaller?**
Not noticeably — the hidden content is still in the file. To make it smaller, use Compress PDF.

**Can I undo a crop?**
In a PDF editor, yes, because the content is only hidden. Keep your original file as well, just in case.

**Is my PDF uploaded?**
No. Cropping happens in your browser and the file never leaves your device.

## Sign PDF

URL: https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/sign-pdf/
Category: PDF Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-05

Sign a PDF online for free: draw, type or upload your signature, add initials and the date, and place them on any page. Private — nothing is uploaded.

### At a glance

- Create a signature three ways: **Draw** it, **Type** your name in one of four handwriting styles, or **Upload** a photo of your signature on paper.
- Uploaded photos can have the **paper removed**, leaving clean black or blue ink on a transparent background.
- Add **initials**, **today’s date** and short **text** such as your name or “Approved”, and put a signature **on every page** with one switch.
- Drag to place and resize each signature; it is added to the PDF exactly where you see it, the right way up on rotated pages.
- This adds an **image-based electronic signature**. It is not a certificate-based digital signature (DSC) or Aadhaar eSign.
- Signatures can be **remembered on this device** if you choose; otherwise they are forgotten when you close the page.
- Runs entirely in your browser with pdf-lib and PDF.js — your document and signature are never uploaded.

### Features

- **Draw, type or upload**: Sign with a finger on your phone, a mouse or a pen — or type your name in a signature style, or scan the one you use on paper.
- **Clean scans**: Photograph your signature on white paper and the tool removes the background, so it sits naturally on the page.
- **Initials and dates**: Add initials to every page of an agreement and today’s date beside your signature, without printing anything.
- **Exact placement**: Drag each mark onto the signature line and resize it; what you see in the preview is what’s saved.
- **Works on phones**: Open the PDF from WhatsApp or email, sign with your finger and share it back — no app or account needed.
- **Private**: Your signature never leaves your device. No upload, no sign-up and no watermark.

### How to sign a PDF online

1. **Open the PDF** — Drop the PDF onto the box. Enter its password if it has one.
2. **Create your signature** — Choose **Draw**, **Type** or **Upload**, then click **Use this**. Switch to **Initials** to add those too.
3. **Place it** — Go to the right page, drag the signature onto the line and resize it. Add the date or text if needed.
4. **Download** — Click **Sign and download** to save the signed PDF.

### Guide

#### Is a signature added this way legally valid?

This tool adds a picture of your signature to the page — an **electronic signature** in the everyday sense, like signing a printout and scanning it. Many businesses, landlords, schools and HR teams accept it for routine documents such as offer letters, rental agreements, forms and invoices.

It is **not** a certificate-based digital signature. In India, documents that legally require an electronic signature under the IT Act — for example many government filings, tenders and company returns — need a **Digital Signature Certificate (DSC)** or **Aadhaar eSign**, which this tool does not provide. If you are unsure, ask the person or office who will receive the document.

#### Tips for a good signature

For an uploaded signature, sign with a dark pen on plain white paper, photograph it in good light from directly above, and keep **Remove the paper** on.

Sign last: make any other changes first — for example [add page numbers](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/add-page-numbers/) or [rearrange pages](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/pdf-page-organizer/) — then sign. To stop anyone moving or editing filled form fields afterwards, [flatten the PDF](https://justtools.online/pdf-tools/flatten-pdf/).

### FAQ

**How do I sign a PDF for free?**
Open the PDF here, draw, type or upload your signature, drag it into place and click **Sign and download**. It’s free, with no sign-up or watermark.

**Can I sign a PDF on my phone?**
Yes. Open this page on your phone, choose the PDF, and draw your signature with your finger. The signed PDF downloads to your phone, ready to share.

**Is this a digital signature (DSC) or Aadhaar eSign?**
No. It places an image of your signature on the page. Documents that legally need a certificate-based digital signature require a DSC or Aadhaar eSign from a licensed provider.

**Can I add my signature to every page?**
Yes. Select the placed signature or initials and turn on **On every page**. It appears in the same spot on all pages.

**Is my signature stored or uploaded?**
No. It is never uploaded. It stays in this browser tab, and is saved on your device only if you turn on **Remember on this device**.

**Can someone remove my signature from the PDF?**
Someone with a PDF editor could. To make the page harder to change, flatten the PDF or turn it into images after signing, and keep a copy of what you sent.

## JSON to XML Converter

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/json-to-xml/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-05

Convert JSON to XML online: attributes, text, arrays and nested data, with a root element, CDATA and pretty or minified output. Free and private, no upload.

### At a glance

- Keys starting with **@** become attributes and **#text** becomes element text — the same convention as the XML to JSON converter, so data round-trips.
- Arrays can **repeat the element** (`<tag>a</tag><tag>b</tag>`) or **wrap each item** (`<tags><item>a</item>…</tags>`), and nested arrays always produce valid XML.
- Data without a single root is wrapped in a **root element** you can name; top-level arrays get one item element per entry.
- Keys that aren’t valid XML names are fixed (“first name” → `first_name`, “2nd” → `_2nd`) and listed, and characters XML can’t hold are removed and reported.
- Options for the XML declaration, **CDATA** sections, self-closing empty elements and 2-space, 4-space, tab or minified output.
- Accepts relaxed JSON (comments, trailing commas, single quotes) and points to the exact line and column of real errors. Big numbers keep every digit.
- Runs entirely in your browser — the JSON is never uploaded.

### Features

- **Attributes and text**: Write `{"price": {"@currency": "INR", "#text": "799"}}` and get `<price currency="INR">799</price>` — exactly what most XML APIs expect.
- **Your array style**: Repeat the element for each entry, or wrap entries in item elements — whichever the receiving system wants.
- **Always valid XML**: Invalid names are fixed, special characters escaped, mixed content kept on one line and empty arrays handled, with a note for every change.
- **Round-trips**: Switch to XML → JSON at any time: the result converts straight back, so you can edit data as JSON and send it as XML.
- **Exact numbers**: IDs and amounts like 12345678901234567890 or 1.50 are written exactly as in the JSON, never rounded.
- **Private**: API payloads and configs stay on your device. No upload, no sign-up.

### How to convert JSON to XML

1. **Paste the JSON** — Paste JSON into the left box, open a .json file, or try the **Sample**.
2. **Set the options** — Open **Options** to choose the root and item element names, how arrays are written, CDATA and the XML declaration.
3. **Check the result** — The XML appears as you type, with notes about anything that was renamed, wrapped or removed.
4. **Copy or download** — Click **Copy**, or **Download** to save an .xml file.

### Guide

#### How JSON maps to XML

| JSON | XML |
| --- | --- |
| `{"user": {"name": "Asha"}}` | `<user><name>Asha</name></user>` |
| `{"user": {"@id": "7"}}` | `<user id="7"/>` |
| `{"price": {"@currency": "INR", "#text": 799}}` | `<price currency="INR">799</price>` |
| `{"list": {"tag": ["a", "b"]}}` | `<list><tag>a</tag><tag>b</tag></list>` (or wrapped: `<list><tag><item>a</item><item>b</item></tag></list>`) |
| `{"note": null}` | `<note/>` |
| `[1, 2]` | `<root><item>1</item><item>2</item></root>` |

#### Good to know

XML has no data types, so numbers, booleans and null all become text: `true` is written as `<paid>true</paid>`. An empty array can’t be shown with repeated elements, so it is left out (with a note) unless you choose **Wrap items**.

Converting the other way? Use the [XML to JSON converter](https://justtools.online/developer-tools/xml-to-json/). To check or tidy JSON first, try the [JSON Formatter](https://justtools.online/developer-tools/json-formatter/).

### FAQ

**How do I convert JSON to XML?**
Paste your JSON into the box. The XML appears on the right straight away — copy it or download it as an .xml file.

**How do I make an XML attribute from JSON?**
Start the key with @. For example `{"book": {"@id": "42", "title": "Gitanjali"}}` becomes `<book id="42"><title>Gitanjali</title></book>`. You can change the prefix under Options.

**How are JSON arrays converted?**
By default each entry repeats the element: `"tag": ["a","b"]` gives two `<tag>` elements. Choose **Wrap items** to get `<tag><item>a</item><item>b</item></tag>` instead, and set the item element’s name.

**Why was my data wrapped in <root>?**
An XML document must have exactly one top-level element. If your JSON has several top-level keys, or is an array, it’s wrapped in a root element — you can rename it under Options.

**Can it convert invalid JSON?**
It accepts common slips — comments, trailing commas, single quotes and unquoted keys — and tells you what it fixed. For real errors it shows the line and column so you can correct them.

**Is my JSON uploaded?**
No. The conversion runs in your browser, so API responses, keys and customer data never leave your device.

## Cron Expression Generator

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/cron-expression-generator/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-05

Build and explain cron expressions in plain English with next run times. Supports Linux crontab, Quartz, Spring and AWS EventBridge, and converts between them.

### At a glance

- Four formats: **Unix / Linux cron** (crontab, Kubernetes, GitHub Actions), **Quartz** (with seconds and year), **Spring @Scheduled** and **AWS EventBridge**.
- Explains any expression in **plain English** — e.g. `30 9 * * 1-5` is “At 9:30 AM, Monday through Friday” — in 12- or 24-hour time.
- Shows the **next 10 run times** in your time zone or UTC, including L, W and # rules, leap years and the Unix “either day” rule.
- **Converts** a schedule between formats, rewriting day-of-week numbers (Sunday is 0 in Unix and Spring but 1 in Quartz and AWS), `?` and seconds — or explains why it can’t.
- Errors point to the exact field (“Hour: 24 is out of range (0–23)”), and an expression in the wrong format is recognised and you’re offered a switch.
- Presets and a simple builder for every few minutes or hours, daily, weekly, monthly and yearly schedules, plus ready-to-paste crontab, GitHub Actions, Kubernetes, Spring and AWS snippets.
- Warns about schedules that never run (30 February) or skip months, and about day-of-month + day-of-week combinations that run more often than expected.

### Features

- **Plain-English check**: Paste the expression from a crontab, YAML file or code review and read what it actually does before it ships.
- **Real next runs**: See the next ten dates and times — “in 3 h 15 min” — so a schedule that’s off by a day or an hour is obvious.
- **Every scheduler**: Unix cron, Quartz, Spring and AWS each have their own rules. Pick the one you use and the syntax is checked for it.
- **Convert between them**: Moving a job from crontab to Spring or EventBridge? Get the equivalent expression with day numbers and “?” fixed.
- **Build without memorising**: Choose “Every week”, tick Mon–Fri and pick a time — the expression is written for you.
- **Share a schedule**: Copy a link that opens the tool with your expression and format, for a ticket or code review.

### How to create a cron expression

1. **Pick the format** — Choose **Unix**, **Quartz**, **Spring** or **AWS** — the one your scheduler uses.
2. **Build or paste** — Click a preset, use **Build a schedule**, or paste an expression and edit any field.
3. **Check it** — Read the plain-English description and the **Next runs**; switch between your time zone and UTC.
4. **Copy it** — Copy the expression or a ready-made snippet for crontab, GitHub Actions, Kubernetes, Spring or AWS.

### Guide

#### Cron syntax at a glance

`*` any value · `,` list (1,15) · `-` range (9-17) · `/` step (*/15) · `?` no value · `L` last · `W` nearest weekday · `#` nth weekday (FRI#3).

| Field | Unix | Quartz / Spring | AWS |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Second | — | 0–59 | — |
| Minute | 0–59 | 0–59 | 0–59 |
| Hour | 0–23 | 0–23 | 0–23 |
| Day of month | 1–31 | 1–31, L, W, ? | 1–31, L, W, ? |
| Month | 1–12 or JAN–DEC | 1–12 or JAN–DEC | 1–12 or JAN–DEC |
| Day of week | 0–7 (0 and 7 = Sun) | Quartz 1–7 (1 = Sun) · Spring 0–7, L, # | 1–7 (1 = Sun), L, #, ? |
| Year | — | Quartz only, optional | 1970–2199 |

#### Common cron expressions

| Schedule | Unix cron | Quartz |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Every 5 minutes | `*/5 * * * *` | `0 */5 * * * ?` |
| Every hour | `0 * * * *` | `0 0 * * * ?` |
| Every day at midnight | `0 0 * * *` | `0 0 0 * * ?` |
| Weekdays at 9:30 AM | `30 9 * * 1-5` | `0 30 9 ? * MON-FRI` |
| Every Sunday at 6 PM | `0 18 * * 0` | `0 0 18 ? * SUN` |
| 1st of every month | `0 0 1 * *` | `0 0 0 1 * ?` |
| Last day of the month | not possible | `0 0 0 L * ?` |

#### Things that often go wrong

**Time zones:** cron uses the server’s time zone, GitHub Actions always uses UTC, and EventBridge rules run in UTC. Check the next runs in UTC if your job runs at the “wrong” hour.

**Both day fields in Unix cron:** `0 0 1 * 1` runs on the 1st **and** every Monday, not only on Mondays that are the 1st.

**Day numbers:** Monday is 1 in Unix and Spring but 2 in Quartz and AWS. Using names like MON avoids mistakes.

### FAQ

**How do I run a cron job every 5 minutes?**
Use `*/5 * * * *` in Unix cron. In Quartz it’s `0 */5 * * * ?`, in Spring `0 */5 * * * *` and in AWS `*/5 * * * ? *`.

**What does * * * * * mean?**
Every minute. The five fields are minute, hour, day of month, month and day of week; * means “every”.

**What is the difference between Unix cron and Quartz cron?**
Quartz adds a seconds field at the start (and an optional year), numbers days of the week 1–7 starting with Sunday, needs a “?” in either day-of-month or day-of-week, and supports L, W and #. The tool converts between them.

**How do I schedule a job on the last day of the month?**
Use L in day-of-month in Quartz, Spring or AWS, e.g. `0 0 0 L * ?`. Standard Unix cron has no last-day option; a common workaround is to run daily on days 28–31 and check the date in the script.

**Why does my GitHub Actions schedule run at a different time?**
GitHub Actions cron is always in UTC (and may start a few minutes late when busy). India is UTC+5:30, so 9:00 AM IST is `30 3 * * *`. Switch Next runs to UTC to check.

**Can cron run every 30 seconds?**
Not standard Unix cron — its smallest unit is a minute. Quartz and Spring have a seconds field: `*/30 * * * * ?` (Quartz) or `*/30 * * * * *` (Spring).

## CSS to Tailwind Converter

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/css-to-tailwind/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-05

Convert CSS to Tailwind classes online: hover, media queries, dark mode and gradients become variants, colours match the palette. Tailwind v4 and v3, free.

### At a glance

- Outputs **Tailwind v4** classes by default, or **v3** — scales, colour names and syntax differ (for example `p-3.25` and `shadow-sm` in v4 vs `p-[13px]` and `shadow` in v3).
- `:hover`, `:focus`, `::before`, `:first-child`, `[aria-expanded="true"]`, `@media (min-width: 768px)`, dark mode and `@supports` become **variants** like `hover:`, `before:`, `first:`, `aria-expanded:`, `md:`, `dark:` and `supports-[…]:`.
- `.card:hover .title` becomes `group-hover:` (adding `group` to `.card`) and `input:checked + label` becomes `peer-checked:`.
- Colours in hex, rgb(), hsl() or OKLCH are matched to the **Tailwind palette** (v3 hex and v4 colours), with opacity like `bg-black/50`; an option picks the nearest palette colour.
- Shorthands are merged into Tailwind shortcuts: `px-4`, `truncate`, `size-10`, `line-clamp-3`, gradients as `bg-linear-to-r from-… to-…`.
- Anything without an exact class becomes an **arbitrary value** (`p-[13px]`, `[-webkit-text-stroke:1px]`), highlighted so you can review it; close-but-not-identical matches are marked.
- The converter is tested against the real Tailwind v4 compiler, so the classes it writes exist. Runs in your browser — your CSS isn’t uploaded.

### Features

- **Whole stylesheets**: Paste rules, media queries and nested CSS together — classes are grouped by element, with each breakpoint and state in one class list.
- **Exact, not guessed**: 13px stays 13px. Values are only replaced by a Tailwind step when it is exactly the same; otherwise you get an arbitrary value.
- **Honest approximations**: Where Tailwind is close but different — like CSS “ease” vs ease-in-out — the class is marked and the difference explained.
- **Palette matching**: Recognises Tailwind colours from design files, including v4’s OKLCH values, and keeps opacity as /50 modifiers.
- **See where it came from**: Hover a class, or open “How each class was made”, to see the CSS declaration behind it.
- **Ready to paste**: Copy the classes, a class="" attribute or a JSX className for each selector, with your project’s prefix if it uses one.

### How to convert CSS to Tailwind

1. **Paste your CSS** — Paste a rule, a whole stylesheet or a few declarations into the CSS box — or try the **Sample**.
2. **Choose the version** — Pick **Tailwind v4** or **v3**, and set a prefix or nearest-colour matching if you need them.
3. **Review** — Classes appear for each selector. Amber classes are arbitrary values; underlined ones are close, not identical.
4. **Copy** — Copy the classes, a class attribute or a JSX className and paste them into your HTML or components.

### Guide

#### Examples

| CSS | Tailwind v4 |
| --- | --- |
| `display: flex; align-items: center; gap: 8px` | `flex items-center gap-2` |
| `padding: 12px 24px` | `py-3 px-6` |
| `margin: 0 auto; max-width: 768px` | `my-0 mx-auto max-w-3xl` |
| `color: #1e293b; background: rgba(0,0,0,.5)` | `text-slate-800 bg-black/50` |
| `border: 1px solid #e5e7eb; border-radius: 8px` | `border border-gray-200 rounded-lg` |
| `overflow: hidden; text-overflow: ellipsis; white-space: nowrap` | `truncate` |
| `.btn:hover { background: #1d4ed8 }` | `hover:bg-blue-700` |
| `@media (min-width: 768px) { .a { padding: 32px } }` | `md:p-8` |
| `padding: 13px` | `p-3.25` (v4) · `p-[13px]` (v3) |

#### Tips

Keep **@keyframes** and **@font-face** in your CSS (or in your Tailwind theme) — the converter lists them as skipped and you can use `animate-[…]` and `font-[…]` to refer to them.

In Tailwind v4, `dark:` follows the system setting unless you set up class-based dark mode. Tailwind’s preflight already makes borders solid, so `border-solid` is left out.

### FAQ

**How do I convert CSS to Tailwind?**
Paste your CSS into the box. The tool shows the Tailwind classes for each selector straight away, including hover states and breakpoints — copy them into your HTML.

**Does it support Tailwind v4?**
Yes — v4 is the default. Switch to v3 for older projects; the classes follow each version’s scales and syntax (v4 `p-4!` vs v3 `!p-4` for important, for example).

**Why are some classes like p-[13px]?**
They are arbitrary values: Tailwind has no class for exactly that value (in v3) or it’s not on any scale. They work as-is; you can also switch them to the nearest scale value by hand.

**Will hex colours become Tailwind colour names?**
When they match a Tailwind palette colour exactly — v3 hex values and v4’s colours both count — yes, e.g. #1e293b → slate-800. Turn on **Nearest colours** to use the closest palette colour for the rest.

**Does it convert media queries and :hover?**
Yes. Min-width queries at 640, 768, 1024, 1280 and 1536px become sm:, md:, lg:, xl: and 2xl:; others become min-[…]: or max-[…]:. :hover, :focus, ::before, :first-child, dark mode and more become variants.

**Is my CSS uploaded?**
No. The conversion runs entirely in your browser.

## Hash Generator

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/hash-generator/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-05

Generate MD5, SHA-1, SHA-256, SHA-512, SHA-3, BLAKE3, CRC32 and HMAC hashes of text or files, and verify checksums. Free, fast and private — no upload.

### At a glance

- 17 algorithms: **MD5, SHA-1, SHA-224, SHA-256, SHA-384, SHA-512, SHA3-256, SHA3-512, Keccak-256, BLAKE2b, BLAKE3, RIPEMD-160, CRC32, CRC32C, Adler-32, xxHash64** and **XXH3**.
- **Files of any size** are read in 2 MB pieces and hashed with every chosen algorithm in one pass, with progress and speed shown.
- **HMAC** with a secret key (text, hex or Base64) for API and webhook signatures, e.g. HMAC-SHA256.
- **Compare** with a hash you were given — hex, Base64, `sha256=…` or SRI format — or paste a whole **SHA256SUMS** list to check several files by name.
- **Each line** mode hashes a list one value at a time (with optional trimming and lowercasing, as ad platforms require for emails) and exports a CSV.
- Output as lowercase hex, uppercase hex or Base64; text input as UTF-8, hex or Base64 bytes.
- Runs entirely in your browser with WebAssembly — nothing you hash is uploaded. Results are checked against the published test vectors.

### Features

- **Verify downloads**: Drop an ISO, installer or APK and paste the checksum from the download page — the tool tells you instantly whether it matches.
- **Many algorithms at once**: See MD5, SHA-1, SHA-256 and SHA-512 side by side, or add SHA-3, BLAKE3 and checksums — the file is read only once.
- **Webhook signatures**: Recreate the HMAC-SHA256 of a payload with your secret to debug Razorpay, Stripe, GitHub or Shopify webhooks.
- **Hash a list**: Normalise and hash a column of emails or phone numbers line by line, then download value and hash as CSV.
- **Find the algorithm**: No match? The tool suggests which algorithms produce a hash of that length and adds them with one click.
- **Private**: Passwords, keys and files never leave your device. No upload, no sign-up and no size limit.

### How to generate a hash

1. **Choose what to hash** — Pick **Text**, **Each line** or **Files**, and select the algorithms you need.
2. **Add your data** — Type or paste text, or drop one or more files. Turn on **HMAC** and enter a key for a keyed hash.
3. **Copy the result** — Hashes appear instantly. Choose hex, HEX or Base64 and click the copy button next to any hash.
4. **Verify (optional)** — Paste the expected hash or checksum list into **Compare with a hash** to see whether it matches.

### Guide

#### Which hash should I use?

| Use | Algorithm |
| --- | --- |
| Checking a download, file integrity | SHA-256 (or whatever the publisher lists) |
| API / webhook signatures | HMAC-SHA256 |
| Ethereum addresses and signatures | Keccak-256 (not SHA3-256) |
| Fast deduplication or cache keys | BLAKE3, xxHash64 or XXH3 |
| ZIP, PNG and gzip checksums | CRC32 |
| Old systems that only accept it | MD5 or SHA-1 — never for security |
| Storing passwords | None of these — use bcrypt, scrypt or Argon2 with a salt |

#### Checking a file from the command line

To compare with what this tool shows: on Windows run `certutil -hashfile file.iso SHA256` (or `Get-FileHash file.iso` in PowerShell), on macOS `shasum -a 256 file.iso`, and on Linux `sha256sum file.iso`.

Hashing text in a terminal? `echo "hello" | sha256sum` includes a line break at the end — use `echo -n` (or `printf`) to match the tool, which hashes exactly what is in the box.

### FAQ

**How do I generate a SHA-256 hash?**
Type or paste your text into the box — the SHA-256 hash appears instantly along with MD5, SHA-1 and SHA-512. For a file, choose **Files** and drop it in.

**How do I verify a file’s checksum?**
Choose **Files**, drop the file, and paste the checksum from the download page into **Compare with a hash**. A green “Match” means the file is exactly what the publisher released.

**Why doesn’t my hash match?**
Hashes change with every byte. The usual causes are a trailing space or line break, different text encoding, uppercase vs lowercase input, or the wrong algorithm. The tool warns about trailing spaces and suggests algorithms that match the length of your hash.

**Can I reverse or decrypt a hash?**
No. Hashes are one-way: you can’t get the original text back. Sites that “decrypt” MD5 only look the hash up in tables of common passwords.

**Is MD5 still safe to use?**
Not for security — collisions can be made deliberately. It is fine for spotting accidental corruption or where a system requires it. Use SHA-256 or newer for anything security-related.

**Is there a file size limit?**
No. Files are read in small pieces, so even multi-gigabyte files work; the speed depends on your device.

**Is my data uploaded?**
No. All hashing happens in your browser with WebAssembly. Your text, files and secret keys never leave your device.

## Age Calculator

URL: https://justtools.online/calculators/age-calculator/
Category: Calculators
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-05

Calculate your exact age in years, months and days, the next birthday countdown and age on any date. Check exam age limits as on a cut-off date. Free.

### At a glance

- Gives your **exact age in years, months and days**, plus your age in total months, weeks, days, hours, minutes and seconds — live, to the second, with an optional time of birth.
- Shows your **next birthday**: the date, weekday, the age you’ll turn and a countdown, and the **day of the week you were born**.
- Calculates **age on any date** — past or future — not just today.
- **Exam age limit** mode checks your age **as on a cut-off date** (like “1 August”) against a minimum and maximum age, with OBC, SC/ST and PwBD relaxation, and shows the allowed range of birth dates.
- Upper limits can follow the UPSC/SSC wording (“must not have attained 32”) or count completed years; both are shown exactly, day by day.
- **Age difference** mode compares two dates of birth in years, months and days.
- Month lengths and leap years are handled exactly; someone born on 29 February has their birthday on 28 February in other years. Runs in your browser — your date of birth isn’t sent anywhere.

### Features

- **Exact to the day**: Counts calendar months the way birthdays work, so 31 January to 28 February is one month — no 30-day approximations.
- **Exam-ready**: Enter the “age as on” date and limits from a UPSC, SSC, banking or state exam notification and see at once whether you qualify.
- **Birthday countdown**: See how many months and days until your next birthday, the weekday it falls on and the age you’ll turn.
- **Fun milestones**: Find out when you’ll be 10,000 days old, 1,000 weeks or a billion seconds — and how many seconds old you are right now.
- **Any date**: Work out an age on a past or future date: at admission, retirement, a policy date or a wedding.
- **Private**: Calculated on your device. Your date of birth is never uploaded or stored.

### How to calculate your age

1. **Enter your date of birth** — Pick the date in the **Date of birth** box. Add your time of birth for exact hours and seconds (optional).
2. **Choose the date** — The age is worked out for today; change **Age on** to calculate it for any other date.
3. **Read the result** — See your age in years, months and days, your next birthday, and your age in months, weeks, days, hours and seconds.
4. **Check an exam limit (optional)** — Open **Exam age limit**, enter the cut-off date and the minimum and maximum age, and choose any relaxation.

### Guide

#### How exam age limits are worked out

Notifications give an age range and a date, such as “21 to 32 years as on 1 August 2026”. You must have **reached the minimum age** on that date. For the upper limit, UPSC and SSC say you **must not have attained** the maximum age — so with a limit of 32 you must still be 31 on the cut-off date.

That is why such notices list birth dates instead: for 21–32 as on 1 August 2026, a candidate must be born **not earlier than 2 August 1994 and not later than 1 August 2005**. The calculator shows this range for any limits you enter, including relaxation.

| Category | Usual upper age relaxation (central government) |
| --- | --- |
| OBC (non-creamy layer) | 3 years |
| SC / ST | 5 years |
| Persons with Benchmark Disabilities (PwBD) | 10 years (13 for OBC, 15 for SC/ST) |
| Ex-servicemen, J&K domicile and others | Varies — see the notification |

#### Good to know

Age in months and days depends on month lengths, so two people with the same number of days alive can have slightly different “years, months and days”. This calculator counts whole calendar months first, then the remaining days — the same way you count birthdays.

Planning finances by age? The [EMI calculator](https://justtools.online/calculators/emi-calculator/) shows a loan’s monthly payments, and the [BMI calculator](https://justtools.online/calculators/bmi-calculator/) uses your age to explain results for children and teens.

### FAQ

**How do I calculate my exact age?**
Enter your date of birth. The calculator counts the completed years and months since then, and the days left over — for example 26 years, 8 months and 20 days — and shows the same age in total days, weeks and hours.

**How do I calculate my age on a specific date?**
Change the **Age on** date to the date you need, such as an exam cut-off or admission date. The age is worked out for the start of that day.

**Am I eligible for an exam with an age limit “as on 1 August”?**
Open **Exam age limit**, enter your date of birth, 1 August of the exam year, and the minimum and maximum ages from the notification. Add your category’s relaxation. The calculator says whether you’re within the limit and shows the allowed birth dates. The notification is always final.

**What does “must not have attained 32 years” mean?**
You must not have had your 32nd birthday on or before the cut-off date. If you turn 32 on the cut-off date itself, you are not eligible; if you turn 32 the day after, you are.

**How is the age of someone born on 29 February calculated?**
In years without 29 February, this calculator counts the birthday on 28 February, so the person turns a year older then. Some countries use 1 March for legal purposes.

**Is my date of birth saved?**
No. Everything is calculated in your browser and nothing is sent or stored.

## SVG to PNG, JPG & WebP Converter

URL: https://justtools.online/image-tools/svg-to-png/
Category: Image Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-05

Convert SVG to PNG, JPG or WebP online at any size — 1x, 2x, 3x or exact pixels — with a transparent or coloured background. Batch convert, free, no upload.

### At a glance

- Converts SVG (and compressed .svgz) to **PNG**, **JPG** or **WebP**; you can also paste SVG code.
- Choose a **scale** (0.5×, 1×, 2×, 3×, 4×, 8× — several at once for @1x/@2x/@3x assets) or an exact **width or height** in pixels.
- The SVG is **redrawn as a vector at every size**, so a 24 px icon exported at 1024 px stays perfectly sharp.
- Background: **transparent** (PNG and WebP), white, black or any colour; JPG transparency becomes white.
- Works out the size from width/height (in px, pt, mm, cm or in) or the viewBox, and adds a viewBox when missing so scaling works.
- Warns about things browsers don’t draw in images: linked outside images, web fonts and external symbols.
- Batch convert many files and download them as a ZIP. Runs in your browser — nothing is uploaded.

### Features

- **Sharp at any size**: Not an upscale of a small picture: the vector itself is rendered at the size you pick, up to the browser’s 16-megapixel limit.
- **App and web assets**: Export @1x, @2x and @3x PNGs in one go for iOS, Android and high-DPI websites.
- **Exact pixel sizes**: Need a 512×512 icon or a 1200-pixel-wide image? Set the width or height and the other side follows the proportions.
- **Transparent or solid**: Keep transparency for logos, or put them on white, black or your brand colour.
- **Paste code**: Copied an icon’s SVG code from a design tool or icon set? Paste it and download the image.
- **Private**: Your files stay on your device. No upload, no sign-up and no watermark.

### How to convert SVG to PNG

1. **Add your SVG** — Drop one or more SVG files, or open **Or paste SVG code** and paste the code.
2. **Choose the format** — Pick **PNG**, **JPG** or **WebP** and the background.
3. **Set the size** — Tick one or more **scales**, or choose **Width** or **Height** and enter the pixels.
4. **Download** — Click a size to download it, or **Download all (ZIP)** for every image.

### Guide

#### Which format should I choose?

| Format | Transparency | Best for |
| --- | --- | --- |
| PNG | Yes | Logos, icons, diagrams — exact colours and crisp edges |
| WebP | Yes | Websites — smaller files than PNG |
| JPG | No (white background) | Complex illustrations and where PNG isn’t accepted |

#### If the image looks different from the SVG

Browsers don’t load anything from outside the file when an SVG is turned into an image. Pictures linked by URL, web fonts loaded with @import and symbols from another SVG file are left out — embed them in the SVG to include them. Text uses fonts installed on your device; convert text to outlines in your design tool for an exact match.

Need smaller files afterwards? Try the [Image Compressor](https://justtools.online/image-tools/image-compressor/), or resize further with the [Image Resizer](https://justtools.online/image-tools/image-resizer/).

### FAQ

**How do I convert SVG to PNG?**
Drop the SVG file on this page, choose PNG and a size, and download. You can convert several files and sizes at once.

**How do I convert SVG to a high-resolution PNG?**
Choose a larger scale such as 4× or 8×, or set an exact width like 2048 px. Because the SVG is redrawn as a vector at that size, the PNG stays sharp.

**Will the PNG have a transparent background?**
Yes, with **Transparent** selected (the default for PNG and WebP). JPG can’t be transparent, so transparent areas become white or the colour you choose.

**Why is some text or an image missing?**
Browsers don’t load outside files when converting: linked images, web fonts and external symbols. The tool warns you when an SVG uses them. Embed images and convert text to outlines to fix it.

**What is the largest size I can export?**
Up to about 16 megapixels (for example 4000×4000), which is the most phones and browsers can draw at once. Larger sizes are scaled down to fit, and the tool tells you.

**Are my files uploaded?**
No. Everything happens in your browser, so your logos and designs never leave your device.

## PPK to PEM Converter

URL: https://justtools.online/security-tools/ppk-to-pem/
Category: Security Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-05

Convert a PuTTY .ppk private key to PEM or OpenSSH format online, with or without a passphrase. Supports PPK v2 and v3, RSA, ECDSA and Ed25519. No upload.

### At a glance

- Reads **PuTTY PPK version 2 and 3** files, including passphrase-protected ones (Argon2 for v3, as PuTTY 0.75 and later write them).
- Converts to **PEM** (BEGIN RSA / EC / DSA PRIVATE KEY), **OpenSSH** (BEGIN OPENSSH PRIVATE KEY), **PKCS#8** or another **PPK** version.
- Supports **RSA, ECDSA (P-256, P-384, P-521), Ed25519** and DSA keys.
- Checks the key file’s MAC, so a wrong passphrase or a damaged file is reported instead of producing a broken key.
- Can add a new passphrase to the converted key, and shows the **SHA256 fingerprint** and public key line (for authorized_keys).
- Tested against keys made by PuTTYgen and checked with OpenSSH’s ssh-keygen and OpenSSL.
- Runs entirely in your browser — the private key is never uploaded.

### Features

- **Without PuTTYgen**: Convert on any computer or phone — no need to install PuTTY or use the command line on a Mac or Linux machine.
- **Passphrases handled**: Unlock an encrypted .ppk with its passphrase, and choose whether the new key has one.
- **Every format**: PEM for AWS and older tools, OpenSSH for modern ssh and Git, PKCS#8 for code libraries.
- **Verify before you use it**: Compare the SHA256 fingerprint with the one your server or PuTTYgen shows.
- **Public key too**: Copy the matching public key line for ~/.ssh/authorized_keys or download it as .pub.
- **Private**: Your key is converted in this browser tab and never sent anywhere.

### How to convert a PPK file to PEM

1. **Open the .ppk file** — Click **Open a key file** and choose your .ppk, or paste its text.
2. **Unlock it** — If the key has a passphrase, enter it and click **Unlock**.
3. **Choose the format** — Pick **PEM** (or **OpenSSH** / **PKCS#8**) and optionally a new passphrase.
4. **Download** — Click **Convert**, then **Download**. On macOS/Linux run `chmod 600` on the file before using it.

### Guide

#### PEM or OpenSSH — which do I need?

Ed25519 keys have no traditional PEM form, so choosing PEM gives the standard PKCS#8 “BEGIN PRIVATE KEY” format instead.

| Use | Choose |
| --- | --- |
| ssh on macOS/Linux, Git, VS Code Remote | OpenSSH (or PEM — both work) |
| AWS EC2 .pem files, older tools, Paramiko | PEM |
| Java, Node.js, Python cryptography libraries | PKCS#8 |
| An older PuTTY or WinSCP that rejects new keys | PPK v2 |

#### Using the converted key

Save it in `~/.ssh` (for example `~/.ssh/id_rsa`) and run `chmod 600 ~/.ssh/id_rsa` — ssh refuses keys that other users can read. Then connect with `ssh -i ~/.ssh/id_rsa user@server`.

Need it the other way round? Use the [PEM to PPK converter](https://justtools.online/security-tools/pem-to-ppk/).

### FAQ

**How do I convert a PPK file to PEM?**
Open the .ppk file here, enter its passphrase if it has one, choose PEM and click Convert. Download the new key — no PuTTYgen needed.

**Does it work with PuTTY’s new PPK version 3 files?**
Yes. PPK v3 (PuTTY 0.75 and later), including keys protected with Argon2 passphrases, and older v2 files are both supported.

**Is it safe to convert a private key online?**
The conversion runs in your browser and the key is never uploaded, so it’s as private as converting on your own computer. Still, use only sites you trust with keys, and delete spare copies afterwards.

**What if I forgot the passphrase?**
It can’t be recovered — the passphrase is what decrypts the key. You’ll need to create a new key pair and add its public key to your servers.

**Why does ssh say “bad permissions” or “unprotected private key”?**
The key file is readable by other users. Run `chmod 600` on it (or remove other users’ access on Windows), then try again.

**Can I convert DSA keys?**
Yes, but OpenSSH 9.8 and later no longer accept DSA (ssh-dss) keys. Create a new Ed25519 key for new servers.

## PEM to PPK Converter

URL: https://justtools.online/security-tools/pem-to-ppk/
Category: Security Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-05

Convert a PEM or OpenSSH private key (id_rsa, AWS .pem) to a PuTTY .ppk file online — PPK v3 or v2, with an optional passphrase. Free, private, no upload.

### At a glance

- Reads **OpenSSH** keys (BEGIN OPENSSH PRIVATE KEY), traditional **PEM** (BEGIN RSA / EC / DSA PRIVATE KEY) and **PKCS#8**, encrypted or not.
- Unlocks passphrase-protected keys: OpenSSH’s bcrypt + AES, and PEM/PKCS#8 encrypted with AES or 3DES (as older OpenSSL and PuTTYgen exports are).
- Writes **PPK v3** (PuTTY 0.75+, WinSCP 5.19+) or **PPK v2** for older PuTTY versions, with an optional passphrase.
- Supports **RSA, ECDSA (P-256, P-384, P-521), Ed25519** and DSA keys, and keeps the key comment.
- Shows the key type, size and **SHA256 fingerprint**, and the public key line for authorized_keys.
- Output is tested against PuTTY’s format and read back by an independent PPK reader.
- Runs entirely in your browser — the private key is never uploaded.

### Features

- **AWS keys in PuTTY**: Downloaded an EC2 key pair as .pem? Convert it to .ppk to connect with PuTTY or WinSCP on Windows.
- **No PuTTYgen needed**: Works in any browser, on any computer — handy on a work laptop where you can’t install software.
- **Old and new PuTTY**: Choose PPK v3 for current PuTTY, or v2 for older PuTTY, WinSCP and tools that don’t read v3 yet.
- **Keep it protected**: Add a passphrase to the .ppk so the key is encrypted on disk.
- **Check the fingerprint**: The SHA256 fingerprint matches what ssh-keygen and PuTTYgen show, so you can confirm it’s the right key.
- **Private**: Your key is converted in this browser tab and never sent anywhere.

### How to convert a PEM file to PPK

1. **Open the key** — Click **Open a key file** and choose your .pem or id_rsa file, or paste the key text.
2. **Unlock it** — If the key has a passphrase, enter it and click **Unlock**.
3. **Choose PPK** — Pick **PPK v3** (or **PPK v2** for older PuTTY), set the comment and optionally a passphrase.
4. **Download** — Click **Convert** and **Download** the .ppk file.

### Guide

#### Using the .ppk file

**PuTTY:** Connection → SSH → Auth → Credentials → “Private key file for authentication”, then save the session.

**WinSCP:** Login → Advanced → SSH → Authentication → Private key file. **FileZilla:** Settings → Connection → SFTP → Add key file.

Going the other way? Use the [PPK to PEM converter](https://justtools.online/security-tools/ppk-to-pem/).

#### PPK v3 or v2?

|  | PPK v3 | PPK v2 |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Works with | PuTTY 0.75 and later, WinSCP 5.19+, current FileZilla | All PuTTY versions and older tools |
| Passphrase protection | Argon2 (much harder to crack) | Older SHA-1 based scheme |
| Choose when | Your tools are up to date | A tool says the key format is unsupported |

### FAQ

**How do I convert a PEM file to PPK?**
Open the .pem file here, enter its passphrase if it has one, choose PPK v3 and click Convert. Then download the .ppk — no PuTTYgen needed.

**Can I convert an AWS EC2 .pem key to .ppk?**
Yes. AWS key pairs download as PEM files; convert them to .ppk here and load them in PuTTY or WinSCP. Connect as the instance’s user, such as ec2-user or ubuntu.

**Does it support new OpenSSH keys (BEGIN OPENSSH PRIVATE KEY)?**
Yes, including passphrase-protected ones. Unlocking takes a second or two because OpenSSH deliberately makes passphrase checks slow.

**PuTTY says “unsupported key format” — what now?**
Your PuTTY is probably older than 0.75. Convert again choosing **PPK v2**, or update PuTTY.

**Is it safe to convert a private key online?**
The conversion happens in your browser and the key is never uploaded. Use only tools you trust with private keys, and delete spare copies afterwards.

**Which key types are supported?**
RSA, ECDSA (P-256, P-384, P-521), Ed25519 and DSA. Ed448 and security-key (sk-) keys aren’t supported by PuTTY’s format here.

## QR Code Scanner

URL: https://justtools.online/qr-tools/qr-code-scanner/
Category: QR & Barcode Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-05

Scan QR codes online with your camera or from a photo or screenshot. Shows links safely, UPI payments, Wi-Fi passwords and contacts. Free, private, no app.

### At a glance

- Scans with your **camera** (phone or laptop) or from an **image or screenshot** — drop a file or paste with Ctrl+V; several codes in one image are all read.
- Shows what a code does before you act: **links** with warnings (http, IP addresses, look-alike domains, shorteners, app downloads), **UPI** payee and amount, **Wi-Fi** name and password, **contacts**, events, email, SMS and locations.
- Saves contacts (.vcf) and events (.ics), copies Wi-Fi passwords and UPI IDs, and opens links only when you click.
- Reads QR codes, Micro QR and rMQR, including inverted (light-on-dark) and rotated codes.
- Keeps a list of everything scanned this session, which you can copy or download as CSV.
- Decoding uses ZXing in WebAssembly on your device — camera frames and images are never uploaded or recorded.

### Features

- **Scan on a laptop**: Got a QR code in an email, PDF or screenshot? Paste or drop the image — no phone needed.
- **Check before you pay**: UPI codes show the payee’s name, UPI ID and amount, with a reminder that you never scan a code to receive money.
- **Safer links**: See the real website first, with warnings for unencrypted pages, shorteners, look-alike addresses and app downloads.
- **Wi-Fi in a tap**: Read the network name and password from a Wi-Fi QR code and copy the password.
- **Many codes at once**: Keep scanning to read a stack of codes, then copy them all or export a CSV.
- **Private**: Nothing is uploaded or recorded. The camera turns off when you stop or leave the page.

### How to scan a QR code online

1. **Choose the source** — Use **Camera**, or **Image or screenshot** for a picture on your device.
2. **Scan** — Click **Start camera** and allow access, then hold the code inside the frame — or drop/paste the image.
3. **Check what it contains** — Read the link, payment or details shown, including any warnings.
4. **Use it** — Open the link, copy the text, save the contact or event — only when you choose.

### Guide

#### Staying safe with QR codes

A QR code is just text, so anyone can print one — scammers stick fake codes over real ones on parking meters, posters and shop counters. Always check the website address before entering passwords or card details, and be careful with links from shorteners or bare IP addresses.

For **UPI** payments, check that the name your UPI app shows matches who you want to pay. You never need to scan a QR code or enter your UPI PIN to **receive** money — that’s a common fraud.

#### If a code won’t scan

Move closer so the code fills most of the frame, hold steady, and add light — on phones, tap **Light** for the torch. For images, use a sharp, straight photo or a screenshot rather than a photo of a screen.

Need to make a code instead? Use the [QR Code Generator](https://justtools.online/qr-tools/qr-code-generator/). For product barcodes, use the [Barcode Scanner](https://justtools.online/qr-tools/barcode-scanner/).

### FAQ

**How do I scan a QR code on my laptop?**
Open this page, click **Start camera** and hold the code up to your webcam — or take a screenshot of the code and paste it with Ctrl+V.

**Can I scan a QR code from an image or screenshot?**
Yes. Choose **Image or screenshot**, then drop the file or paste it. Every code in the image is read.

**Is it safe to scan unknown QR codes?**
Scanning here is safe — nothing opens until you click. The scanner shows the real destination and warns about common tricks, but always check the address before entering passwords or paying.

**Why isn’t the camera working?**
Your browser may have blocked camera access for this site — allow it in the site settings — or another app may be using the camera. You can always scan a photo instead.

**Are the camera images saved or uploaded?**
No. Frames are decoded on your device and discarded immediately; nothing is recorded or sent anywhere.

**Does it read UPI and Wi-Fi QR codes?**
Yes. UPI codes show the payee, UPI ID and amount; Wi-Fi codes show the network name, security type and password.

## Barcode Scanner

URL: https://justtools.online/qr-tools/barcode-scanner/
Category: QR & Barcode Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-05

Scan barcodes online with your camera or from a photo: EAN-13, UPC, Code 128, Code 39, ISBN, DataMatrix and PDF417. Batch scan to CSV. Free, no app needed.

### At a glance

- Reads **1D barcodes** — EAN-13, EAN-8, UPC-A, UPC-E, ISBN, Code 128, Code 39, Code 93, Codabar, ITF and GS1 DataBar — and **2D codes**: DataMatrix, PDF417, Aztec, MaxiCode and QR.
- Scans with your **camera** or from an **image or screenshot** (drop or paste); several barcodes in one picture are all read.
- For product codes, checks the **check digit**, converts UPC-E ↔ UPC-A and ISBN-13 → ISBN-10, and names the **GS1 prefix** (e.g. 890 = GS1 India).
- Decodes **GS1 data** in DataMatrix and Code 128 labels — GTIN, batch, expiry date, serial number, weight — as found on medicines and shipping cartons.
- **Keep scanning** mode reads item after item, counts repeats and exports a **CSV** for stock-taking.
- Decoding uses ZXing in WebAssembly on your device — nothing is uploaded or recorded.

### Features

- **Stock-taking**: Scan shelf after shelf with Keep scanning on; repeats are counted, and the list downloads as CSV for Excel.
- **Check a product code**: See whether the check digit is right and which GS1 office issued the number — and look the product up.
- **Medicine and logistics labels**: Read GS1 DataMatrix codes on medicine packs to see the GTIN, batch number and expiry date.
- **Books**: Scan a book’s barcode for its ISBN-13 and ISBN-10 and find it on Open Library.
- **From photos**: No camera handy? Drop a photo or paste a screenshot of the barcode.
- **Private**: Nothing is uploaded or recorded. The camera turns off when you stop or leave the page.

### How to scan a barcode online

1. **Pick the codes** — Leave **All codes**, or choose **Products (EAN/UPC)** for faster scanning of retail barcodes.
2. **Scan** — Click **Start camera**, allow access and hold the barcode across the frame — or switch to **Image or screenshot**.
3. **Read the result** — See the number, type, check-digit result and any product or GS1 details.
4. **Scan more** — Turn on **Keep scanning** to scan item after item, then download the list as CSV.

### Guide

#### What the GS1 prefix tells you

The first digits of an EAN-13 show which national GS1 office gave the company its barcode numbers — 890 for GS1 India, 400–440 for Germany, 690–699 for China. They **don’t** prove where the product was made: a company registered in India can make goods anywhere, and vice versa.

Codes starting with 20–29 are shops’ own numbers (loose produce, weighed items), and 978/979 are books.

#### Tips for a quick scan

Hold the barcode across the frame, not too close, so the lines are sharp; add light or tap **Light** on phones. Shiny or curved packs scan better at a slight angle.

Need to print barcodes? Use the [Barcode Generator](https://justtools.online/qr-tools/barcode-generator/). For QR codes, the [QR Code Scanner](https://justtools.online/qr-tools/qr-code-scanner/) shows links and payments in detail.

### FAQ

**How do I scan a barcode online?**
Click **Start camera**, allow camera access and hold the barcode in the frame. Or choose **Image or screenshot** and drop a picture of it.

**Which barcode types can it read?**
EAN-13, EAN-8, UPC-A, UPC-E, ISBN, Code 128, Code 39, Code 93, Codabar, ITF, GS1 DataBar, DataMatrix, PDF417, Aztec, MaxiCode and QR codes.

**Can I scan many barcodes and export them to Excel?**
Yes. Turn on **Keep scanning**, scan each item, then click **CSV**. Scanning the same barcode again increases its count.

**Does 890 at the start mean “Made in India”?**
No. It means the company got its barcode numbers from GS1 India. The country of manufacture is printed separately on the pack.

**Can it read the barcode on medicine strips?**
Yes — GS1 DataMatrix codes on medicines are decoded into the product number (GTIN), batch, expiry date and serial number.

**Is anything uploaded?**
No. Barcodes are decoded on your device; camera frames and images are never stored or sent anywhere.

## Random Name Picker

URL: https://justtools.online/education-tools/random-name-picker/
Category: Education Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-05

Pick random names with a spinning wheel: one or several winners, no repeats, and random groups. Fair, private and free — great for classrooms and giveaways.

### At a glance

- Spin a **wheel** of up to hundreds of names; the pointer stops on a winner chosen **fairly** with your device’s secure random generator — every name has the same chance.
- Pick **one or several** names per spin, and **remove picked names** so nobody is chosen twice until everyone has had a turn.
- **Make groups**: split the list into a number of groups or groups of a set size, as even as possible.
- Paste names one per line or comma-separated, or open a .txt/.csv list; duplicates can be ignored.
- Quick, normal or suspenseful spins with ticking sound and confetti, a **full-screen** view for projectors, and a history of picks.
- Your list stays in your browser; it is saved on your device only if you turn on “Remember this list”.

### Features

- **Fair every time**: The winner is drawn with cryptographic randomness before the wheel stops — not by how the animation happens to land.
- **For the classroom**: Choose who answers next, assign roles or decide presentation order — on the projector in full screen.
- **Giveaways and draws**: Paste the entrant names, pick several winners at once and copy the results.
- **No repeats**: Remove picked names to give everyone a turn, then put them all back with one click.
- **Random teams**: Make balanced groups for projects and games in seconds, and shuffle again if needed.
- **Private**: Students’ names are never uploaded, and no account is needed.

### How to pick a random name

1. **Add the names** — Type or paste the names, one per line, or open a list file.
2. **Set the options** — Choose how many names to pick per spin, and turn on **Remove picked names** if no one should be picked twice.
3. **Spin** — Click **Spin**. The winner is shown when the wheel stops.
4. **Groups (optional)** — Switch to **Make groups**, choose the number of groups or people per group, and click **Make groups**.

### Guide

#### Is the wheel really random?

Yes. The winner is chosen with your browser’s cryptographically secure random number generator, using a method that gives every name exactly the same chance; the wheel then spins to that name. Animation speed or where you click makes no difference.

With **Remove picked names** on, each name is picked once before anyone is picked again — like drawing names from a hat without putting them back.

#### Ideas for teachers

Pick who answers a question, who reads next or who presents first. Make random groups for activities, then print a practice sheet for each group with the [Worksheet Generator](https://justtools.online/education-tools/worksheet-generator/).

### FAQ

**How do I pick a random name from a list?**
Paste the names (one per line), then click **Spin**. The wheel stops on a randomly chosen name.

**Can it pick more than one winner?**
Yes. Set how many names to pick per spin — they’re all different names.

**How do I stop the same name being picked twice?**
Turn on **Remove picked names**. Picked names leave the wheel until you click **Put everyone back**.

**Can it make random teams or groups?**
Yes — open **Make groups** and choose either the number of groups or how many people per group. Group sizes differ by at most one.

**How many names can I add?**
Hundreds. With very many names the labels get small, but the pick works the same; use full screen for the clearest view.

**Are the names saved or uploaded?**
Never uploaded. They’re kept on your device only if you turn on “Remember this list on this device”.

## CSV to Interactive Chart

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/csv-to-chart/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-05

Turn CSV or Excel data into an interactive bar, line, area, pie or scatter chart online. Group and sum rows, hover for values, download PNG or SVG. No upload.

### At a glance

- Seven chart types: **column, bar, line, area, pie, donut and scatter**, with stacked columns, bars and areas.
- Reads CSV, TSV and cells copied from **Excel or Google Sheets**, and detects number, date and text columns automatically.
- Understands numbers as people write them: **₹1,23,456**, $1,234.50, 45%, (300) for negatives and 1.234,5 decimal commas; dates in DD/MM/YYYY, MM/DD/YYYY, ISO or “Apr 2025” form.
- **Combines repeated rows** by sum, average, count, minimum or maximum, sorts largest-first or A–Z, and folds small categories into “Other”.
- Interactive: **hover or tap** for exact values, click the legend to hide a series, and use the arrow keys to read each point.
- Download as **PNG** (high resolution) or **SVG**, plus the charted numbers as CSV.
- Runs entirely in your browser — your data is never uploaded.

### Features

- **Straight from a spreadsheet**: Copy a range in Excel or Google Sheets and paste it — tab-separated cells work just like CSV.
- **Totals without formulas**: Sales by region, orders per month, answers per option: repeated rows are summed, averaged or counted for you.
- **Indian number formats**: Lakh-style grouping (1,23,456), rupee signs and percentages are read as numbers, not text.
- **Ready for slides**: Add a title, pick a colour set and download a sharp PNG or an SVG that scales for print.
- **Explore the data**: Switch chart types, hide series and show only the top categories to find the story quickly.
- **Private**: Business figures stay on your device. No upload, no sign-up and no watermark.

### How to make a chart from a CSV file

1. **Add your data** — Paste CSV or spreadsheet cells, or click **Open CSV**. Keep **First row is headings** on if row 1 has column names.
2. **Pick the columns** — Choose the **Categories / X axis** column and the **Values to plot**.
3. **Shape the chart** — Choose a chart type; combine repeated rows, sort, or show the top few categories.
4. **Download** — Add a title if you like and download the chart as **PNG** or **SVG**.

### Guide

#### Which chart should I use?

| To show | Use |
| --- | --- |
| Change over time (months, years, dates) | Line or area |
| Comparing categories (regions, products) | Column, or bar for long names |
| Parts of a whole (share of sales) | Pie or donut — up to about 8 slices |
| The relationship between two numbers | Scatter |
| Totals and how they’re made up | Stacked column or area |

#### Tips

Long lists of categories are hard to read: use **Top 10 + Other**, or a bar chart, which has room for long names. If a column of numbers is treated as text, check for notes or units mixed into the cells.

Need the data in another shape first? The [CSV to JSON converter](https://justtools.online/developer-tools/csv-to-json/) and [JSON to CSV converter](https://justtools.online/developer-tools/json-to-csv/) help.

### FAQ

**How do I make a graph from a CSV file?**
Paste the CSV or open the file, choose which column goes along the axis and which numbers to plot, and pick a chart type. The chart appears instantly and can be downloaded as PNG or SVG.

**Can I paste data from Excel?**
Yes. Select the cells in Excel or Google Sheets, copy, and paste them into the data box — the columns are detected automatically.

**How do I total rows for the same category?**
Set **Combine rows** to Sum (or Average, Count, Min or Max). Rows with the same category are merged into one bar or slice.

**Why is my number column not available?**
At least 80% of a column’s cells must be numbers. Remove units or notes typed into the cells (like “approx.”), or use Count rows to chart how often each value appears.

**Can I download the chart?**
Yes, as a high-resolution PNG for documents and slides, or as an SVG that stays sharp at any size. The charted numbers download as CSV too.

**Is my data uploaded?**
No. The chart is made in your browser, so sales figures, survey results and other data never leave your device.

## Website SEO Checker

URL: https://justtools.online/seo-tools/website-seo-checker/
Category: SEO & Marketing Tools
Processing: Contacts an external service to work (see the page).
Last updated: 2026-10-06

Free website SEO checker: audit any page’s title, meta description, headings, canonical, robots.txt, schema, Open Graph and AI crawler access, with fixes.

### At a glance

- Runs **35+ on-page SEO checks** in nine areas — search appearance, crawling and indexing, content, images, links, social sharing, structured data, mobile and technical, and AI search visibility — and scores the page out of 100.
- Checks the **title and meta description** against what Google and Bing show (about 600 px for a title, 50–160 characters for a description) and previews the Google result and the WhatsApp or Facebook link preview.
- Reads **robots.txt** the way Googlebot does (RFC 9309 longest-match rules) and shows which search engines and **AI crawlers** — OAI-SearchBot, GPTBot, ClaudeBot, PerplexityBot, Google-Extended and more — may crawl the page.
- Finds **noindex**, canonical and hreflang mistakes, mixed content, render-blocking scripts, images without alt text or size, empty or vague link text, and invalid or incomplete **JSON-LD structured data**.
- Spots pages whose text only appears after **JavaScript** runs — blank to most AI crawlers — and can render React, Vue or Angular pages first.
- Puts the most important problems first, gives each one a fix, and exports the report as **Markdown** for a developer or client.
- Your browser fetches the page itself when the site allows it; otherwise only the address is sent to **Jina Reader**, which fetches it. Pasted HTML never leaves your device.

### Features

- **Score with priorities**: One score out of 100, a score for each area, and a “Fix these first” list ordered by impact.
- **Search and link previews**: See your Google result and your WhatsApp, Facebook and LinkedIn preview before you publish, with the title width in pixels.
- **AI search visibility**: Check whether ChatGPT search, Claude, Perplexity and Gemini crawlers may read the page, and whether snippet rules stop AI answers from quoting it.
- **robots.txt like Googlebot**: The same rules search engines use: the most specific user-agent group, the longest matching path, Allow winning ties.
- **Structured data check**: Finds JSON-LD syntax errors and lists the properties Google needs for rich results such as Product, Article, Breadcrumb and Event.
- **Any page, even private ones**: Check live pages by address, or paste the HTML of pages behind a login, on localhost or protected from bots.

### How to check a website’s SEO

1. **Enter the page address** — Type or paste the URL of any page, such as **example.com/blog/post**. For sites built with React or Vue, switch on **Run JavaScript first**.
2. **Run the check** — Click **Check SEO**. The page, its robots.txt and llms.txt are fetched and analysed in a few seconds.
3. **Fix the top issues** — Start with **Fix these first**: problems are ordered by impact, each with a plain-English fix.
4. **Check again and share** — After fixing, click **Check again**. Copy the report as Markdown for your developer or client, or share the result link.

### Guide

#### What the SEO checker looks at

| Area | What is checked | Why it matters |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Search appearance | Title, meta description, favicon | They make up your result in Google and Bing, and decide whether people click. |
| Crawling & indexing | HTTP status, robots meta tag, robots.txt, sitemap, canonical, HTTPS, URL, hreflang | A single noindex or Disallow keeps the page out of search results entirely. |
| Content | H1, heading order, word count, the page’s most used words | Search engines and AI answers need enough clear, on-topic text. |
| Images | Alt text, width and height, file formats, lazy loading | Alt text ranks images; missing sizes make the page jump as it loads. |
| Links | Internal links, link text, nofollow, links crawlers can’t follow | Links are how crawlers discover pages and learn what they are about. |
| Social sharing | Open Graph and X (Twitter) card tags | Without og:image, links shared on WhatsApp and Facebook show no picture. |
| Structured data | JSON-LD syntax, schema types, required properties | Makes the page eligible for rich results and easier for AI to understand. |
| Mobile & technical | Viewport, language, encoding, doctype, HTML size, render-blocking scripts, mixed content | Google indexes the mobile version, and slow or broken pages rank lower. |
| AI search visibility | AI crawler access, snippet controls, JavaScript-only content, llms.txt | Decides whether ChatGPT, Claude, Perplexity and AI Overviews can cite you. |

#### How the score works

Every check has a weight by how much it affects search: the title, meta description and H1 count most, a missing X card least. A passed check earns its full weight, a warning half, a failure nothing; notes marked with an “i” are advice and don’t count. Each area gets its own score, so you can see at a glance whether the trouble is content, indexing or technical.

**If search engines can’t index the page at all** — an error status, a noindex tag or a robots.txt block — the score is capped at 30, because nothing else matters until that is fixed. A high score means the page is technically ready to rank; how well it ranks still depends on the quality of the content, links from other sites and the competition.

#### SEO for AI search (GEO)

ChatGPT search, Claude, Perplexity and Google’s AI Overviews answer questions by reading web pages and citing them. To be one of those sources, a page has to be **crawlable by their bots** (OAI-SearchBot, Claude-SearchBot, PerplexityBot, and Googlebot for AI Overviews), **quotable** (no nosnippet or tiny max-snippet), and **readable without JavaScript**, because most AI crawlers don’t run it.

Blocking training crawlers such as GPTBot, ClaudeBot, CCBot or Google-Extended is a separate choice: it keeps your content out of model training but doesn’t remove you from search or from AI answers. The checker lists both kinds separately so you can decide. Clear headings, direct answers, FAQs and structured data help AI tools understand and quote a page; llms.txt is an optional extra that Google doesn’t use.

### FAQ

**Is the Website SEO Checker free?**
Yes — free, with no sign-up and no daily limit. The page-fetching service allows about 20 checks a minute from one network, which is plenty for normal use.

**What is sent when I check a page?**
Only the page address. Your browser first requests the page directly; if the site doesn’t allow that, the address is sent to Jina Reader (r.jina.ai), which fetches the page, robots.txt and llms.txt for you. We don’t store the addresses you check. Pasted HTML is analysed in your browser and never sent anywhere.

**How long should a title tag and meta description be?**
Keep titles to about 50–60 characters — Google cuts them at roughly 600 pixels — and meta descriptions to 120–160 characters. Bing Webmaster Tools reports descriptions shorter than about 25 or longer than 160 characters as an error.

**My page scores 100. Why doesn’t it rank?**
The checker covers on-page and technical SEO — what you control on the page. Rankings also depend on how useful the content is compared with competing pages, links from other websites, and real-user page speed. Use [Google Search Console](https://search.google.com/search-console) to see the searches you appear for.

**Should I block GPTBot and other AI crawlers?**
It depends on what you want. Blocking training crawlers (GPTBot, ClaudeBot, CCBot, Google-Extended) keeps your content out of AI training without hurting search. Blocking AI search crawlers (OAI-SearchBot, Claude-SearchBot, PerplexityBot) means those assistants can’t cite or link to you.

**Why can’t the checker fetch my page?**
Some sites block automated requests with Cloudflare or similar bot protection, and pages behind a login or on localhost aren’t reachable from outside. Open the page, press Ctrl+U to view its source, copy everything and use **Paste HTML** instead.

**Does it check page speed and Core Web Vitals?**
It flags the common causes it can see in the HTML — render-blocking scripts, images without width and height, very large pages and missing lazy loading. For measured loading times use Google PageSpeed Insights.

**Does it work for single-page apps built with React, Vue or Angular?**
Yes. By default it checks the HTML your server sends, which is what most AI crawlers see; if the page is an empty app shell it says so. Switch on **Run JavaScript first** to check the page as it looks after rendering, the way Google sees it.

## IP Subnet Calculator

URL: https://justtools.online/network-tools/ip-subnet-calculator/
Category: Internet & Network Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-06

Free IP subnet calculator for IPv4 and IPv6: network, broadcast, host range, mask and wildcard from any CIDR, plus subnetting, VLSM and route summarisation.

### At a glance

- Works out the **network address, broadcast address, first and last usable host**, total and usable addresses, **subnet mask, wildcard mask** and binary form of any IPv4 or IPv6 block.
- Accepts CIDR (192.168.1.10/24), an address with a mask (10.0.0.1 255.255.240.0), a Cisco wildcard mask, or IPv6 in any notation, and writes IPv6 the RFC 5952 way.
- Names the address type — **private (RFC 1918), CGNAT (100.64.0.0/10)**, loopback, link-local, multicast, documentation, unique local or global unicast — and the classful class.
- **Splits** a network into equal subnets by count, hosts or prefix, plans **VLSM** (largest subnet first) and **summarises** lists of networks or ranges into the fewest CIDR blocks.
- Handles the edge cases exams ask about: /31 point-to-point links (RFC 3021), /32 hosts, /0, and IPv6 counts too big for ordinary numbers.
- Gives the reverse DNS zone (in-addr.arpa / ip6.arpa), checks whether an address is inside the network, and exports subnet tables as CSV. Everything is calculated in your browser.

### Features

- **Every subnet value**: Network, broadcast, host range, mask, wildcard, hex, binary and reverse DNS — copy them all in one click.
- **IPv4 and IPv6**: One calculator for both, with BigInt maths so even a /32 IPv6 allocation is counted exactly.
- **Subnetting made easy**: Split a network by the number of subnets or hosts you need, and see every resulting subnet in a table.
- **VLSM planner**: List your LANs and how many devices each has; get the smallest fitting subnet for each, with room to grow shown.
- **Route summarisation**: Merge networks, single addresses and ranges into the fewest CIDR blocks, or find the one supernet that covers them.
- **Exam-ready**: Binary view with network bits highlighted, class and the /31 and /32 rules — handy for CCNA and university networking.

### How to calculate a subnet

1. **Enter an address** — Type an IP with its prefix, such as **192.168.1.10/24**, or pick the subnet mask from the list.
2. **Read the results** — See the **network address**, **broadcast address**, usable host range and number of hosts instantly.
3. **Split or plan** — Switch to **Split network** to divide it into subnets, or **VLSM** to size subnets for each LAN.
4. **Export** — Copy the details or download the subnet table as CSV for your documentation.

### Guide

#### IPv4 subnet mask cheat sheet

| Prefix | Subnet mask | Wildcard | Addresses | Usable hosts |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| /8 | 255.0.0.0 | 0.255.255.255 | 16,777,216 | 16,777,214 |
| /16 | 255.255.0.0 | 0.0.255.255 | 65,536 | 65,534 |
| /20 | 255.255.240.0 | 0.0.15.255 | 4,096 | 4,094 |
| /21 | 255.255.248.0 | 0.0.7.255 | 2,048 | 2,046 |
| /22 | 255.255.252.0 | 0.0.3.255 | 1,024 | 1,022 |
| /23 | 255.255.254.0 | 0.0.1.255 | 512 | 510 |
| /24 | 255.255.255.0 | 0.0.0.255 | 256 | 254 |
| /25 | 255.255.255.128 | 0.0.0.127 | 128 | 126 |
| /26 | 255.255.255.192 | 0.0.0.63 | 64 | 62 |
| /27 | 255.255.255.224 | 0.0.0.31 | 32 | 30 |
| /28 | 255.255.255.240 | 0.0.0.15 | 16 | 14 |
| /29 | 255.255.255.248 | 0.0.0.7 | 8 | 6 |
| /30 | 255.255.255.252 | 0.0.0.3 | 4 | 2 |
| /31 | 255.255.255.254 | 0.0.0.1 | 2 | 2 (point-to-point) |
| /32 | 255.255.255.255 | 0.0.0.0 | 1 | 1 (single host) |

#### Private and special IPv4 ranges

| Range | Use |
| --- | --- |
| 10.0.0.0/8 | Private network (RFC 1918) — large companies and data centres |
| 172.16.0.0/12 | Private network (RFC 1918) — 172.16.0.0 to 172.31.255.255 |
| 192.168.0.0/16 | Private network (RFC 1918) — home and office routers |
| 100.64.0.0/10 | Carrier-grade NAT — ISPs, especially mobile data, share public IPs |
| 169.254.0.0/16 | Link-local — self-assigned when DHCP fails |
| 127.0.0.0/8 | Loopback — the computer itself (localhost) |

#### How subnetting works

An IPv4 address has 32 bits. The prefix length — the number after the slash — says how many of them identify the network; the rest number the hosts inside it. A /24 leaves 8 host bits, so 2⁸ = 256 addresses. The first is the **network address** and the last the **broadcast address**, so 254 are usable for devices.

Every extra prefix bit halves the block: a /24 splits into two /25s, four /26s or eight /27s. **VLSM** (variable-length subnet masking) uses different sizes inside one network — a /25 for 100 office PCs, a /30 for a router link — to avoid wasting addresses. IPv6 LANs simply use /64 each; sites usually get a /48 or /56.

### FAQ

**How many usable hosts does a /24 have?**
254. A /24 has 256 addresses, but the first (network) and last (broadcast) can’t be given to devices. In general, usable hosts = 2^(32 − prefix) − 2, except /31 and /32.

**What is a wildcard mask?**
The inverse of the subnet mask: 0 bits must match and 1 bits can be anything. For 255.255.255.0 it is 0.0.0.255. Cisco access lists and OSPF network statements use wildcard masks.

**How do I find the network and broadcast address?**
The network address is the IP with all host bits set to 0 (a bitwise AND with the mask); the broadcast address has all host bits set to 1. For 192.168.1.10/24 they are 192.168.1.0 and 192.168.1.255.

**Can a /31 be used?**
Yes, on point-to-point links between two routers. RFC 3021 lets both addresses be used because a link with two ends needs no broadcast address.

**What subnet size should I use for an IPv6 LAN?**
A /64. Stateless address autoconfiguration (SLAAC) needs it, and a /64 still holds 18 quintillion addresses. Give each site a /48 or /56 to split into /64s.

**What is VLSM?**
Variable-length subnet masking: dividing one network into subnets of different sizes to match each LAN’s needs. Allocate the largest subnet first so every block stays aligned — the VLSM tab does this for you.

## Internet Speed Test

URL: https://justtools.online/network-tools/internet-speed-test/
Category: Internet & Network Tools
Processing: Contacts an external service to work (see the page).
Last updated: 2026-10-06

Free internet speed test: check download and upload speed, ping, jitter and bufferbloat on Wi-Fi, broadband or mobile data — no app, with a data saver mode.

### At a glance

- Measures **download and upload speed** in Mbps, **ping** (latency) and **jitter**, plus **loaded latency** — how much ping rises while the line is busy (bufferbloat).
- Tests against **Cloudflare’s global network** (speed.cloudflare.com), usually from a data centre in or near your city; the page shows which one.
- Leaves out connection set-up and server processing time, and reports the 90th-percentile speed of many transfers — the line’s real capacity rather than its slow start.
- File sizes grow only while transfers stay quick, and **Data saver** caps a run at about 39 MB for mobile data.
- Rates the connection for 4K streaming, video calls, online gaming, browsing and uploads, and shows which data centre answered, your country and your IP address.
- Keeps your last 20 results in this browser only. No app or account is needed, and JustTools never sees your results.

### Features

- **All the numbers that matter**: Download, upload, ping, jitter and loaded latency — not just one big number.
- **Live gauge**: Watch the speed as it is measured, from a quick ping to the full download and upload runs.
- **Bufferbloat grade**: See whether calls and games will lag while someone else downloads, graded A+ to F.
- **Mobile-data friendly**: Data saver mode keeps a test under about 39 MB, and you can stop at any moment.
- **What it’s good for**: Plain ratings for streaming, video calls, gaming, browsing and uploading files.
- **Your history**: Compare Wi-Fi with cable, or morning with evening — recent results stay in your browser.

### How to test your internet speed

1. **Close heavy apps** — Pause downloads, streaming and cloud backups on all devices so they don’t share the line during the test.
2. **Press Start** — Choose **Full test**, or **Data saver** on mobile data, and press **Start**. Ping is measured first.
3. **Wait for both runs** — Download and then upload are measured, which takes 15–30 seconds on most connections.
4. **Read the results** — Compare download and upload with your plan, check the ratings, and copy the results to share with your provider.

### Guide

#### What the results mean

| Result | What it measures | Good value |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Download | How fast data reaches you — streaming, browsing, downloads | 25 Mbps+ for 4K; 100 Mbps+ for busy homes |
| Upload | How fast you send data — video calls, uploads, cloud backup | 5 Mbps+ for HD calls; 20 Mbps+ for creators |
| Ping | Round-trip time to the server, in milliseconds | Under 30 ms great, under 100 ms fine |
| Jitter | How much ping varies from one moment to the next | Under 10 ms for gaming, under 30 ms for calls |
| Loaded latency | Ping while the line is busy downloading or uploading | Within 30 ms of the idle ping (grade A) |

#### Why your speed may be lower than your plan

- **Wi-Fi**: walls, distance and older routers or phones cut speed. Test with a cable, or close to the router on 5 GHz, to see what the line delivers.
- **Other devices**: TVs, updates and backups on the same connection share the bandwidth during the test.
- **Peak hours**: evenings are busiest, especially on mobile networks and shared fibre.
- **VPNs and proxies** add distance and encryption overhead.
- **Very fast plans**: above roughly 1 Gbps, the browser and device can become the limit rather than the line.

### FAQ

**How accurate is this speed test?**
It uses the same method as Cloudflare’s own test: precise browser timings, server time removed, and the 90th-percentile speed of many transfers. Results from different test sites differ a little because they use different servers and methods.

**How much data does a speed test use?**
It depends on your speed: a full test uses up to a few hundred MB on a very fast line, less on slower ones. Data saver mode uses at most about 39 MB — the page shows the exact amount after each test.

**What is a good ping for gaming?**
Under 30 ms is excellent and under 60 ms is good for most online games; jitter should stay below about 10–20 ms. Above 100 ms you will notice lag in fast-paced games.

**What is the difference between Mbps and MB/s?**
Speeds are quoted in megabits per second (Mbps); file sizes in megabytes. One byte is 8 bits, so 100 Mbps downloads about 12.5 MB per second.

**Is the speed test private?**
The test connects your browser to Cloudflare’s speed test servers, which see your IP address like any website does. JustTools doesn’t receive or store your results; your history stays in your browser.

**Why is upload slower than download?**
Most home and mobile plans are asymmetric — designed to receive more than they send. Fibre plans are often symmetric, so similar upload and download speeds are normal there.

## JWT Debugger

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/jwt-debugger/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-06

Decode any JWT and verify its signature in your browser: header, claims and expiry explained; HS256, RS256, ES256 and EdDSA with PEM or JWK keys. No upload.

### At a glance

- Decodes the **header and payload** of any JWT, explains standard and common claims (iss, sub, aud, exp, nbf, iat, scope, roles …) and shows times in UTC and your local time.
- Shows whether the token is **expired, not yet valid or still valid**, with a live countdown.
- **Verifies the signature** for HS256/384/512, RS256/384/512, PS256/384/512, ES256/384/512 and EdDSA (Ed25519) using your browser’s Web Crypto.
- Accepts keys as a shared secret (text, Base64, Base64URL or hex), **PEM** public or private keys, PKCS#1, X.509 certificates, a **JWK** or a whole **JWKS**, picking the key by kid.
- Warns about real security problems: alg “none”, keys or key URLs supplied by the token itself (jwk, jku, x5u), missing expiry, weak or well-known secrets and secrets placed in the payload.
- Runs entirely in your browser — tokens and keys are never uploaded or logged — and also decodes the header of encrypted JWE tokens.

### Features

- **Claims in plain English**: Every claim labelled — issuer, audience, scopes, roles — with dates converted and the time left until expiry.
- **Real signature check**: Verifies with Web Crypto, the same cryptography your browser uses for HTTPS, for every common JWS algorithm.
- **Any key format**: Secrets, PEM, PKCS#1, certificates, JWK or a JWKS from your identity provider — no conversion needed.
- **Security warnings**: Flags unsigned tokens, embedded keys, long lifetimes and weak secrets before they cause trouble.
- **Private by design**: Nothing leaves your device, so production tokens are safe to inspect.
- **Build tokens too**: Switch to Encode & sign to create a test token, then verify it here in one click.

### How to decode and verify a JWT

1. **Paste the token** — Paste the JWT — a “Bearer …” header value works too. The header, payload and claims appear instantly.
2. **Check the claims** — Read who issued the token, who it’s for and when it **expires**; warnings appear above the claims.
3. **Add the key** — Enter the **secret** for HS256, or paste the **public key**, certificate or JWKS for RS256, ES256 and EdDSA.
4. **Read the result** — “Signature verified” means the token is authentic and unchanged; otherwise check the key or the token.

### Guide

#### Anatomy of a JWT

| Part | Contains | Example |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Header | The signing algorithm and token type, Base64URL-encoded JSON | {"alg":"RS256","typ":"JWT","kid":"key-1"} |
| Payload | The claims: who the token is about, for whom, and how long it lasts | {"sub":"42","aud":"api","exp":1767229200} |
| Signature | Proof that header and payload came from the key holder unchanged | Base64URL bytes of an HMAC, RSA, ECDSA or EdDSA signature |

#### Decoding is not verifying

Anyone can decode a JWT — the header and payload are only Base64URL-encoded, not encrypted. That is why tokens must never carry passwords or other secrets. **Verifying** checks the signature with the right key, which proves who created the token and that nobody changed a single character.

A server should verify the signature, then check **exp**, **nbf**, **iss** and **aud**, and accept only the algorithms it expects. Never trust the alg value or a key that arrives inside the token itself. Public keys for providers such as Auth0, Okta, Microsoft Entra ID, Cognito and Firebase are published at a JWKS URL, usually ending in /.well-known/jwks.json.

### FAQ

**Is it safe to paste a production token here?**
Yes — decoding and verification run in your browser and nothing is sent to a server. Still, treat tokens like passwords: anyone holding a valid token can use it until it expires.

**Why does it say “Invalid signature”?**
The key doesn’t match the token, or the token was changed. Common causes: the wrong environment’s secret, a secret stored as Base64 but entered as text (switch the encoding), or a JWKS key with a different kid.

**Where do I find the public key to verify RS256 tokens?**
Identity providers publish them as a JWK set, usually at https://your-issuer/.well-known/jwks.json (OpenID Connect discovery lists the exact URL). Paste the whole JWKS — the key matching the token’s kid is used.

**Can it decrypt JWE tokens?**
No. Encrypted tokens (five parts) can only be read with the recipient’s private key; the debugger shows their header and says so.

**Why are exp and iat such large numbers?**
JWT times are seconds since 1 January 1970 UTC (Unix time). The debugger converts them to dates. Values in milliseconds are a common bug and are flagged.

## JWT Encoder

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/jwt-encoder/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-06

Create and sign JWTs in your browser with HS256, RS256, PS256, ES256 or EdDSA: edit claims, set expiry, generate keys and a JWKS. Keys never leave your device.

### At a glance

- Signs JWTs with **HS256/384/512, RS256/384/512, PS256/384/512, ES256/384/512 and EdDSA (Ed25519)** using your browser’s Web Crypto API.
- Edits the header and payload as JSON, pointing to the line and column of any mistake; **alg** is kept in step with the algorithm you pick.
- Adds **iat, exp** (15 minutes to 30 days), **nbf** and a random **jti** in one click.
- Generates a **secure random secret** of the right length, or an RSA, EC or Ed25519 **key pair** with the public key as PEM, JWK and JWKS (kid = RFC 7638 thumbprint).
- Signs with keys in PEM (PKCS#8, PKCS#1 or SEC1) or JWK form, and warns when an HMAC secret is too short or a well-known example.
- One click opens the new token in the JWT Debugger to verify it. Everything runs locally; keys never leave your device.

### Features

- **Every JWS algorithm**: HMAC, RSA, RSA-PSS, ECDSA and EdDSA — tokens your backend libraries accept.
- **Claim shortcuts**: Issued-at, expiry, not-before and a unique ID added with one click, in seconds since 1970 as the standard requires.
- **Key generator**: Fresh 2048-bit RSA, P-256/384/521 or Ed25519 key pairs, with the public JWK and JWKS ready for your config.
- **Strong secrets**: Random HMAC secrets of the full hash length, so tokens can’t be cracked offline.
- **Verify instantly**: Send the token and key to the debugger to check the signature and claims.
- **Local only**: No server signs anything — safe for test keys, and nothing is logged.

### How to create a JWT

1. **Pick the algorithm** — Choose **HS256** for a shared secret, or **RS256**, **ES256** or **EdDSA** for a key pair.
2. **Write the claims** — Edit the payload JSON and use the buttons to add **iat** and an **exp** such as 1 hour.
3. **Add a key** — Paste your secret or private key, or click **Generate** for a new one.
4. **Copy the token** — The signed token updates as you type. Copy it, or open it in the debugger to verify.

### Guide

#### Which algorithm should I use?

| Algorithm | Key | Use it when |
| --- | --- | --- |
| HS256 | One shared secret (32+ random bytes) | The same service creates and checks the tokens |
| RS256 | RSA key pair (2048-bit or more) | Others verify with your public key — the most widely supported choice |
| PS256 | RSA key pair | You want RSA with the more modern PSS padding |
| ES256 | EC P-256 key pair | Small, fast signatures with public-key verification |
| EdDSA | Ed25519 key pair | Modern, fast and hard to misuse, where your libraries support it |

#### Good practice for tokens

- Keep access tokens short-lived — minutes to an hour — and use refresh tokens for longer sessions.
- Always set **iss**, **aud** and **exp**, and have servers check them along with the signature.
- Put only what the receiver needs in the payload: it is readable by anyone who holds the token.
- Use a random secret at least as long as the hash (32 bytes for HS256) and never commit it to source control.

### FAQ

**Is it safe to sign tokens with my real keys here?**
Signing happens entirely in your browser and nothing is sent or stored. For production keys, the safest habit is still to sign on your own servers; this tool is ideal for test and development tokens.

**How long should a JWT secret be?**
At least as long as the hash: 32 random bytes for HS256, 48 for HS384 and 64 for HS512 (RFC 7518). “Generate secret” creates one of the right length.

**What format should the private key be in?**
PEM is easiest: “BEGIN PRIVATE KEY” (PKCS#8), “BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY” or “BEGIN EC PRIVATE KEY” all work, as does a private JWK. Passphrase-protected keys must be decrypted first.

**Why is exp a number like 1767229200?**
JWT dates are seconds since 1 January 1970 UTC. The expiry buttons calculate it for you from the current time.

**Can I create a token without a signature?**
No. Unsigned tokens (alg “none”) can be forged by anyone, and secure libraries reject them, so this tool always signs.

## OMR Sheet Generator

URL: https://justtools.online/education-tools/omr-sheet-generator/
Category: Education Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-06

Make printable OMR answer sheets free: up to 300 questions, 4 or 5 options, roll number bubbles, NEET-style sections and an answer key — as a PDF or print.

### At a glance

- Generates OMR (optical mark recognition) answer sheets with **1 to 300 questions**, **4 or 5 options** labelled A–E or 1–5, and question numbering that can start anywhere.
- Adds a **roll number grid** of up to 12 digits with write-in boxes, **test booklet series** A–D, name, date and centre fields, and candidate and invigilator **signature boxes**.
- Supports **subject sections** such as Physics 45, Chemistry 45 and Biology 90 for NEET-style mock tests, each with its own heading.
- Prints the standard **instructions with correct and wrong marking examples**, shades every other block of five questions, and adds corner marks for scanning apps.
- Type the correct answers to add a **filled answer key** page for quick checking.
- Downloads a vector **PDF** (A4 or US Letter) in black, blue or red drop-out ink, or prints directly. Free, no sign-up and no watermark beyond a small footer.

### Features

- **Exam-style layout**: Roll number bubbles, booklet series, signatures and instructions, laid out like real competitive-exam OMR sheets.
- **Fits on one page**: Columns and row height adjust automatically, so 180 questions with sections still fit a single A4 sheet.
- **Sections and numbering**: Split the sheet by subject, or continue numbering from question 51 for a second paper.
- **Answer key in one step**: Paste answers like “ABCDA…” to get a filled key sheet for checking or for scanning apps.
- **Print-perfect PDF**: Vector circles and text stay crisp at any printer resolution; print at 100% for exact sizes.
- **Ready-made presets**: Class test, 50-question MCQ, 100-question competitive, NEET-style 180 and 200-question sheets.

### How to make an OMR sheet

1. **Choose a preset** — Start with **Class test**, **MCQ test**, **NEET-style** or another preset, or set the number of questions yourself.
2. **Set the details** — Enter the exam title and school name, pick 4 or 5 options, and choose the roll number digits and fields.
3. **Add sections or a key** — Optionally list subjects with their question counts, and type the correct answers for an answer key page.
4. **Download or print** — Click **PDF** to save it, or **Print** — use “Actual size” so every copy matches.

### Guide

#### Common OMR sheet sizes

| Exam or use | Questions | Options |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Class or unit test | 20–50 | 4 (A–D) |
| NEET-style mock test | 180 (Physics 45, Chemistry 45, Biology 90) | 4 (1–4) |
| UPSC / state PSC prelims practice | 100–150 | 4 (a–d) |
| Bank and SSC practice papers | 100 | 4 or 5 |
| University MCQ papers | 50–100 | 4 |

#### Tips for printing and using OMR sheets

- Print at **100% / Actual size**, not “Fit to page”, so bubbles line up on every copy.
- Use **red drop-out ink** if you will scan sheets with an OMR scanner that ignores red, or black for photocopying.
- Ask students to use a **black or blue ballpoint pen** and to fill each circle completely — the instructions box shows how.
- Keep the corner marks visible when photographing sheets for a mobile OMR checker app.

### FAQ

**Is the OMR sheet generator free?**
Yes. Make, download and print as many sheets as you like, with no sign-up and no limit.

**Can I make an OMR sheet for 200 questions?**
Yes — up to 300. About 220 four-option questions fit on one A4 page with every field switched on, or 200 five-option questions if you turn off the instructions box. Longer sheets continue on a second page with a short header.

**Can these sheets be checked by a scanner or app?**
They follow the usual OMR layout with corner alignment marks, which many mobile OMR apps can read after you set up the template. Commercial OMR scanners need sheets printed to their own specifications, so test a few first.

**How do I add an answer key?**
Type the answers in the Answer key box — one letter per question (ABCDA…), or entries like “1-A, 2-C, 3-BD” for several correct options. A page with filled bubbles is added to the PDF.

**Can I write the exam title in Hindi?**
Not yet: the PDF uses the standard Helvetica font, which only covers Latin letters, so Hindi text is left out. Use English titles, or write the title by hand on the printed sheet.

## Sitemap Generator

URL: https://justtools.online/seo-tools/sitemap-generator/
Category: SEO & Marketing Tools
Processing: Contacts an external service to work (see the page).
Last updated: 2026-10-06

Free XML sitemap generator: crawl your site or paste URLs, skip noindex, redirected and robots.txt-blocked pages, add lastmod and images, ready for Google.

### At a glance

- **Crawls** a website from its home page, following links on the same host — up to 1,000 pages — or builds a sitemap from a **pasted list**, a CSV or an existing sitemap.
- Includes only **indexable pages**: it obeys robots.txt, and leaves out pages with noindex, a canonical pointing elsewhere, redirects and error statuses — listing each one with the reason.
- Adds **lastmod** from the page’s own date (article:modified_time, JSON-LD dateModified) or the server’s Last-Modified header, or a date you choose.
- Optionally adds **images** (Google image sitemap extension) and linked PDF files; changefreq and priority are optional because Google ignores them.
- Splits large sites into several files with a **sitemap index** at the protocol’s 50,000-URL / 50 MB limit, and also exports a plain-text list.
- Pages are fetched by your browser when the site allows it, otherwise through Jina Reader at about 18 pages a minute. Only page addresses are sent.

### Features

- **Crawls like Google**: Follows links, respects robots.txt and nofollow, and only keeps pages that can actually be indexed.
- **Clean by default**: No duplicates, no redirects, no noindex pages and no tracking parameters — the mistakes Search Console reports.
- **Honest lastmod**: Dates come from the pages themselves, so Google can trust them to spot updates.
- **Image sitemaps**: Add each page’s images to help them appear in Google Images.
- **Any size**: Sitemap index and numbered files are made automatically for very large sites.
- **From a list too**: Paste URLs or open a CSV or old sitemap to clean it up and rebuild it.

### How to create an XML sitemap

1. **Enter your website** — Type your home page address and choose how many pages to crawl, or switch to **From a list of URLs**.
2. **Let it crawl** — Pages are discovered through links; skipped pages are listed with the reason. You can stop at any time.
3. **Choose the details** — Pick where **lastmod** comes from and whether to add images; leave changefreq and priority out unless you need them.
4. **Upload and submit** — Download **sitemap.xml**, upload it to your site’s root, add it to robots.txt and submit it in Google Search Console and Bing Webmaster Tools.

### Guide

#### What belongs in a sitemap

| Include | Leave out |
| --- | --- |
| Pages that return 200 and that you want in search results | Pages with noindex, or blocked in robots.txt |
| The canonical version of each page | Duplicates, ?ref= and other tracking variants |
| The final address after redirects | URLs that redirect or return 404 |
| Accurate lastmod dates | Dates that change on every build without a real update |

#### Do I need a sitemap?

Search engines find most pages by following links, but a sitemap helps them discover new and updated pages faster — especially on new sites with few backlinks, large sites, and pages that few other pages link to. Google reads **loc** and an accurate **lastmod**; it ignores changefreq and priority.

After uploading, list the sitemap in robots.txt (Sitemap: https://example.com/sitemap.xml) so every search engine finds it, and submit it once in Google Search Console and Bing Webmaster Tools to see how many pages are indexed. Google no longer accepts sitemap “pings”; Bing and Yandex also support IndexNow for instant updates.

### FAQ

**Is the sitemap generator free?**
Yes, with no sign-up. Crawls are limited to 1,000 pages at a time; for bigger sites, crawl sections separately or use the URL list mode with an export from your CMS.

**Why is the crawl slow for my site?**
If your site doesn’t allow other websites to read its pages (most don’t), pages are fetched through Jina Reader, whose free service allows about 20 requests a minute — so 100 pages take around 6 minutes. Sites that allow it are crawled several pages at a time.

**Why were some pages left out?**
They can’t be indexed as they are: blocked by robots.txt, marked noindex, redirected, returning an error, or pointing to a different canonical URL. The “Pages left out” list shows the reason for each.

**Should I set changefreq and priority?**
Not for Google — it ignores both. They are optional and left out by default; an accurate lastmod is far more useful.

**How many URLs can one sitemap hold?**
50,000 URLs or 50 MB uncompressed. Larger sites need several sitemap files listed in a sitemap index, which the generator creates automatically.

## Robots.txt Generator

URL: https://justtools.online/seo-tools/robots-txt-generator/
Category: SEO & Marketing Tools
Processing: Contacts an external service to work (see the page).
Last updated: 2026-10-06

Create a robots.txt file free: block admin pages, AI training bots like GPTBot or SEO crawlers, add your sitemap, then test any URL against Google’s rules.

### At a glance

- Generates robots.txt from simple choices: default access, paths to block with exceptions, an optional Crawl-delay and your **sitemap** URLs.
- Lets you allow or block **26 named crawlers** in four groups — search engines, AI search assistants (OAI-SearchBot, Claude-SearchBot, PerplexityBot), **AI training bots** (GPTBot, ClaudeBot, Google-Extended, CCBot …) and SEO crawlers (AhrefsBot, SemrushBot …).
- Presets for WordPress, online shops, staging sites, and blocking AI training while staying in search and AI answers.
- **Validates** any robots.txt with line numbers: rules outside a group, unsupported noindex, misspellings, relative sitemaps, blocked CSS and JavaScript, and Google’s 500 KiB limit.
- **Tests a URL** against every crawler using Google’s matching rules (RFC 9309): the most specific user-agent group, the longest matching path, Allow winning ties — and shows the line that decided.
- Loads a site’s live robots.txt for checking — directly from your browser when the site allows it, otherwise through Jina Reader. Building and testing happen on your device.

### Features

- **Correct by construction**: Groups, paths and sitemap lines are written the way Google, Bing and AI crawlers expect, with full sitemap URLs.
- **AI crawler control**: Opt out of AI training without disappearing from ChatGPT, Claude or Perplexity search answers — or block AI completely.
- **Smart presets**: WordPress, online shop, staging and AI presets give a sensible starting point in one click.
- **Validator with line numbers**: Finds the mistakes that silently break robots.txt — and jumps to the line.
- **URL tester**: See which crawlers may fetch a page and which rule decides, before you upload the file.
- **Check any live site**: Load a website’s robots.txt to audit it, or to start editing your own.

### How to create a robots.txt file

1. **Pick a starting point** — Choose a preset such as **WordPress** or **Block AI training**, or start from **Allow everything**.
2. **Add your rules** — List paths to keep out of search (like /admin/), allow or block specific crawlers, and add your sitemap URL.
3. **Test it** — Click **Test a URL against this file** to check important pages are still crawlable.
4. **Upload** — Download robots.txt and upload it to your site’s root so it opens at example.com/robots.txt.

### Guide

#### robots.txt rules at a glance

| Line | Meaning | Example |
| --- | --- | --- |
| User-agent | Which crawler the following rules are for; * means all | User-agent: GPTBot |
| Disallow | Paths the crawler must not fetch | Disallow: /admin/ |
| Allow | An exception inside a disallowed path | Allow: /admin/help/ |
| * | Matches any characters | Disallow: /*?sort= |
| $ | Marks the end of the URL | Disallow: /*.pdf$ |
| Sitemap | Full URL of a sitemap, anywhere in the file | Sitemap: https://example.com/sitemap.xml |

#### What robots.txt can and can’t do

robots.txt controls **crawling**, not indexing. A blocked page can still appear in Google as a bare link if other sites link to it, and Google can’t see a noindex tag on a page it isn’t allowed to fetch. To keep a page out of search results, allow crawling and add **<meta name="robots" content="noindex">** instead.

It is also public and voluntary: well-behaved crawlers such as Googlebot, Bingbot, GPTBot and ClaudeBot obey it, but it is not access control. Never list secret paths in it, and protect private areas with a login.

### FAQ

**Where do I put robots.txt?**
In the root of your domain, so it opens at https://example.com/robots.txt. Each subdomain (blog.example.com) needs its own file, and it must be plain text returning HTTP 200.

**How do I block ChatGPT and other AI bots?**
Add a group for each crawler with Disallow: /. To stop training only, block GPTBot, ClaudeBot, Google-Extended, CCBot and similar; to also leave AI search answers, block OAI-SearchBot, Claude-SearchBot and PerplexityBot. The “Block AI training” and “Block all AI” presets do this for you.

**Will blocking Google-Extended remove my site from Google Search?**
No. Google-Extended only controls whether Gemini may use your content for training and grounding. Search, including AI Overviews, uses Googlebot.

**Does Google follow Crawl-delay?**
No. Bing and Yandex do; Google adjusts its crawl rate automatically. If Googlebot overloads your server, return 503 or 429 temporarily.

**Why does the validator say noindex isn’t supported?**
Google stopped honouring Noindex lines in robots.txt in September 2019. Use a robots meta tag or the X-Robots-Tag HTTP header on the page instead.

**Is blocking CSS and JavaScript a problem?**
Yes. Google renders pages like a browser; without your CSS and JavaScript it may see a broken page and rank it lower. Keep folders such as /wp-includes/ and /_next/ crawlable.

## Markdown to HTML Converter

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/markdown-to-html/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-06

Convert Markdown to clean HTML online: GitHub tables, task lists and highlighted code, as a snippet or full page, minified or not. Batch files, no upload.

### At a glance

- Converts **GitHub Flavored Markdown** — tables with alignment, task lists, strikethrough, autolinks and GitHub alerts — to HTML as you type.
- Outputs an **HTML snippet**, a **full styled page** (GitHub-like CSS with light and dark themes) or a **plain full page**; title, description and language come from YAML front matter.
- **Syntax-highlights** code blocks in 20+ languages with highlight.js classes, or emits plain language-* classes for Prism.
- Options for heading IDs, # anchor links, external links in a new tab, GitHub-style line breaks, front matter and **minified** output.
- **Removes unsafe HTML** — scripts, event handlers and iframes — with DOMPurify, so the output is safe to publish.
- Converts **several .md files at once** and downloads them as a .zip. Everything runs in your browser; files are never uploaded.

### Features

- **Clean output**: Semantic HTML without inline styles — headings, lists, tables and code exactly as you wrote them.
- **Snippet or full page**: Paste a snippet into WordPress, Ghost or an email, or download a standalone styled page.
- **Highlighted code**: Code blocks come out with highlight.js markup and a matching theme in the styled page.
- **Safe to publish**: Raw HTML in the Markdown is sanitised, so copied content can’t carry scripts.
- **Batch conversion**: Drop a folder’s worth of .md files and get every page as .html in one zip.
- **Live preview**: Switch between the HTML source and the rendered result while you edit.

### How to convert Markdown to HTML

1. **Add your Markdown** — Paste or type it, or click **Open files** (or drop .md files) to convert several at once.
2. **Choose the output** — Pick **HTML snippet**, **Full page, styled** or **Full page, plain**, and set options such as heading IDs or minify.
3. **Check it** — Read the highlighted HTML, or switch to **Preview** to see how it looks.
4. **Copy or download** — Click **Copy HTML**, download the .html file, or download all files as a .zip.

### Guide

#### Markdown and the HTML it becomes

| Markdown | HTML |
| --- | --- |
| # Title | <h1 id="title">Title</h1> |
| **bold** and _italic_ | <strong>bold</strong> and <em>italic</em> |
| [link](https://example.com) | <a href="https://example.com">link</a> |
| - item | <ul><li>item</li></ul> |
| - [x] done | <li><input type="checkbox" checked disabled> done</li> |
| `code` | <code>code</code> |
| | a | b | table | <table> with <thead> and <tbody> |

#### Snippet or full page?

Use the **HTML snippet** when the HTML goes inside an existing page — a CMS editor, a blog template, a help centre or an email builder. They already have their own <head> and styles.

Use a **full page** for a standalone file you open, share or host on its own: documentation, release notes or a README turned into a web page. The styled version embeds the CSS, so it looks right without any other files.

### FAQ

**Is my Markdown uploaded?**
No. The conversion runs in your browser with the marked library, and nothing is sent to a server — so it’s safe for private documentation.

**Does it support GitHub Flavored Markdown?**
Yes: tables, task lists, strikethrough, autolinks and fenced code blocks, plus GitHub alerts (> [!NOTE], [!TIP], [!WARNING] …) and heading IDs that match GitHub’s.

**Can I keep raw HTML from my Markdown?**
Yes. Safe HTML such as <details>, <kbd> or <img> is kept. With “Remove unsafe HTML” on, scripts, iframes, forms and inline event handlers are stripped; switch it off only for content you trust.

**How do I style the HTML?**
Choose “Full page, styled” for a ready-made GitHub-like look, or use the snippet with your own CSS. Code blocks use highlight.js classes, so any highlight.js theme works.

**Can I convert many Markdown files at once?**
Yes. Open or drop several .md files; switch between them to check each one, then download all as HTML files in a .zip with the same options.

## Resume Builder

URL: https://justtools.online/career-tools/resume-builder/
Category: Career Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-06

Free resume builder with 4 ATS-friendly templates: fill in your details, see a live preview, and download a PDF or Word file. No sign-up and no watermark.

### At a glance

- **Four templates** — Classic, Modern (sidebar), Minimal and Compact — with your choice of colour, font (Inter, Lora or Poppins), text size, date format and A4 or US Letter paper.
- Downloads a **real-text PDF** that applicant tracking systems (ATS) can read, with clickable email, phone and profile links — and a **Word (.docx)** version recruiters can edit.
- Sections for summary, experience, education, projects, skills, certifications, awards, languages and interests, plus **personal details** and a **declaration** for Indian applications, and your own custom sections.
- A **resume check** flags missing contact details, weak bullet points, missing numbers, long bullets and length, and a **job description match** shows which keywords you are missing.
- Live preview of the exact PDF, page by page. Reorder and hide sections, add a photo, and copy a plain-text version for job portal forms.
- Everything stays in your browser and is saved on this device; export a .json file (or JSON Resume) to continue later or on another computer. Free, with no sign-up and no watermark.

### Features

- **ATS-friendly by design**: Real text, standard section names and clean layouts that resume-screening software reads correctly.
- **PDF and Word**: A pixel-perfect PDF for applying and an editable .docx when a recruiter asks for Word.
- **What you see is what you get**: The preview is the actual PDF, so spacing and page breaks are exactly as downloaded.
- **Built-in resume check**: Tips on action verbs, numbers, length and contact details — the things recruiters notice in seconds.
- **Match any job**: Paste a job ad to see which of its keywords your resume already covers and which to add.
- **Private**: No account and no upload: your resume is stored only in this browser until you download it.

### How to make a resume

1. **Fill in your details** — Start from the example or a blank page, and add your contact details, summary, experience, education and skills.
2. **Choose a design** — Open **Design** to pick a template, colour, font and size, and to reorder or hide sections.
3. **Check it** — Open **Check** for tips, and paste a job description to see which keywords are missing.
4. **Download** — Click **Download PDF** to apply, or **Word** for an editable copy. Use **Save data** to keep a copy you can edit later.

### Guide

#### Which sections to include

| Section | Freshers | Experienced |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Summary | 2–3 lines on your skills and the role you want | 2–4 lines on your experience and biggest strengths |
| Experience | Internships, part-time work, freelancing | Most recent first, 3–5 achievement bullets each |
| Projects | College and personal projects — put them high up | Optional; side projects that show relevant skills |
| Education | Near the top, with CGPA or percentage | Near the end; the score can be left out |
| Skills | Tools, languages and software you can really use | Grouped: languages, tools, methods |
| Certifications | Online courses and certificates | Professional certifications |
| Personal details & declaration | Often asked for in campus and government jobs | Usually left out for private-sector and overseas jobs |

#### How to write bullet points that get shortlisted

- Start with an action verb — **Led, Built, Reduced, Increased, Launched** — not “Responsible for”.
- Show the result with a number: “Cut report time from 3 days to 4 hours”, “Handled 120 customer calls a day”, “Saved ₹8 lakh a year”.
- Keep each bullet to one or two lines, and 3–5 bullets per job.
- Use the words from the job description for skills you really have — ATS software ranks resumes by matching them.
- Keep the resume to one page with under about five years of experience, and two pages at most.

### FAQ

**Is this resume builder really free?**
Yes. Every template, the PDF and Word downloads and the resume check are free, with no sign-up, no watermark and no limit on downloads or edits.

**Is my resume uploaded or stored on a server?**
No. The resume is created in your browser and saved only on this device. Nobody — including us — can see it. Clear it any time with Start blank.

**Are these resumes ATS-friendly?**
Yes. The PDF contains real, selectable text with standard section headings, which applicant tracking systems read correctly. Classic and Minimal are the safest choices for job portals; the two-column Modern template is fine for most modern systems.

**Should I add a photo, date of birth and declaration?**
In India they are common for government, PSU and campus applications. Leave them out for private-sector, MNC and overseas jobs, where recruiters prefer not to see them.

**Can I edit my resume later?**
Yes. It is saved automatically in this browser. To move it to another device, use More → Save data (.json) and open that file there. JSON Resume files from other tools can be opened too.

**What is the best resume format for freshers?**
One page: contact details, a two-line summary, education with CGPA, projects and internships with results, skills and certifications. The example resume shows the structure — replace it with your details.

**Can I write my resume in Hindi?**
Hindi text prints correctly in the PDF, but most companies and ATS software expect an English resume, and some systems read Hindi text imperfectly.

## Tic Tac Toe

URL: https://justtools.online/games/tic-tac-toe/
Category: Games
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-07

Play Tic Tac Toe online free against the computer — Easy, Medium or unbeatable Hard — or with a friend on one device. 3×3 to 6×6 boards. No sign-up.

### At a glance

- Play against the computer on **Easy**, **Medium** or **Hard**, or with a friend taking turns on the same phone, tablet or computer.
- On the classic 3×3 board, Hard plays perfectly and **never loses** — the best anyone can do against it is a draw.
- Bigger boards for a longer game: **4×4, 5×5 and 6×6**, with 3, 4 or 5 in a row to win.
- Classic Tic Tac Toe has **255,168 possible games**: X wins 131,184, O wins 77,904 and 46,080 end in a draw. With perfect play it is always a draw.
- Hints, undo, sound, full screen and keyboard play; scores are kept for each mode and board on your device. Free, with no download or sign-up.

### Features

- **Three difficulty levels**: Easy for young children, Medium for a fair fight, and a Hard opponent that never loses on 3×3.
- **Two players, one device**: Pass and play with a friend, with your own names and a running score.
- **Bigger boards**: Try 4×4, 5×5 or 6×6 with 3, 4 or 5 in a row — the computer thinks several moves ahead.
- **Learn as you play**: Ask for a hint to see the best move, or take a move back and try another idea.
- **Fair starts**: The first move swaps sides every round, so nobody always has the advantage.
- **Plays anywhere**: Works on phones, tablets and computers, with keyboard controls and screen reader announcements.

### How to play Tic Tac Toe

1. **Choose an opponent** — Pick **Computer** and a difficulty, and whether you play X or O — or pick **A friend** to play on the same device.
2. **Choose a board** — Keep the classic 3×3 board, or try 4×4, 5×5 or 6×6 and choose how many in a row it takes to win.
3. **Take turns** — Tap an empty square to place your mark. The first to complete a line across, down or diagonally wins; a full board with no line is a draw.
4. **Play again** — Press **Play again** for the next round — the score keeps adding up. Use **Hint** or **Undo** while you learn.

### Guide

#### The rules

Two players take turns placing their mark — X or O — in an empty square of a 3×3 grid. The first player to get three of their marks in a row, column or diagonal wins. If all nine squares fill up with no line, the game is a draw.

The game is also called **noughts and crosses** in Britain and **zero kata** in India. On bigger boards the idea is the same, but you need the number in a row shown under the board.

#### How to never lose at 3×3

- No first move wins by force: with best play from both sides, every opening ends in a draw.
- If your opponent starts in a **corner**, take the **centre** — every other reply loses against perfect play.
- If they start in the **centre**, take a **corner**. Answering on an edge loses.
- If they start on an **edge**, take the centre, a corner next to their mark, or the edge opposite it.
- On every turn, first look for a winning move, then block any two-in-a-row of theirs.
- Win with a **fork**: a move that makes two lines of two at once, so your opponent can only block one.

#### Tic Tac Toe by the numbers

| Classic 3×3 | Count |
| --- | --- |
| Possible games (until someone wins or the board fills) | 255,168 |
| … won by X (who moves first) | 131,184 |
| … won by O | 77,904 |
| … drawn | 46,080 |
| Positions that can occur in a game | 5,478 |
| Different positions, counting rotations and mirror images once | 765 |
| Result with perfect play | Draw |

### FAQ

**Can you beat the computer on Hard?**
Not on the 3×3 board: Hard plays perfectly, so the best possible result is a draw. On bigger boards it looks several moves ahead in about a second per move, so strong players can still win.

**How do I play with a friend?**
Choose **A friend** under Play against, add your names if you like, and take turns on the same phone or computer. Playing over the internet on two devices isn’t available.

**Who goes first?**
X moves first in a normal game. With **Take turns going first** switched on (the default), the first move swaps between the players every round, which keeps things fair.

**Is Tic Tac Toe always a draw?**
With perfect play by both players, yes — the classic 3×3 game always ends in a draw. Games are won when someone misses a block or falls for a fork.

**Is it free, and does it need the internet?**
It’s free with no download or sign-up. Once the page has loaded, the game runs entirely in your browser, so it keeps working if your connection drops.

**Are my scores saved?**
Yes, in this browser only, with a separate score for each mode, difficulty and board size. **Reset score** clears the one you are playing.

## Image Color Picker

URL: https://justtools.online/image-tools/image-color-picker/
Category: Image Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-07

Pick colours from any image: get HEX, RGB, HSL and CMYK codes with a zoom loupe, plus the image’s colour palette. Free, private — nothing is uploaded.

### At a glance

- Click any pixel to get its colour as **HEX, RGB, HSL, HSV and CMYK**, each with a copy button — transparent pixels also give RGBA and 8-digit HEX.
- A **magnifier** shows the 11 × 11 pixels around the pointer; sample a single pixel or the **average of 3×3, 5×5 or 9×9** pixels to smooth out noise.
- Shows the **nearest CSS colour name** and the **closest Tailwind CSS colour**, matched with the CIEDE2000 colour-difference formula.
- Builds the image’s **colour palette** — its 5, 8 or 12 main colours with how much of the image each covers — ready to copy as a HEX list or CSS variables.
- Checks **contrast** against white and black text (WCAG ratio and AA/AAA level). In Chrome and Edge on a computer you can also pick a colour from anywhere on your screen.
- Works with JPG, PNG, WebP, HEIC and pasted screenshots. The image never leaves your browser.

### Features

- **Pixel-exact**: A zoomed loupe and arrow-key nudging land on exactly the pixel you want, even in fine details.
- **Every format**: HEX, RGB, HSL, HSV, CMYK, a CSS name and a Tailwind class — copy whichever your project uses.
- **Instant palette**: The main colours of the whole image, worked out automatically and sorted by how much space they take.
- **Accessible colours**: See at once whether the colour is readable on white or on black, with WCAG contrast ratios.
- **Colour history**: Every colour you pick is kept in a row of swatches, so you can compare and copy them all.
- **Private**: Pixels are read in your browser — logos, designs and screenshots are never uploaded.

### How to pick a colour from an image

1. **Open the image** — Drop a photo, screenshot or logo on the page, browse for it, or paste a screenshot with Ctrl+V.
2. **Aim with the magnifier** — Move over the image to see the pixels up close. On a phone, drag your finger and lift it to pick.
3. **Click to pick** — Click the pixel you want. Its HEX, RGB, HSL, HSV and CMYK codes appear on the right.
4. **Copy the code** — Press the copy button next to any format, or use the palette and history to copy several colours at once.

### Guide

#### Colour code formats explained

| Format | Example | Used for |
| --- | --- | --- |
| HEX | #1E90FF | Websites (HTML and CSS), design apps, brand guides |
| RGB | rgb(30, 144, 255) | CSS, screens, video and most software |
| HSL | hsl(210, 100%, 56%) | CSS — easy to make lighter, darker or less saturated versions |
| HSV / HSB | hsv(210, 88%, 100%) | Colour pickers in Photoshop, Figma and other design tools |
| CMYK | cmyk(88%, 44%, 0%, 0%) | A starting point for print — check final print colours with your printer |

#### Tips for accurate colours

- Use a PNG or a high-quality original where you can: JPG compression and resizing blend neighbouring pixels.
- In photos, average **3×3 or 5×5** pixels — single pixels vary because of noise and texture.
- Pick from flat areas of a logo, not its edges, where colours blend into the background.
- Screenshots show colours as your screen displays them, which may differ slightly from the original design file.

### FAQ

**How do I find the HEX code of a colour in an image?**
Open the image here and click the colour. The HEX code (such as #1E90FF) appears at the top of the list with a copy button, together with RGB, HSL, HSV and CMYK.

**Is my image uploaded?**
No. The image is opened and read entirely in your browser, so it never leaves your device.

**Can I pick a colour from my screen, outside the image?**
Yes, in Chrome, Edge and other Chromium browsers on a computer: press **Pick from screen** and click anywhere. Other browsers don’t offer this yet — take a screenshot and paste it instead.

**How is the colour palette made?**
The tool groups similar pixels together (k-means clustering in the CIELAB colour space, which matches how people see colour differences) and shows each group’s average colour, largest first.

**Why does the colour look slightly different from my design file?**
JPG compression, resizing and screen colour profiles all shift colours a little. For brand colours, pick from the original PNG or SVG export, or average a few pixels.

**What does the contrast ratio mean?**
It is the WCAG measure of how readable text is: at least 4.5:1 for normal text (AA) and 7:1 for AAA. The two cards show the picked colour as text on white and on black.

## Image to Grayscale Converter

URL: https://justtools.online/image-tools/image-to-grayscale/
Category: Image Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-07

Convert images to grayscale or black and white online: pick the method, adjust contrast, add sepia, and download in bulk as JPG, PNG or WebP. Free, no upload.

### At a glance

- Converts to **shades of grey** or pure **black and white**, with a before-and-after slider to compare.
- Seven ways to turn colour into grey: **Luminance** (Rec. 709 in linear light, the default), **Rec. 601**, average, lightness, or a single red, green or blue channel.
- Black and white uses an **automatic threshold** (Otsu’s method) or your own, with optional **Floyd–Steinberg dithering** to keep shading in photos.
- Adjust **intensity** (partly desaturated looks), **brightness** and **contrast**, and add a **sepia** tone.
- Converts **many images at once** and downloads them as a ZIP — as JPG, PNG or WebP. Neutral grey PNGs are saved as true **8-bit greyscale (1-bit for black and white)**, so files are much smaller.
- Works with JPG, PNG, WebP and HEIC. Images are processed in your browser and location data is removed.

### Features

- **Natural-looking greys**: The default method keeps the brightness you see, so reds and blues don’t turn muddy or washed out.
- **Crisp black and white**: Perfect for scans, signatures and line art — or dither photos for a newspaper-print look.
- **Batch conversion**: Drop a whole folder of photos; every image uses the same settings and downloads together as a ZIP.
- **Before and after**: Drag the slider over the preview to compare the original with the converted image.
- **Small files**: True greyscale PNGs store one value per pixel instead of three, typically far smaller than colour PNGs.
- **Private**: No uploads: conversion happens on your own device, even for large photos.

### How to convert an image to grayscale

1. **Add your images** — Drop one or more photos on the page, browse for them, or paste with Ctrl+V.
2. **Choose grey or black & white** — Pick **Shades of grey** or **Black & white**, and a method if you want a different look.
3. **Fine-tune** — Adjust brightness, contrast and intensity, or add a sepia tone. Drag the slider on the preview to compare.
4. **Download** — Download each image, or **Download all (ZIP)** — as JPG, PNG or WebP.

### Guide

#### Which grayscale method should I use?

| Method | Formula | Best for |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Luminance | 0.2126 R + 0.7152 G + 0.0722 B, in linear light | Photos — keeps the brightness people see |
| Rec. 601 | 0.299 R + 0.587 G + 0.114 B | Matching most other apps and older software |
| Average | (R + G + B) ÷ 3 | Quick, simple results |
| Lightness | (max + min) ÷ 2 | A soft, low-contrast look |
| Red channel | R | Dramatic skies and smooth skin, like a red filter on film |
| Green / blue channel | G or B | Foliage detail (green) or a moody, grainy look (blue) |

#### Grayscale or black and white?

**Grayscale** keeps up to 256 shades of grey, so a photo still shows every tone — this is what most people mean by a black-and-white photo.

**Black and white** (1-bit) uses only pure black and pure white. It suits scanned documents, signatures, stamps, logos and line drawings, and makes the smallest files. Turn on **dithering** to fake grey tones with dots when converting photos.

### FAQ

**How do I convert a photo to black and white?**
Drop the photo here: it is converted to grayscale straight away. Drag the slider to compare, adjust contrast if you like, then press the download button.

**Is grayscale the same as black and white?**
In everyday language, yes — a "black and white photo" is grayscale, with many shades of grey. Choose **Black & white** here for pure black and white only, for example for scanned documents.

**Are my photos uploaded?**
No. Everything happens in your browser, so your photos never leave your device.

**Can I convert several images at once?**
Yes. Add as many images as you want; they all use the same settings, and **Download all (ZIP)** saves them in one file.

**Why is the grayscale PNG smaller than the original?**
A colour PNG stores red, green and blue for every pixel. A greyscale PNG stores just one grey value (or a single bit for black and white), so the same picture takes far less space — with no loss of quality.

**Can I make a sepia photo?**
Yes. Choose **Sepia** under Tone for the warm brown look of old photographs; it works in both grey and black-and-white modes.

## Crop Image

URL: https://justtools.online/image-tools/crop-image/
Category: Image Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-07

Crop images online to any size or ratio: 1:1, 16:9, Instagram and YouTube sizes, circle crop, rotate, flip and straighten. Free, private and full quality.

### At a glance

- Crop freehand or to a fixed ratio — **1:1, 4:3, 3:2, 16:9, 4:5, 3:4, 2:3, 9:16**, the photo’s own ratio or a custom one.
- Ready-made sizes for **Instagram** (1080×1080, 1080×1350, stories 1080×1920), **YouTube thumbnails** (1280×720), X and LinkedIn headers, Facebook covers and profile pictures.
- Type exact **X, Y, width and height** in pixels, and optionally resize the result to any width and height.
- **Rotate** by 90°, **flip**, and **straighten** tilted photos by up to 45° — the crop automatically fits inside the photo so no empty corners show.
- **Circle crop** for profile pictures, with a transparent background in PNG and WebP.
- Saves at full resolution as JPG, PNG or WebP (HEIC opens too). The image is processed in your browser and never uploaded.

### Features

- **Precise control**: Drag eight handles, nudge with arrow keys, or type exact pixel values.
- **Social media sizes**: One click sets both the shape and the final pixel size for Instagram, YouTube, X, LinkedIn and Facebook.
- **Straighten and rotate**: Fix a tilted horizon and turn or mirror the photo before you crop.
- **Circle crop**: Round profile pictures with a transparent background, ready for any app.
- **Full quality**: The crop is taken from the original pixels, with careful resizing when you scale down.
- **Private**: No upload and no watermark — the photo stays on your device.

### How to crop an image

1. **Open the image** — Drop a photo on the page, browse for it, or paste with Ctrl+V.
2. **Choose a shape** — Pick an aspect ratio such as 1:1 or 16:9, a social media size, or keep it free. Choose **Circle** for round profile pictures.
3. **Adjust the crop** — Drag the corners and edges, move the box, or type exact values. Rotate, flip or straighten if needed.
4. **Download** — Check the preview and size, choose JPG, PNG or WebP, and press **Download**.

### Guide

#### Common image sizes

| Use | Size (pixels) | Ratio |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Instagram square post | 1080 × 1080 | 1:1 |
| Instagram portrait post | 1080 × 1350 | 4:5 |
| Instagram / WhatsApp story, Reels | 1080 × 1920 | 9:16 |
| YouTube thumbnail | 1280 × 720 | 16:9 |
| X (Twitter) header | 1500 × 500 | 3:1 |
| LinkedIn banner | 1584 × 396 | 4:1 |
| Facebook cover | 851 × 315 | ≈ 2.7:1 |

#### Cropping tips

- Use the **rule-of-thirds** grid: place eyes, horizons and key details on the lines rather than dead centre.
- Leave a little space in the direction a person is looking or moving.
- Crop before resizing — cropping a large original keeps more detail than cropping a small copy.
- For profile pictures, centre the face in a square crop: most apps show it as a circle.

### FAQ

**How do I crop an image to a specific size?**
Pick a ratio, then type the width and height under **Resize to** — or choose a social media size, which sets both. The crop box keeps the right shape while you move it.

**Does cropping reduce quality?**
No. The crop is cut from the original pixels at full resolution. Quality only changes if you resize the result or save as JPG/WebP — use quality 90 or higher, or PNG, to keep it pristine.

**How do I crop an image into a circle?**
Choose **Circle** under Shape. The square crop becomes a circle with a transparent outside when you save as PNG or WebP.

**Is my photo uploaded?**
No. Cropping happens entirely in your browser, so the photo never leaves your device.

**Can I straighten a crooked photo?**
Yes. Drag the **Straighten** slider until the horizon is level; the crop shrinks automatically so no empty corners appear.

**Which format should I download?**
JPG for photos (smallest files), PNG for screenshots, graphics and transparent circles, and WebP for websites. **Original** keeps JPG, PNG and WebP in their own format; HEIC and other formats are saved as WebP (or JPG).

## Favicon Generator

URL: https://justtools.online/image-tools/favicon-generator/
Category: Image Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-07

Create a favicon from an image, text or emoji: get favicon.ico, SVG, Apple touch and Android icons, the web manifest and HTML code. Free, nothing uploaded.

### At a glance

- Make a favicon from an **image** (SVG, PNG, JPG, WebP or HEIC), from **text** — one to four letters in Poppins, Inter or Lora, Hindi included — or from an **emoji**.
- One ZIP with everything a modern site needs: **favicon.ico** (16, 32 and 48 px), **favicon.svg**, favicon-96x96.png, **apple-touch-icon.png** (180 px), 192 and 512 px app icons, a **maskable** Android icon and **site.webmanifest**.
- Copy-ready **HTML for <head>**, plus where to put each file in a Next.js app.
- Live previews: actual 16, 32 and 48 px sizes, browser tabs in light and dark mode, a Google search result and iPhone and Android home screens.
- Choose a background colour or transparency, a square, rounded or circle shape and the padding. SVG logos and text stay vector in favicon.svg, so they are sharp at any size.
- Everything is made in your browser — your logo is never uploaded.

### Features

- **Complete package**: Every file browsers, iPhones, Android and Google Search look for — named and sized correctly.
- **From text or emoji**: No logo yet? Make a clean letter icon in seconds, with real font outlines, not a screenshot.
- **Real-size previews**: See exactly how the icon looks at 16 px in a browser tab, on dark tabs and on phone home screens.
- **Safe Android icons**: The maskable icon keeps your logo inside the safe zone, so circle and squircle crops never cut it off.
- **Code included**: The <head> tags and web manifest are written for you — just upload and paste.
- **Private**: Nothing is uploaded: icons are drawn and zipped on your device.

### How to make a favicon

1. **Choose the source** — Upload your logo (SVG is best), or type one or two letters, or pick an emoji.
2. **Style it** — Pick a background colour (or none), a shape and the padding. Check the 16 px preview and the dark browser tab.
3. **Add your site name** — Enter the name and theme colour used by phones when your site is added to the home screen.
4. **Download and install** — Download the ZIP, upload the files to your site’s root folder and paste the HTML into <head>.

### Guide

#### Which favicon files do you need?

| File | Size | Used by |
| --- | --- | --- |
| favicon.ico | 16, 32, 48 px | All browsers, bookmarks, and tools that ask for /favicon.ico |
| favicon.svg | Any size | Modern browsers — sharp on every screen |
| favicon-96x96.png | 96 × 96 | Browsers and Google Search, which wants a multiple of 48 px |
| apple-touch-icon.png | 180 × 180 | iPhone and iPad home screen and bookmarks |
| web-app-manifest-192x192.png | 192 × 192 | Android home screen |
| web-app-manifest-512x512.png | 512 × 512 | Android splash screen and installed web apps |
| maskable-icon-512x512.png | 512 × 512 | Android adaptive icons (circles, squircles and other shapes) |
| site.webmanifest | — | App name, colours and icons for “Add to home screen” |

#### Tips for a favicon that stands out

- Keep it simple: a symbol or one or two letters. Detailed logos turn into a blur at 16 pixels.
- Check the **dark tab** preview — a black logo on a transparent background disappears in dark mode. Add a background colour or a light outline.
- Use strong contrast between the letters and the background.
- Use an SVG logo if you have one: favicon.svg stays crisp on high-resolution screens.
- Browsers cache favicons for a long time. Open your site in a private window to see the new one.

### FAQ

**What size should a favicon be?**
Browsers use 16 × 16 and 32 × 32 pixels (48 × 48 on Windows), all stored in favicon.ico. Apple devices use a 180 × 180 icon, Android uses 192 × 192 and 512 × 512, and Google Search needs a size that is a multiple of 48 px. This tool makes all of them.

**How do I add a favicon to my website?**
Upload the files from the ZIP to the root folder of your site (where index.html is), then paste the HTML code from this page into the <head> of every page — or your site template.

**How do I add a favicon in WordPress?**
Go to **Appearance → Customize → Site Identity → Site Icon** (or **Settings → General** in newer versions) and upload web-app-manifest-512x512.png. WordPress creates the other sizes itself.

**Why don’t I see my new favicon?**
Browsers cache favicons aggressively. Open the site in a private window or clear the cache. Google Search updates its favicon when it next crawls your home page, which can take days or weeks.

**Do I still need favicon.ico?**
Yes. Many browsers, RSS readers and other tools still ask for /favicon.ico automatically. Modern browsers then prefer favicon.svg or the PNGs listed in your HTML.

**What is a maskable icon?**
Android crops app icons into circles, squircles or rounded squares. A maskable icon has a full background and keeps the logo inside a central safe zone, so nothing important is cut off whatever shape the phone uses.

**Is my logo uploaded?**
No. The icons are drawn in your browser and zipped on your device; nothing is sent anywhere.

## Unit Converter

URL: https://justtools.online/converters/unit-converter/
Category: Converters
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-07

Convert length, weight, area, volume, temperature, speed, data and 8 more quantities — including guntha, bigha, tola and lakh. Type “5 ft 10 in to cm”.

### At a glance

- **15 categories**: length, weight, temperature, area, volume, speed, time, data storage, pressure, energy, power, fuel economy, angle, frequency and lakh/crore numbers.
- Uses the **exact definitions**: 1 inch = 2.54 cm, 1 foot = 0.3048 m, 1 pound = 0.45359237 kg, 1 US gallon = 3.785411784 litres.
- **Indian units**: guntha, cent, ground, marla, kanal, gaj (square yard), bigha and katha (West Bengal), tola and quintal, lakh and crore.
- Type a conversion in plain words — **“5 ft 10 in to cm”**, “100 kmph in mph”, “1.5 ton to kW” (AC tonnage) — and get the answer instantly.
- See the value in **every unit** of a category at once, with the formula, adjustable precision and Indian (12,34,567) or international number grouping.

### Features

- **Type to convert**: Write conversions the way you say them, including feet-and-inches and °F to °C.
- **Exact factors**: Legal definitions of the inch, pound and gallon, so results match textbooks and spec sheets.
- **Land units of India**: Guntha, cent, ground, marla, kanal and gaj alongside acres, hectares and square feet.
- **All units at once**: One value shown in every unit of the category — copy any of them with a click.
- **Binary and decimal data**: GB and GiB, MB and MiB, megabits and megabytes — clearly separated.
- **Remembers your choice**: Your last category, units and number style are kept on this device.

### How to convert units

1. **Pick a category** — Choose length, weight, area or another quantity — or type a conversion in the box at the top.
2. **Enter a value** — Type the number and choose the units to convert from and to. Press ⇄ to swap them.
3. **Read and copy** — The answer appears instantly with its formula. Copy it, or see the value in every other unit below.

### Guide

#### Common conversions

| From | To | Multiply by |
| --- | --- | --- |
| inches | centimetres | 2.54 |
| feet | metres | 0.3048 |
| miles | kilometres | 1.609344 |
| pounds | kilograms | 0.45359237 |
| acres | square feet | 43,560 |
| hectares | acres | 2.47105 |
| square yards (gaj) | square feet | 9 |
| guntha | square feet | 1,089 |
| US gallons | litres | 3.785411784 |
| °C | °F | × 9/5, then + 32 |

#### Indian land measurement units

Land is still measured in local units in much of India. This converter uses these sizes: **1 guntha = 1,089 sq ft** (Maharashtra, Karnataka, Telangana), **1 cent = 435.6 sq ft** (1/100 acre, used in South India), **1 ground = 2,400 sq ft** (Tamil Nadu), **1 marla = 272.25 sq ft** and **1 kanal = 20 marla = 5,445 sq ft** (Punjab, Haryana), and **1 gaj = 1 sq yard = 9 sq ft**.

The **bigha** and **katha** differ from state to state, and even between districts. The converter uses the West Bengal and Assam sizes (1 bigha = 14,400 sq ft, 1 katha = 720 sq ft) — check the local value with your land records office before a sale.

### FAQ

**How many cm is 5 feet 10 inches?**
5 ft 10 in is 177.8 cm. Type “5 ft 10 in to cm” in the box at the top to convert any height.

**How do I convert Celsius to Fahrenheit?**
Multiply by 9/5 and add 32: 37 °C × 9/5 + 32 = 98.6 °F. To go back, subtract 32 and multiply by 5/9.

**How many square feet are in a guntha, acre or bigha?**
A guntha is 1,089 sq ft and an acre is 43,560 sq ft (40 guntha). A bigha differs by state; in West Bengal and Assam it is 14,400 sq ft.

**What is the difference between GB and GiB?**
A gigabyte (GB) is 1,000,000,000 bytes; a gibibyte (GiB) is 1,073,741,824 bytes (1024³). Drive makers use GB, while Windows shows sizes in GiB but labels them “GB” — which is why a 1 TB drive appears as about 931 GB.

**How do I convert lakh and crore to million?**
1 lakh = 100,000 and 1 crore = 10 million, so 10 lakh = 1 million and 100 crore = 1 billion. Choose the “Lakh & crore” category.

**What does an AC “ton” mean?**
It measures cooling power: 1 ton of refrigeration = 12,000 BTU per hour ≈ 3.517 kW of cooling. A 1.5 ton AC removes about 5.3 kW of heat — it is not its electricity use.

## Unix Timestamp Converter

URL: https://justtools.online/converters/unix-timestamp-converter/
Category: Converters
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-07

Convert Unix epoch time to a date in any time zone and back. Detects seconds, ms, µs and ns; also Excel, LDAP and WebKit times, and timestamps in logs.

### At a glance

- Shows the **current Unix time** live, in seconds and milliseconds, ready to copy.
- **Detects the unit** of a timestamp — seconds, milliseconds, microseconds or nanoseconds — and keeps nanosecond precision.
- Converts to **ISO 8601**, RFC 2822/HTTP date, a readable date and “3 days ago”, in **any IANA time zone**, with day of the year and ISO week.
- Turns a date and time in any zone back into epoch time, handling **daylight-saving** changes correctly.
- Also reads and writes **Excel serial dates**, **Windows FILETIME/LDAP**, **WebKit/Chrome** time, **Apple Cocoa** time and **Julian days**.
- Finds the 10- and 13-digit timestamps in **pasted logs or JSON** and adds the date next to each one.

### Features

- **Any unit**: Paste a 10, 13, 16 or 19-digit timestamp — the unit is detected for you.
- **Every time zone**: All IANA zones from your browser, with correct offsets for the date, including DST.
- **Both directions**: Epoch to date, and date to epoch — or paste any date text to inspect it.
- **Developer formats**: Excel, LDAP/Active Directory, Chrome history, Apple and Julian timestamps in one place.
- **Log decoder**: Make server logs readable by annotating or replacing every Unix timestamp.
- **Private**: Everything runs in your browser; nothing you paste is sent anywhere.

### How to convert a Unix timestamp

1. **Paste the timestamp** — Enter it under **Timestamp to date** — seconds, milliseconds or more are detected automatically.
2. **Choose a time zone** — Pick your zone, UTC or any other, to see the local date and time.
3. **Copy the format you need** — Copy ISO 8601, the readable date or any other format from the list.

### Guide

#### Get the current Unix time in code

| Language | Seconds | Milliseconds |
| --- | --- | --- |
| JavaScript | `Math.floor(Date.now() / 1000)` | `Date.now()` |
| Python | `int(time.time())` | `time.time_ns() // 1_000_000` |
| Java | `Instant.now().getEpochSecond()` | `System.currentTimeMillis()` |
| Go | `time.Now().Unix()` | `time.Now().UnixMilli()` |
| PHP | `time()` | `(int) (microtime(true) * 1000)` |
| C# | `DateTimeOffset.UtcNow.ToUnixTimeSeconds()` | `DateTimeOffset.UtcNow.ToUnixTimeMilliseconds()` |
| MySQL | `UNIX_TIMESTAMP()` | `ROUND(UNIX_TIMESTAMP(NOW(3)) * 1000)` |
| PostgreSQL | `extract(epoch from now())::bigint` | `(extract(epoch from now()) * 1000)::bigint` |
| Bash | `date +%s` | `date +%s%3N` |

#### Notable Unix times

| Timestamp | Date (UTC) | Why it matters |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 0 | 1 January 1970, 00:00:00 | The Unix epoch |
| 1,000,000,000 | 9 September 2001, 01:46:40 | The billionth second |
| 1,234,567,890 | 13 February 2009, 23:31:30 | A famous “counting” moment |
| 2,000,000,000 | 18 May 2033, 03:33:20 | Two billion seconds |
| 2,147,483,647 | 19 January 2038, 03:14:07 | Largest signed 32-bit time — the Year 2038 problem |

### FAQ

**What is Unix time (epoch time)?**
The number of seconds since 00:00:00 UTC on 1 January 1970, not counting leap seconds. It is the same everywhere in the world; time zones only change how it is displayed.

**Is my timestamp in seconds or milliseconds?**
Count the digits: today’s times have 10 digits in seconds and 13 in milliseconds (16 in microseconds, 19 in nanoseconds). The converter detects this automatically.

**What is the Year 2038 problem?**
Systems that store Unix time as a signed 32-bit number overflow after 2,147,483,647 — 03:14:07 UTC on 19 January 2038. Modern systems use 64-bit time, which lasts billions of years.

**How do I convert an Excel date to a timestamp?**
Choose “Excel / Sheets serial date” as the format and paste the number. Excel counts days from 30 December 1899, so 45292 is 1 January 2024.

**Does Unix time change with daylight saving?**
No. Unix time always counts UTC seconds. Daylight saving only changes the local time shown for it — which the converter applies for the zone you choose.

## Emoji & Kaomoji Picker

URL: https://justtools.online/text-tools/emoji-kaomoji-picker/
Category: Text Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-07

Search and copy every emoji, 200 kaomoji like ¯\_(ツ)_/¯ and 270+ text symbols with one click. Skin tones, recents and Unicode codes for developers.

### At a glance

- **Every emoji** up to Emoji 17, with names and keywords from the Unicode CLDR — search “party”, “india” or a shortcode like :joy:.
- **200 kaomoji** (Japanese text faces) in 19 moods — happy, love, shrug ¯\_(ツ)_/¯, table flip, cats, bears and more.
- **270+ text symbols**: arrows, stars, hearts, check marks, maths, currency (₹ € £), fractions, superscripts, keyboard keys and chess.
- Click to copy, or switch on **Collect into text** to build a message from several picks. Recently used items and your skin tone are remembered on this device.
- For developers: each emoji’s **code points**, HTML entity, CSS, JavaScript and Python escapes, URL encoding and UTF-8 bytes.
- Emoji your device can’t draw yet are hidden automatically, so you only see emoji that will show up.

### Features

- **Smart search**: Names, keywords and GitHub-style shortcodes — find 😂 by typing “laugh”, “joy” or :joy:.
- **Skin tones**: Pick a tone once and every hand and person emoji uses it.
- **Kaomoji for every mood**: From (◕‿◕) to (╯°□°）╯︵ ┻━┻, grouped and searchable.
- **Symbols that work anywhere**: Text symbols paste into names, bios, documents and code without images.
- **Compose messages**: Collect several emoji and symbols, then copy them all at once.
- **Unicode details**: Code points and escapes ready to paste into HTML, CSS, JavaScript or Python.

### How to copy an emoji or kaomoji

1. **Choose a tab** — Pick **Emoji**, **Kaomoji** or **Symbols**.
2. **Search or browse** — Type a word like “heart” or “shrug”, or jump to a category.
3. **Click to copy** — Click any item — it is copied to your clipboard. Paste it anywhere with Ctrl+V (or long-press on a phone).

### Guide

#### Popular kaomoji

| Kaomoji | Meaning |
| --- | --- |
| ¯\_(ツ)_/¯ | Shrug — “whatever” or “I don’t know” |
| (╯°□°）╯︵ ┻━┻ | Table flip — frustration |
| ┬─┬ノ( º _ ºノ) | Putting the table back — calming down |
| ( ͡° ͜ʖ ͡°) | Lenny face — cheeky or suggestive |
| ಠ_ಠ | Look of disapproval |
| ʕ•ᴥ•ʔ | Bear |
| (づ｡◕‿‿◕｡)づ | Sending a hug |
| m(_ _)m | A deep bow — thanks or sorry |

#### Emoji in HTML and code

Emoji are ordinary Unicode characters, so you can paste them straight into UTF-8 web pages, documents and source code. Where you need plain ASCII, use the **HTML entity** (😀 is `&#x1F600;`), the **CSS escape** (`\1F600`, for `content`), or the **JavaScript escape** (`\u{1F600}`) shown for every emoji in the details panel.

Some emoji are sequences of several code points — skin tones, flags and family emoji join characters with modifiers or a zero-width joiner — which is why their codes list more than one value.

### FAQ

**How do I copy and paste an emoji?**
Click it — it is copied straight away. Then paste with Ctrl+V on a computer, or long-press and choose Paste on a phone.

**What is a kaomoji?**
A kaomoji is a Japanese-style face made from text characters, read the right way up — like (^_^) or ¯\_(ツ)_/¯. They work anywhere text does, without emoji support.

**Why do some emoji look different on another phone?**
Each system — Apple, Google, Samsung, Microsoft — draws emoji in its own style. The character is the same; only the picture differs. Very new emoji may show as a box on older systems.

**Why do flags look like letters on Windows?**
Windows doesn’t include flag emoji, so it shows the two letters that make up the flag (like IN for India). They still copy correctly and appear as flags on phones and Macs.

**Is anything I type sent anywhere?**
No. Search, copying and your recent items all stay in your browser.

## GST Invoice Generator

URL: https://justtools.online/business-tools/gst-invoice-generator/
Category: Business Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-07

Make GST tax invoices in your browser: CGST, SGST or IGST worked out, GSTIN check, HSN summary and a UPI QR code. Download a PDF — free, no sign-up.

### At a glance

- Makes **tax invoices**, **bills of supply**, **proforma invoices** and **quotations** as a ready-to-send A4 PDF with real, searchable text.
- Charges **CGST + SGST** when the place of supply is in your state and **IGST** when it isn’t — per item, rounded to the paisa, with an **HSN/SAC-wise tax summary**.
- **Checks GSTINs** (format, state code and check digit) and fills in the state and PAN from them.
- Adds a **UPI QR code** for the exact amount, your bank details, logo, signature, the amount in words and an optional **original, duplicate and triplicate** set.
- Handles **discounts**, **GST-inclusive prices**, round-off and numbering (INV-007 → INV-008). Long item lists continue onto more pages.
- Works **offline** once loaded: your business details, customers and the last invoice are saved only in this browser, with a backup file you can keep.

### Features

- **GST worked out**: Choose 0, 5, 18% or another GST rate for each item; the right split of CGST, SGST or IGST is calculated for you.
- **GSTIN check**: Typos in a GSTIN are caught by its check digit before the invoice goes out.
- **Get paid faster**: A UPI QR code for the invoice amount lets customers pay from any UPI app.
- **Looks professional**: Your logo, colours and signature on a clean layout with the totals in words.
- **Saved customers**: Save regular customers once and pick them for the next bill.
- **Private and offline**: No account, no server: the PDF is made on your device and nothing is uploaded.

### How to make a GST invoice

1. **Enter your business details** — Add your name, address, GSTIN, bank and UPI ID. They are saved for your next invoice.
2. **Add the customer** — Type the buyer’s details and GSTIN (if registered), or pick a saved customer. The place of supply sets CGST/SGST or IGST.
3. **Add items** — Enter each item with its HSN/SAC code, quantity, rate, discount and GST rate. Totals update as you type.
4. **Download the PDF** — Check the preview and press **Download PDF**. Use **Next invoice** to start the next one with the following number.

### Guide

#### What a GST tax invoice must show

- Your name, address and **GSTIN**, and a **unique invoice number** (up to 16 characters) and date.
- The buyer’s name and address, and their GSTIN if they are registered.
- The **place of supply** (state name and code), for supplies between states.
- For each item: description, **HSN or SAC code**, quantity and unit, value, discount and the **taxable value**.
- The GST rate and amount — **CGST and SGST**, or **IGST** — and the invoice total.
- Whether tax is payable on **reverse charge**, and the signature of the supplier or an authorised person.

#### CGST, SGST or IGST?

| Supply | Tax charged | Example at 18% |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Within the same state (intra-state) | CGST + SGST, half each | 9% CGST + 9% SGST |
| Within a union territory without a legislature | CGST + UTGST, half each | 9% CGST + 9% UTGST |
| To another state (inter-state) | IGST | 18% IGST |

### FAQ

**Is this GST invoice generator free?**
Yes — free, with no sign-up, no watermark and no limit on invoices.

**Does it work offline?**
Yes. Once the page has loaded, invoices are made entirely in your browser, so you can keep working without internet. Your details are saved on this device only.

**When is IGST charged instead of CGST and SGST?**
When the place of supply is in a different state from yours. Within your state, the GST rate is split equally into CGST and SGST. The invoice switches automatically when you choose the customer’s state.

**What is a bill of supply?**
An invoice without GST, issued by composition dealers or for exempt goods and services. Choose **Bill of Supply** and no tax is charged or shown.

**Can I add a UPI QR code to the invoice?**
Yes. Enter your UPI ID under Payment; the PDF gets a QR code for the exact invoice amount that any UPI app can scan.

**Is my data safe?**
Nothing is uploaded. Your business details, customers and invoices stay in this browser — download a backup file to move them to another device.

**Does it make e-invoices with an IRN?**
No. E-invoicing (IRN and QR from the government portal) is required only above a turnover limit and needs the IRP portal. This tool makes regular GST invoices.

## Salary Slip Generator

URL: https://justtools.online/business-tools/salary-slip-generator/
Category: Business Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-07

Make monthly salary slips as PDF: earnings, PF, ESI, professional tax and TDS worked out, loss of pay and net pay in words. Free, private, no sign-up.

### At a glance

- Makes a one-page **A4 payslip PDF** with your company logo, employee details, earnings, deductions and **net pay in figures and words**.
- Works out **employee PF** (12% of Basic + DA, with the optional ₹15,000 wage ceiling) and **ESI** (0.75% while the monthly gross is ₹21,000 or less, rounded up).
- Adds **professional tax**, **TDS** and any other deductions such as loans or advances.
- Handles **loss of pay**: earnings are paid for the days worked, with monthly and earned amounts shown side by side.
- Can show the **employer’s PF and ESI** and the month’s cost to company, and split a monthly gross into Basic, HRA and special allowance.
- Everything is saved only in this browser; press **Next month** to make the following payslip.

### Features

- **Statutory deductions**: PF and ESI follow the current rates and limits, so you don’t calculate them by hand.
- **Loss of pay**: Enter the paid days; every earning is pro-rated automatically.
- **Your branding**: Company logo, address and colours on a clean, printable layout.
- **Month to month**: Save the structure once and create next month’s payslip in a click.
- **Net pay in words**: Written the Indian way — lakh and crore, rupees and paise.
- **Private**: Salary details never leave your device; nothing is uploaded or stored online.

### How to make a salary slip

1. **Enter company and employee** — Add the company name and logo, then the employee’s name, ID, designation, PAN, UAN and bank.
2. **Set the salary** — Enter each earning for a full month — or type the monthly gross and press **Split**.
3. **Check deductions** — PF and ESI are worked out; add professional tax, TDS and any other deductions, and the paid days.
4. **Download** — Press **Download PDF**. Next month, press **Next month** and change only what’s different.

### Guide

#### How the deductions are calculated

| Deduction | Rule used |
| --- | --- |
| Provident fund (PF) | 12% of Basic + DA; with the wage ceiling, on at most ₹15,000 (₹1,800 a month) |
| Employer PF | Another 12%: 8.33% to the pension scheme (on up to ₹15,000) and the rest to PF |
| ESI (employee) | 0.75% of gross pay when the monthly gross is ₹21,000 or less, rounded up to the rupee |
| ESI (employer) | 3.25% of gross pay on the same condition |
| Professional tax | Set by each state, up to ₹2,500 a year — enter your state’s amount |
| TDS | Income tax deducted at source, as worked out for the employee’s regime |

#### Loss of pay

When an employee is paid for fewer days than the month has, each earning is reduced in proportion: **earned = monthly amount × paid days ÷ days in the month**. For example, ₹45,000 Basic with 27 of 30 days paid gives ₹40,500. PF and ESI are then worked out on the reduced pay.

### FAQ

**Is this salary slip generator free?**
Yes — free, without sign-up or watermark, for as many employees and months as you like.

**How is PF calculated on a payslip?**
The employee contributes 12% of Basic + DA. Most employers apply it on wages of at most ₹15,000, which caps it at ₹1,800 a month; switch the ceiling off to use the full Basic.

**When is ESI deducted?**
When the employee’s gross pay is ₹21,000 a month or less. The employee pays 0.75% and the employer 3.25%, both rounded up to the next rupee.

**Is a computer-generated payslip valid?**
Yes. Payslips from payroll software are routinely accepted without a signature; the PDF says it is computer-generated. Some banks or landlords may ask for a stamped copy or a salary certificate.

**Where is my data stored?**
Only in this browser. Download a backup file to keep the details or move them to another computer.

## Bingo Card Generator

URL: https://justtools.online/games/bingo-card-generator/
Category: Games
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-07

Make printable bingo cards, Tambola (Housie) tickets or word bingo — unique and numbered — then call the game on screen with voice and check winners.

### At a glance

- Three games: **75-ball bingo** (B 1–15, I 16–30, N 31–45, G 46–60, O 61–75), **90-ball Tambola / Housie** and **word bingo** with your own words.
- Tambola tickets follow the real rules — 3 rows × 9 columns, 15 numbers, 5 in each row — and every **strip of 6 tickets uses each number from 1 to 90 exactly once**.
- Up to **300 unique, numbered cards** as a print-ready PDF (A4 or US Letter, 1, 2 or 4 cards per page), with an optional **caller’s board** to cross off.
- A **built-in caller** draws numbers in a fair random order, **reads them aloud** (with traditional calls like “Two little ducks — 22”), can call automatically and keeps a board of called numbers.
- **Check any card** by its number: lines, four corners and full house for bingo; early five, top, middle and bottom lines and full house for Tambola — plus a list of every card that has won.
- Free, with no sign-up; cards and the game in progress are kept only in this browser.

### Features

- **Real Tambola tickets**: Proper strips of six, so a full set of tickets covers every number once — just like printed books.
- **Your own words**: Baby shower, classroom vocabulary, office buzzwords — 3×3, 4×4 or 5×5 cards from any list.
- **Caller included**: No bag of balls needed: draw, display and announce each number from a laptop or phone.
- **Instant prize checks**: Type a card number to confirm a claim in seconds, with every marked square shown.
- **Print-ready**: Crisp vector PDFs with your title and colours, numbered so every card is unique and traceable.
- **Fair**: Cards and calls come from your browser’s cryptographic random generator.

### How to make bingo cards and call a game

1. **Choose the game** — Pick 75-ball bingo, Tambola / Housie, or word bingo and type your words.
2. **Set up the cards** — Choose how many cards, a title, colours and how many to print on each page.
3. **Print** — Press **Download PDF** and print the cards (and the caller’s board if you like).
4. **Play** — Open **Call numbers** and press **Call next** (or Space). When someone shouts, check their card number under **Check a card**.

### Guide

#### Tambola (Housie) prizes

| Prize | How to win |
| --- | --- |
| Early five | The first five numbers marked anywhere on the ticket |
| Top line | Every number in the first row |
| Middle line | Every number in the second row |
| Bottom line | Every number in the third row |
| Full house | All 15 numbers on the ticket |

#### Ideas for word bingo

- **Classroom**: vocabulary words, spelling lists, maths answers (call the question, mark the answer), country capitals.
- **Baby shower**: gifts you expect — bib, rattle, onesie, blanket — marked as they are unwrapped.
- **Office or online meetings**: “buzzword bingo” with phrases like “circle back” and “you’re on mute”.
- **Road trips and festivals**: things to spot — a cow, a red car, a temple, a toll booth.

### FAQ

**Are all the bingo cards different?**
Yes. Every card in a set is checked against the others, so no two are alike. Each has its own number for checking claims.

**How do Tambola tickets work?**
Each ticket has 3 rows and 9 columns with 15 numbers — 5 in each row. The first column holds 1–9, the next 10–19 and so on up to 80–90. Six tickets make a strip that uses every number from 1 to 90 once.

**Can it call the numbers for me?**
Yes. Open **Call numbers** and press **Call next** — or switch on automatic calling. Each number is shown large and read aloud by your device’s voice, with traditional Tambola calls if you like.

**How do I check if a card has won?**
Under **Check a card**, type the number printed on the card. You will see the card with every called number marked and which prizes it has won.

**How many words do I need for word bingo?**
24 for a 5×5 card with a free centre (25 without), 16 for 4×4, and 8 for 3×3 with a free centre. Use more words than that so the cards differ more.

**Is it free to print?**
Yes — free, with no sign-up and no watermark, for as many cards as you need.

## Coin Flip

URL: https://justtools.online/games/coin-flip/
Category: Games
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-07

Flip a coin online: a fair 50/50 heads or tails toss with a 3D coin. Flip up to 10 coins, play best of 3, use custom sides and see your stats. Free.

### At a glance

- Every toss is a **fair 50/50** result from your browser’s cryptographic random number generator.
- A realistic **3D coin** in gold, silver or rupee style — with Heads/Tails, Yes/No, **Bat/Bowl for a cricket toss**, or your own two words or pictures.
- Flip **up to 10 coins** at once, or play a **best of 3, 5 or 7** series.
- **Statistics**: heads and tails counts and percentages, the current and longest streak, and quick runs of 10, 100 or 1,000 flips.
- Streaks are more common than people expect: in 100 flips there is a **54.6% chance** of six or more heads in a row somewhere.

### Features

- **Truly random**: Not a pattern or a timer — each result uses the same randomness that protects passwords and encryption.
- **Settle it fairly**: Best-of series for bigger decisions, so one lucky toss doesn’t decide everything.
- **Your own choices**: Put names, foods or photos on the two sides and let the coin choose.
- **See probability at work**: Run 1,000 flips in a click and watch the split settle near 50%.
- **Feels real**: A spinning 3D coin, a clink when it lands and a buzz on phones.
- **Works anywhere**: Phones, tablets and computers — press Space to flip on a keyboard.

### How to flip a coin online

1. **Choose the sides** — Keep Heads/Tails, pick Yes/No or Bat/Bowl, or type your own two options.
2. **Flip** — Press **Flip the coin** (or Space). The coin spins and lands on a random side.
3. **Read the result** — The result appears under the coin and is added to your statistics.

### Guide

#### Chances of streaks

| Event | Chance |
| --- | --- |
| Heads on one flip | 1 in 2 (50%) |
| Heads three times in a row | 1 in 8 (12.5%) |
| Heads five times in a row | 1 in 32 (3.1%) |
| Heads ten times in a row | 1 in 1,024 (0.1%) |
| Three heads in a row somewhere in 10 flips | 50.8% |
| Six heads in a row somewhere in 100 flips | 54.6% |

#### Is the next flip “due”?

No. A fair coin has no memory: after five heads in a row, the next flip is still exactly 50/50. Believing otherwise is called the **gambler’s fallacy**. What does happen is that over thousands of flips the *percentage* of heads drifts towards 50% — try the 1,000-flip button to see it.

### FAQ

**Is this coin flip really random?**
Yes. Each result comes from your browser’s cryptographic random number generator (crypto.getRandomValues), so heads and tails are equally likely and no flip depends on the one before.

**Can I use it for a cricket toss?**
Yes. Choose **Bat / Bowl** and let the coin decide — or keep Heads/Tails and have the captains call it.

**Is a real coin toss 50/50?**
Almost. A 2023 study by Bartoš and colleagues, with 350,757 real flips, found coins land on the side they started on slightly more often — about 50.8% of the time. This virtual coin has no starting side, so it is exactly 50/50.

**Can I flip more than one coin?**
Yes, up to 10 at once — the result shows how many landed heads and tails. For quick experiments, add 10, 100 or 1,000 flips to the statistics.

**What does best of 3 mean?**
The first side to win two flips wins (three for best of 5, four for best of 7). It makes a decision feel fairer than a single toss.

## ATS Resume Checker

URL: https://justtools.online/career-tools/ats-resume-checker/
Category: Career Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-07

Free ATS resume checker: see what applicant tracking systems read from your PDF or Word resume, get a score with clear fixes, and match it to any job.

### At a glance

- Reads your **PDF or Word (.docx)** resume the way ATS software does and shows the **text it extracts** and the **details it fills in** — name, email, phone, location, LinkedIn, experience, education and skills.
- **40+ checks** in four groups — readability, contact details, sections and dates, and content — with an **ATS score out of 100** and a plain-English fix for every problem.
- Finds what trips parsers up: **two-column layouts, layout tables, text boxes, headers and footers, icon fonts, spaced-out headings, scanned pages** and garbled text.
- **Job match**: paste a job description to see which **hard skills, soft skills and keywords** you’re missing, and whether you meet the job title, years of experience and degree it asks for.
- Recognises **350+ skills** in the spellings people use (Power BI / PowerBI, Node.js / NodeJS) and the headings Indian resumes use, such as Educational Qualifications and Positions of Responsibility.
- Private: your resume is read **in your browser** and never uploaded. Free, with no sign-up and no limit on checks.

### Features

- **See what the ATS sees**: The extracted text and parsed fields show exactly where a layout scrambles or hides your details.
- **Fixes, not just a score**: Every warning says why it matters and what to change, most important first.
- **Keyword match**: Skills and keywords from any job ad, counted in the job and in your resume.
- **Made for Indian resumes**: Understands Indian formats and flags Aadhaar or PAN numbers, date of birth and other personal details.
- **Checks the real file**: Text boxes, tables, headers and image-only pages only show up in the PDF or Word file itself — so that is what it reads.
- **Private**: No upload and no account: your resume never leaves your device.

### How to check your resume for ATS

1. **Add your resume** — Drop the PDF or Word file you send to employers, or paste the text.
2. **Read the score and fixes** — Start with critical problems and warnings — each one says what to change.
3. **Look at the ATS view** — See the text and details the ATS extracts. Jumbled lines mean the layout needs simplifying.
4. **Match a job** — Paste the job description to find missing skills and keywords, then add the ones you really have.

### Guide

#### What ATS software needs from a resume

| Check | Why it matters |
| --- | --- |
| Real, readable text | Scanned or image-only resumes come through empty. |
| A simple layout | Columns, tables and text boxes can mix up or hide text. |
| Standard headings | Experience, Education and Skills tell the ATS where each detail belongs. |
| Contact details in the page | Some ATS ignore Word headers and footers. |
| Dates on every role | They are used to work out your years of experience. |
| Keywords from the job | Recruiters search and rank candidates by skills and job titles. |

#### ATS myths

- **“An ATS rejects most resumes automatically.”** Most systems only reject through screening questions you answer while applying, such as location or notice period. Otherwise recruiters decide — but they find candidates by searching what the ATS extracted, so a resume it reads badly rarely comes up.
- **“You need a special ATS template.”** A clean, single-column PDF or Word file with standard headings works with every major ATS. Elaborate designs are what cause problems.
- **“Add as many keywords as you can.”** A person reads the resume after the search. Add only skills you really have, and show them in results.
- **“PDFs aren’t ATS-friendly.”** Modern ATS read text-based PDFs well. Scanned PDFs and image-heavy designs are the problem — this checker shows which kind yours is.

### FAQ

**What is an ATS score?**
There is no single official score — every ATS (Workday, Taleo, Greenhouse, Naukri RMS and others) works a little differently. This score measures what they all depend on: whether the text can be read, whether your details and sections are recognised, and how clearly your achievements are written.

**Is my resume uploaded anywhere?**
No. The file is opened and checked by your browser; nothing is sent to a server, and it is gone when you close the page.

**What is a good ATS score?**
75 or more means software reads your resume well and the content is solid; 90 or more is excellent. More important than the number: fix every critical problem and warning.

**Why is my job match low?**
The match compares your resume with the skills and keywords in that job ad. Add the ones you really have — in your skills and in bullets that show them in use — with the same spelling as the job. Don’t add skills you don’t have.

**Are two-column resumes bad for ATS?**
Modern systems often cope, but many read across the page and mix the columns together. If the ATS view shows jumbled lines, switch to one column — the free [Resume Builder](https://justtools.online/career-tools/resume-builder/) makes one.

**Should I send a PDF or a Word file?**
Either works. Send what the job asks for; otherwise a text-based PDF keeps your layout exactly. Use .docx when a portal or recruiter asks for Word, and avoid scanned PDFs, images and old .doc files.

## URL Shortener

URL: https://justtools.online/seo-tools/url-shortener/
Category: SEO & Marketing Tools
Processing: Contacts an external service to work (see the page).
Last updated: 2026-10-07

Free URL shortener: make short links with a custom ending, QR code, password, expiry and click stats — or check where any short link really goes.

### At a glance

- Shortens links with **spoo.me** or **da.gd** — free, open-source services — with an optional **custom ending** such as spoo.me/diwali-sale.
- spoo.me links can have a **password**, a **click limit**, an **expiry date** and **bot blocking**, and come with **click statistics**: clicks per day, unique visitors, countries, referrers, devices and browsers.
- Every link gets a **QR code** (PNG or SVG) and one-tap copy and share; **UTM tags** for Google Analytics can be added before shortening.
- **Bulk shortening**: up to 100 links at once, with copy-all and a CSV download.
- **Check a short link**: see where any bit.ly, TinyURL or other short link leads — every redirect, with warning signs — without opening it.
- No sign-up. The links you make are listed **only in this browser**; JustTools has no server and never sees them.

### Features

- **Your own ending**: spoo.me/diwali-sale is easier to read, trust and type than a random code.
- **Password, limit and expiry**: Protect a link, stop it after a number of clicks, or make it expire on a date.
- **QR code for every link**: Download a crisp PNG or SVG for posters, menus, packaging and visiting cards.
- **Click statistics**: Clicks per day, unique visitors, countries, referrers, devices and browsers.
- **Bulk shortening**: Paste up to 100 addresses and get them all back as a list or a CSV file.
- **Link checker**: See every redirect behind a short link and its real destination before you click.

### How to shorten a URL

1. **Paste the long URL** — Paste the address and, if you like, type a custom ending.
2. **Choose options** — Pick spoo.me or da.gd, and add a password, click limit, expiry or UTM tags if you need them.
3. **Shorten and share** — Press **Shorten**, then copy the link, share it or download its QR code.
4. **Track clicks** — Open **Click stats** to see how many people opened a spoo.me link and where they came from.

### Guide

#### spoo.me or da.gd?

|  | spoo.me | da.gd |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Example | spoo.me/diwali-sale | da.gd/sale26 |
| Custom ending | 3–16 characters | Up to 10 characters |
| Password, click limit, expiry | Yes | No |
| Click statistics | Yes (public unless password-protected) | No |
| Open source | Yes | Yes |

#### Using short links safely

- **Check before you click.** A short link hides where it goes — paste it into **Check a link** to see the destination first.
- **Don’t shorten private links.** Anyone who has the short link can open it, so keep documents, payment and meeting links out of shorteners — or add a password.
- **Short links can’t be edited.** If the page moves you’ll need a new link, so double-check the long URL before you share it widely.
- **Prefer https:// pages.** Browsers warn visitors about pages that aren’t encrypted.

### FAQ

**Is this URL shortener free?**
Yes. Shortening, custom endings, QR codes, bulk shortening and click statistics are free, with no sign-up.

**How long do the short links last?**
They have no expiry date unless you set one or a click limit. The services can remove links that break their rules, such as spam, phishing or malware.

**Can I edit or delete a short link?**
No. Links made without an account can’t be changed or deleted, so check the long URL before you share it. Removing a link from your list here only hides it in this browser.

**Who can see my click statistics?**
spoo.me statistics are public to anyone who knows the short link. Set a password to protect both the link and its statistics.

**Why are the links not on justtools.online?**
JustTools runs entirely in your browser and has no server to store links, so it uses free, open-source shortening services that work straight from the browser.

**How can I tell if a short link is safe?**
Use **Check a link**. It follows the link on da.gd’s server and shows every redirect and the final address, with warnings for bare IP addresses, look-alike domains and unencrypted pages. It can’t prove a site is safe, so read the final domain name carefully.

## Typing Speed Test

URL: https://justtools.online/education-tools/typing-speed-test/
Category: Education Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-07

Free typing speed test in English and Hindi: check your WPM and accuracy, practise with passages, and take an exam-style test with full and half mistakes.

### At a glance

- Measures speed the standard way — **5 characters = 1 word** — and shows **WPM, raw speed, accuracy, consistency** and **key depressions per hour**.
- Tests of **15, 30, 60 or 120 seconds**, **10 to 100 words**, a full **passage** or **your own text**, with optional punctuation and numbers.
- **English and Hindi** (Devanagari): type Hindi with any Hindi keyboard — Inscript, Remington or phonetic — and each syllable is checked as one character.
- **Exam practice**: type a passage for 2, 5, 10 or 15 minutes in a plain box, then get **gross and net speed, error percentage, and full and half mistakes**, word by word.
- Results show a **speed chart**, the words you got wrong and the **characters you miss most**, and keep your **personal best** for each test on this device.
- Copy-paste is blocked in the typing box, so every result is real typing.

### Features

- **Live feedback**: Every character turns green or red as you type, with a caret that follows you.
- **Hindi typing test**: Practise Hindi passages and common words with your own Hindi keyboard layout.
- **Exam-style scoring**: Full and half mistakes, error rate and net speed, the way many government typing tests count them.
- **Know your weak keys**: See the words and characters you mistype most, and practise them.
- **Personal bests**: Each test type keeps its own best score and recent results.
- **Your own text**: Paste a paragraph from your syllabus or work and practise with it.

### How to take the typing test

1. **Choose a test** — Pick Time, Words, Passage, Exam practice or Custom, and English or Hindi.
2. **Start typing** — Click the text and type — the timer starts with your first key. Press space after each word.
3. **Read your result** — See your WPM, accuracy, speed chart and mistakes. Press **Next test** or Esc to go again.

### Guide

#### What is a good typing speed?

| Speed | Level |
| --- | --- |
| Under 20 WPM | Beginner — focus on accuracy and finger position |
| 20–35 WPM | Learning — enough for everyday use |
| 35–50 WPM | Average — what many office jobs expect |
| 50–70 WPM | Fast |
| 70 WPM and above | Very fast — professional typists and transcribers |

#### How the scores are worked out

- **WPM** = characters of correctly typed words (with their spaces) ÷ 5 ÷ minutes.
- **Raw speed** counts everything you typed, mistakes included.
- **Accuracy** = keys pressed correctly ÷ all keys pressed.
- **Key depressions per hour** = characters typed per minute × 60 — the measure many Indian recruitment typing tests quote.
- **Exam practice**: full mistakes are left-out, extra or wrong words; half mistakes are wrong capitals, punctuation, or words joined or split. Error rate = (full + half ÷ 2) ÷ words reached × 100.

### FAQ

**How is typing speed calculated?**
Speed is measured in words per minute, where one word is any 5 characters including spaces. Only words typed correctly count towards WPM; raw speed counts all your typing.

**Can I take a Hindi typing test?**
Yes. Choose हिंदी and type with your device’s Hindi keyboard — Inscript, Remington (with a Hindi font input tool) or phonetic. Common words and passages are available, and the exam practice mode works in Hindi too.

**What speed do government exams ask for?**
It depends on the exam and post, so always check the latest notification. For example, SSC CHSL has asked for 35 words per minute in English (about 10,500 key depressions per hour) and 30 words per minute in Hindi (about 9,000 key depressions per hour).

**How can I type faster?**
Keep your fingers on the home row, look at the screen instead of the keyboard and practise for 10–15 minutes every day. Aim for accuracy first — speed follows once you stop correcting mistakes.

**Are my results saved?**
Your recent results and personal bests are saved only in this browser. Nothing you type is sent anywhere.

## SVG Optimizer

URL: https://justtools.online/image-tools/svg-optimizer/
Category: Image Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-07

Optimise SVG files online with SVGO: smaller icons and logos with a side-by-side preview, batch ZIP download, data URI, CSS and React output. No upload.

### At a glance

- Uses **SVGO**, the standard open-source SVG optimiser, running entirely **in your browser** — files are never uploaded.
- Removes editor leftovers (Inkscape, Illustrator, Sketch, Figma metadata), comments and unused definitions, rounds numbers and rewrites path data — exports often shrink by half or more.
- **Before/after preview** on a transparent, white or dark background, with an automatic **pixel check** that warns if the optimised file looks different.
- Options for **precision**, **multipass**, **responsive** SVG (removes width/height), **keeping IDs**, **removing scripts** and **pretty printing**, plus every SVGO step individually.
- **Batch**: optimise many files at once and download them as a **ZIP**.
- Copy the result as **SVG code**, a compact **data URI**, **CSS background**, **<img> tag**, **base64** or a **React (JSX) component**.

### Features

- **Smaller, same look**: A pixel comparison checks the optimised SVG against the original every time.
- **Safe to publish**: Scripts and event handlers are removed by default; previews never run scripts.
- **Many files at once**: Drop a folder’s worth of icons and download them all as a ZIP.
- **Ready-to-paste code**: Data URI, CSS, <img> and React component outputs with one-click copy.
- **Full control**: Switch any of SVGO’s steps on or off, and keep IDs your CSS or JavaScript uses.
- **Private**: Optimisation runs on your device — nothing is uploaded.

### How to optimise an SVG

1. **Add SVG files** — Drop one or more .svg files, or paste SVG code.
2. **Check the preview** — Compare the original and optimised image and the size saved.
3. **Adjust if needed** — Lower the precision for smaller files, or raise it if shapes change. Turn on **Keep IDs** if your CSS or scripts use them.
4. **Download or copy** — Download the file (or all files as a ZIP), or copy it as code, a data URI or a React component.

### Guide

#### Which options to use

| Situation | Setting |
| --- | --- |
| Icons for a website | Precision 2–3, Make responsive on |
| Logos and detailed illustrations | Precision 3–4; check the pixel comparison |
| SVG styled or animated with CSS/JS | Keep IDs on |
| SVG pasted into HTML | Remove xmlns on |
| SVG from an unknown source | Remove scripts on (the default) |
| Code you will edit by hand | Pretty print on |

### FAQ

**Does optimising change how my SVG looks?**
Usually not. The tool draws both versions and compares their pixels; if more than a tiny fraction differ, it tells you so you can raise the precision or turn off a step.

**Are my files uploaded?**
No. SVGO runs in your browser and the files never leave your device.

**What is SVGO?**
SVGO (SVG Optimizer) is the widely used open-source tool that removes unnecessary data from SVG files. This page runs it for you with clear options and previews.

**Should I use a data URI or base64?**
Use the URL-encoded data URI for CSS and HTML — it is usually smaller than base64 and compresses better. Use base64 only where a tool requires it.

**Why is the title kept?**
Screen readers read an SVG’s <title>, so it is kept by default. Switch on **Remove <title>** if the image is purely decorative.

## Sudoku

URL: https://justtools.online/games/sudoku/
Category: Games
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-07

Play free Sudoku online: easy to expert puzzles with one solution, notes, hints that explain the logic, a daily puzzle, printable PDFs and a solver.

### At a glance

- Four levels — **Easy, Medium, Hard and Expert** — graded by the techniques a person needs, from simple singles to **pairs, pointing pairs, X-Wing and XY-Wing**.
- Every puzzle is newly made, has **exactly one solution** and can be solved by **logic alone**, without guessing.
- **Hints explain the next step** — which digit goes where and why — and point out a wrong digit first if you have one.
- Pencil **notes**, automatic notes, undo, mistake highlighting, a timer with pause, and your **best time** for each level.
- A new **daily puzzle** that is the same for everyone, with a streak counter.
- **Print** 1 to 48 puzzles as a PDF (1, 2, 4 or 6 a page, A4 or US Letter) with answer pages, or **solve** a puzzle from a newspaper or app.

### Features

- **Always solvable by logic**: One solution and no guessing — each puzzle is checked by a solver that thinks like a person.
- **Hints that teach**: See the technique behind each hint, from hidden singles to X-Wings.
- **Pencil notes**: Jot candidates by hand, fill them in automatically, and they tidy themselves as you place digits.
- **Daily puzzle**: A fresh medium puzzle every day — the same for everyone — and a streak to keep up.
- **Print and play**: Make a PDF of new puzzles with answers for travel, classrooms or the newspaper habit.
- **Your game is kept**: Close the tab and carry on later; the game is saved in this browser.

### How to play Sudoku

1. **Know the rule** — Fill every row, every column and every 3×3 box with the digits 1 to 9, each exactly once.
2. **Pick a cell** — Tap a cell (or use the arrow keys) and tap a number — or type it.
3. **Use notes** — Switch on **Notes** to pencil in the digits a cell could be, or press **Auto notes**.
4. **Get unstuck** — Press **Hint** to see the next logical step and why it works.

### Guide

#### Sudoku techniques, from easy to expert

| Technique | Level | What it means |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Naked single | Easy | A cell where only one digit is still possible. |
| Hidden single | Easy | A digit that fits in only one cell of a row, column or box. |
| Pointing pair / box-line | Hard | A digit locked into one line of a box (or one box of a line) can be removed elsewhere. |
| Naked / hidden pair and triple | Hard | Two or three cells that share the same two or three digits rule those digits out of the rest of the unit. |
| X-Wing | Expert | A digit limited to the same two columns in two rows can be removed from the rest of those columns. |
| XY-Wing | Expert | Three two-digit cells that force a digit out of any cell that sees both ends. |

### FAQ

**Is this Sudoku free?**
Yes — unlimited puzzles, hints, the daily puzzle and printable PDFs, with no sign-up.

**Does every puzzle have one solution?**
Yes. Each puzzle is checked by a solver to have exactly one solution, and a second, human-style solver makes sure it can be finished by logic alone.

**What makes a Sudoku hard?**
Not the number of clues but the techniques needed. Easy and medium puzzles need only singles; hard ones need pairs or pointing pairs; expert ones need an X-Wing or XY-Wing.

**Can I solve a Sudoku from the newspaper?**
Yes. Open **Solve my puzzle**, type or paste the clues, and see the solution, whether it has exactly one solution and how hard it is — or play it here with hints.

**Is my game saved?**
Yes, in this browser: the game in progress, your settings and your best times. Nothing is uploaded.

## Pixel-Perfect Screen Ruler

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/screen-ruler/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-08

Free online screen ruler: a real-size cm and inch ruler calibrated with a bank card, plus pixel-perfect measuring of screenshots with zoom and smart edges.

### At a glance

- A **real-size ruler** in **cm/mm, inches or pixels**, drawn pixel-perfect at your screen’s resolution — horizontal or vertical, and full screen for the longest ruler.
- **Calibrate** once with a **bank, credit or Aadhaar PVC card** (85.60 mm), an A4 or Letter sheet, a real ruler or your screen size. The calibration is saved and **adjusts itself when you zoom the browser**.
- Two draggable markers measure any length in mm, cm, inches, CSS pixels, device pixels and points.
- **Measure screenshots pixel by pixel**: zoom up to 6400% with a pixel grid, a magnifier showing the colour under the cursor, and lines that snap to pixel edges.
- **Smart measure**: click inside a button, box or gap to get its exact width and height. Set the screenshot scale (1×, 2×, 3×) to read sizes as CSS uses them.
- Paste a screenshot or **capture the screen** directly, then save an annotated PNG — everything stays in your browser.

### Features

- **True to size**: After a 30-second calibration, a centimetre on screen is a real centimetre.
- **Crisp ticks**: Every mark is drawn on whole device pixels, so lines stay sharp on any display.
- **Smart measure**: One click finds the edges of a button, card or gap and gives its width and height.
- **Magnifier and colour**: See the pixels around the cursor and their hex colour while you measure.
- **Screen facts**: Device pixel ratio, physical resolution, pixels per inch and screen diagonal.
- **Private**: Screenshots and captures never leave your device.

### How to use the screen ruler

1. **Calibrate** — Open **Calibrate**, hold a bank card against the screen and match the box to it — once per screen.
2. **Measure with the ruler** — Hold an object against the screen and drag the two markers to its ends.
3. **Measure a screenshot** — Paste or capture a screenshot, choose **Smart** and click an element — or drag lines and boxes.
4. **Save** — Copy the list of measurements or save the screenshot with them drawn on.

### Guide

#### Objects to calibrate with

| Object | Size |
| --- | --- |
| Bank, credit or debit card, Aadhaar PVC card | 85.60 × 53.98 mm (3.37 × 2.125 in) |
| A4 sheet | 210 × 297 mm |
| US Letter sheet | 8.5 × 11 in (215.9 × 279.4 mm) |

#### Pixels, explained

- **CSS pixel**: the unit web pages use. Browsers treat 96 CSS pixels as one inch, but on a real screen that is only a convention.
- **Device pixel**: one dot of the display. High-resolution screens have 2 or 3 device pixels per CSS pixel.
- **Device pixel ratio**: device pixels per CSS pixel — it also changes when you zoom the browser.
- **PPI (pixels per inch)**: how densely the screen packs its device pixels; calibration measures it for you.

### FAQ

**Is this ruler actual size?**
Yes, once you calibrate it. Browsers assume 96 pixels per inch, but real screens differ, so an uncalibrated on-screen centimetre can be noticeably off. Calibrate once with a bank card and the ruler matches real centimetres and inches.

**What size is a bank card?**
85.60 × 53.98 mm (3.37 × 2.125 inches) — the ISO/IEC 7810 ID-1 size used by bank, credit and debit cards and the Aadhaar PVC card. That makes a card the easiest thing to calibrate with.

**Can I measure something on my screen, like a window or an image?**
Yes. Take a screenshot (Win+Shift+S on Windows, Cmd+Shift+4 on a Mac) and paste it into **Measure a screenshot**, or press **Capture the screen**. Then click an element with **Smart**, or drag lines and boxes, to get sizes in pixels.

**Why do my screenshot measurements look twice as big?**
On high-resolution screens a screenshot has 2 or 3 image pixels for every CSS pixel. Set **Screenshot scale** to 2× or 3× to see the sizes as CSS and design tools use them.

**Does the calibration survive browser zoom?**
Yes. Zooming changes the device pixel ratio, and the ruler rescales itself to stay true to size. Calibrate again if you move the window to a different monitor.

**Does it work on phones?**
The ruler and screenshot measuring work on phones and tablets; calibrate with a card first. Capturing the screen directly needs a desktop browser.

## Regex Tester

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/regex-tester/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-08

Free online regex tester: live match highlighting, groups, replace, a plain-English explanation, unit tests and code for Python, PHP, Java, C# and Go.

### At a glance

- Tests **JavaScript (ECMAScript) regular expressions** live as you type, with all six flags: **g, i, m, s, u and y**.
- Every **match and capture group** — numbered and named — is highlighted and listed with its position.
- A **plain-English explanation** of each part of the pattern: classes, quantifiers, groups, lookarounds and backreferences.
- **Replace** with $1, $<name> and $&, **list** matches with a template (handy for pulling data into CSV), and **unit tests** of strings that should and shouldn’t match.
- **Code** for JavaScript, Python, PHP, Java, C# and Go, with named groups, flags and replacements rewritten for each language.
- Patterns run in a separate worker and are **stopped after 1.5 seconds**, so a runaway (catastrophic backtracking) pattern can’t freeze the page. **24 ready-made patterns**, including Indian PAN, GSTIN, IFSC, PIN code, mobile and vehicle numbers.

### Features

- **Live highlighting**: Matches light up in your text as you type, alternating colours so neighbours stand apart.
- **Explained in English**: Each token of the pattern is described, indented by group, so you can read any regex.
- **Replace and extract**: Preview replacements and turn matches into lists or CSV lines in one step.
- **Unit tests**: Keep strings that must and mustn’t match beside the pattern and see which fail.
- **Safe to experiment**: A slow pattern is stopped automatically instead of hanging your browser tab.
- **Share a link**: The pattern, flags and text travel in the link itself — nothing is stored on a server.

### How to test a regular expression

1. **Write the pattern** — Type it between the slashes and switch on the flags you need — g to find every match.
2. **Add your text** — Paste the text to search; matches are highlighted and listed with their groups.
3. **Read the explanation** — Check what each part of the pattern does, and fix anything unexpected.
4. **Replace, test or copy code** — Use the tabs to preview a replacement, extract matches, run tests or copy code for your language.

### Guide

#### Regex quick reference

| Pattern | Meaning |
| --- | --- |
| . | Any character except a line break (any at all with the s flag) |
| \d  \w  \s | A digit, a word character, whitespace (capitals for the opposite) |
| [abc]  [^abc]  [a-z] | One of a, b or c · anything else · a range |
| *  +  ?  {2,5} | 0 or more · 1 or more · optional · 2 to 5 times (add ? for as few as possible) |
| (…)  (?<name>…)  (?:…) | Capture group · named group · group without capturing |
| ^  $  \b | Start · end (of a line with the m flag) · word boundary |
| (?=…)  (?!…)  (?<=…)  (?<!…) | Followed by · not followed by · preceded by · not preceded by |
| \1  \k<name> | The same text a group matched |

#### Regex for Indian data

| What | Pattern |
| --- | --- |
| Mobile number | (?:\+91[\s-]?|0)?[6-9]\d{4}[\s-]?\d{5} |
| PAN | [A-Z]{5}\d{4}[A-Z] |
| GSTIN | \d{2}[A-Z]{5}\d{4}[A-Z][1-9A-Z]Z[0-9A-Z] |
| IFSC | [A-Z]{4}0[A-Z0-9]{6} |
| PIN code | [1-9]\d{2}\s?\d{3} |

### FAQ

**Which regex flavour does this use?**
JavaScript (ECMAScript), the engine built into your browser — the same one Node.js uses. The Code tab rewrites the pattern for Python, PHP, Java, C# and Go, and warns when something (such as lookbehind in Go) isn’t supported there.

**Why does my regex find only one match?**
Without the g (global) flag, a regular expression stops at the first match. Switch on g to find them all.

**What is catastrophic backtracking?**
Some patterns, usually with nested quantifiers like (a+)+ or (.*)*, can take exponentially long on text that almost matches. This tester runs patterns separately and stops them after 1.5 seconds, then tells you to make the pattern more specific.

**How do I validate a whole value, not just part of it?**
Anchor the pattern with ^ at the start and $ at the end, e.g. ^[A-Z]{5}\d{4}[A-Z]$ for a PAN. In the Tests tab, “The whole line must match” does this for you.

**Is my text sent anywhere?**
No. Everything runs in your browser. A shared link carries the pattern, flags and up to 2,000 characters of text inside the link itself.

## Hex to ASCII Converter

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/hex-to-ascii/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-08

Convert hex to ASCII or UTF-8 text and text to hex as you type. Reads 0x, \x and spaced hex, flags bad bytes and shows a hex dump. Free, private, no upload.

### At a glance

- Converts **hex to text** and **text to hex** live, with text read as **UTF-8**, **Latin-1 (ISO-8859-1)** or **7-bit ASCII** — Hindi, ₹ and emoji round-trip in UTF-8.
- Reads hex however it’s written: `48 65 6C`, `48656c`, `0x48,0x65`, `\x48\x65`, `%48%65`, `48:65:6c` or `48h 65h`.
- Anything that isn’t a valid byte is listed with its position and skipped, instead of silently breaking the result.
- Text → hex output can use spaces, commas, new lines or no separator, `0x` or `\x` prefixes, and upper- or lowercase digits.
- Shows each character’s **code point and bytes**, a classic **hex dump** (offset, bytes, ASCII) and the same bytes in binary, decimal, octal and Base64.
- Runs entirely in your browser — nothing you paste or open is uploaded.

### Features

- **Any hex format**: Spaces, colons, commas, 0x, \x, URL-style %XX or one long string — paste it as it is.
- **UTF-8 aware**: Multi-byte characters like नमस्ते, ₹ and 👋 decode correctly, and invalid bytes are pointed out.
- **Hex dump**: See bytes the way a hex editor shows them — offsets, 16 bytes per line and printable characters.
- **Character table**: Every character with its Unicode code point and the exact bytes it takes, in hex and decimal.
- **Files too**: Open any file to see its hex, or download decoded hex back as a file — images and PDFs are recognised.
- **Decimal and octal**: Switch to decimal byte values (72 101 108…) or octal, both ways.

### How to convert hex to ASCII text

1. **Choose the direction** — Pick **Hex → Text** to decode, or **Text → Hex** to encode.
2. **Paste your input** — Paste the hex (any format) or type the text. The result appears as you type.
3. **Check the encoding** — Keep **UTF-8** for modern data; switch to **Latin-1** if accented letters look wrong.
4. **Copy the result** — Copy it, swap it back to check the round trip, or open **Hex dump** and **Characters** for detail.

### Guide

#### How hex becomes text

Computers store text as bytes, and hexadecimal is a compact way to write a byte: two digits from **00 to FF** (0 to 255). An encoding maps bytes to characters — in ASCII, **48** is “H”, **65** is “e” and **20** is a space, so `48 65 6C 6C 6F` reads “Hello”.

ASCII covers only English letters, digits and symbols (bytes 00–7F). **UTF-8** keeps ASCII as it is and uses 2–4 bytes for everything else: “₹” is `E2 82 B9` and “न” is `E0 A4 A8`. That’s why one Hindi character can turn into six hex digits.

#### Common ASCII values

| Character | Hex | Decimal | Binary |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Space | 20 | 32 | 00100000 |
| 0 | 30 | 48 | 00110000 |
| A | 41 | 65 | 01000001 |
| a | 61 | 97 | 01100001 |
| Line feed (\n) | 0A | 10 | 00001010 |
| ~ | 7E | 126 | 01111110 |

### FAQ

**How do I convert hex to text?**
Choose **Hex → Text** and paste the hex. Spaces, 0x prefixes and separators don’t matter — every pair of digits is read as one byte and decoded as UTF-8 text.

**What is the difference between hex to ASCII and hex to UTF-8?**
For bytes 00–7F they are identical. Bytes above 7F aren’t ASCII at all; UTF-8 reads them as parts of multi-byte characters (Hindi, ₹, emoji), while Latin-1 reads each as one Western European letter such as é.

**Why do I see � in the result?**
Those bytes aren’t valid text in the chosen encoding. Try **Latin-1**, or the data may not be text at all — the tool recognises common files like PNG and PDF so you can download them.

**Why does it say a value has an odd number of digits?**
A byte is exactly two hex digits. An unbroken string like `486` can’t be split into whole bytes, so a digit is probably missing or extra.

**Can I convert binary or decimal too?**
Yes — switch **Bytes as** to Binary, Decimal or Octal. There’s also a dedicated [Binary to Text Converter](https://justtools.online/developer-tools/binary-to-text/).

**Is my data uploaded?**
No. Conversion happens entirely in your browser, including files you open.

## Binary to Text Converter

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/binary-to-text/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-08

Translate binary code to text and text to binary, live. Handles spaced or joined 8-bit bytes, UTF-8 Hindi and emoji, and flags bad digits. Free and private.

### At a glance

- Translates **binary to text** and **text to binary** as you type, reading 8 bits as one byte.
- Accepts bytes separated by spaces, commas or new lines, one long run of bits, `0b` prefixes and 7-bit groups such as `1001000`.
- Text is read as **UTF-8** by default, so Hindi, ₹ and emoji work; **ASCII** and **Latin-1** are one switch away.
- Digits other than 0 and 1, values above 255 and runs that aren’t a multiple of 8 bits are listed with their position.
- A character table shows each letter’s bits, hex and decimal values; a hex dump and Base64 are included.
- Runs entirely in your browser — nothing is uploaded.

### Features

- **Any spacing**: Spaced bytes, one long string of bits or one byte per line — all read the same.
- **Both directions**: Swap the result back in a click to check a round trip.
- **Learn the bits**: See which 8 bits make each character, with its code point and decimal value.
- **Clear mistakes**: A stray 2, a missing bit or a byte over 255 is pointed out instead of producing gibberish.
- **Output your way**: Spaces, commas, new lines or none, with or without leading zeros and 0b prefixes.
- **Unicode ready**: UTF-8 turns emoji and Indian scripts into the right multi-byte binary.

### How to convert binary to text

1. **Choose the direction** — Pick **Binary → Text** to decode, or **Text → Binary** to encode.
2. **Paste or type** — Paste the 0s and 1s, or type the text. The result appears instantly.
3. **Adjust the format** — For text → binary, choose the separator and whether to keep leading zeros.
4. **Copy it** — Copy the result, or open **Characters** to see the bits behind each letter.

### Guide

#### How binary code becomes letters

Each 0 or 1 is a **bit**, and 8 bits make a **byte** — a number from 0 to 255. Text encodings give each number a character: in ASCII, `01001000` is 72, which is “H”, and `01101001` is 105, which is “i”. So `01001000 01101001` spells “Hi”.

English letters fit in one byte. Hindi letters, the rupee sign and emoji need 2–4 bytes each in **UTF-8**, so “₹” becomes `11100010 10000010 10111001`.

#### Letters in binary

| Character | Binary | Decimal | Hex |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| A | 01000001 | 65 | 41 |
| Z | 01011010 | 90 | 5A |
| a | 01100001 | 97 | 61 |
| z | 01111010 | 122 | 7A |
| 0 | 00110000 | 48 | 30 |
| Space | 00100000 | 32 | 20 |

### FAQ

**How do I translate binary to English?**
Choose **Binary → Text** and paste the binary code. Each group of 8 bits is one character; spaces between groups are optional.

**How do I write my name in binary?**
Choose **Text → Binary** and type your name. Each letter becomes 8 bits — “A” is 01000001 and “a” is 01100001.

**Why does my binary give strange characters?**
Usually a bit is missing or extra, which shifts every byte after it. The tool flags runs that aren’t a multiple of 8 bits; with spaces between bytes, each byte is read on its own.

**Can it read 7-bit binary?**
Yes, when the groups are separated — `1001000 1101001` reads as “Hi”. Without spaces, bits are read 8 at a time.

**Does it work with hex?**
Switch **Bytes as** to Hex, or use the [Hex to ASCII Converter](https://justtools.online/developer-tools/hex-to-ascii/).

**Is anything uploaded?**
No. Everything is converted in your browser.

## HMAC Generator

URL: https://justtools.online/developer-tools/hmac-generator/
Category: Developer Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-08

Generate HMAC-SHA256, SHA-512, SHA-1 or MD5 in hex or Base64, and verify GitHub, Stripe, Slack, Shopify and Razorpay webhook signatures. Private, no upload.

### At a glance

- Computes **HMAC (RFC 2104)** with SHA-256, SHA-512, SHA-384, SHA-224, SHA-1, MD5, SHA3-256, SHA3-512, Keccak-256, BLAKE2b and RIPEMD-160 — checked against the RFC 2202 and RFC 4231 test vectors.
- Shows the result as **hex, uppercase hex, Base64 and Base64URL**, and takes the key and message as text, hex or Base64 — or a file of any size.
- Verifies webhook signatures exactly as **GitHub, Stripe, Slack, Shopify, Razorpay, Cashfree, Paddle and Standard Webhooks** (Svix, Clerk, Resend) compute them.
- When a signature doesn’t match, it tests the usual causes — wrong algorithm, a trailing line break, re-formatted JSON, spaces around the secret, a hex key typed as text — and offers the fix.
- Gives working code for Node.js, Python, PHP, Java, Go, C# and OpenSSL, with constant-time comparison for webhook checks.
- Keys, secrets and messages stay in your browser and are never saved.

### Features

- **Webhook debugger**: Paste the secret, the signature header and the raw body to see whether the request is genuine.
- **Explains mismatches**: Finds the one change that makes the signature match — so you know whether to fix the body, the secret or the algorithm.
- **Replay check**: Shows how old a webhook timestamp is and warns when providers would reject it as too old.
- **Every format**: Hex, HEX, Base64 and Base64URL side by side; compare with a signature pasted in any of them.
- **Key advice**: Warns about short or empty keys and generates a strong random key in one click.
- **Copy-paste code**: The same HMAC in seven languages, and a ready verify function for each webhook provider.

### How to generate an HMAC

1. **Pick the algorithm** — Choose **HMAC-SHA256** unless your API asks for another.
2. **Enter the secret key** — Type or paste the key, or create a random one. Switch to Hex or Base64 if the key is given that way.
3. **Enter the message** — Paste the exact text or payload to sign, or choose a file.
4. **Copy or compare** — Copy the HMAC in the format you need, or paste a signature to check it matches.

### Guide

#### What an HMAC proves

An HMAC is a hash mixed with a secret key. Anyone with the same key and message gets the same value, and without the key it can’t be forged — so it proves a message came from someone who knows the secret **and** wasn’t changed on the way.

That’s why payment gateways and platforms sign webhooks with it: your server recomputes the HMAC of the raw body with the shared secret and accepts the request only if it matches the signature header. Compare with a **constant-time** function (`timingSafeEqual`, `hmac.compare_digest`, `hash_equals`) so the check itself doesn’t leak the signature.

#### How popular webhooks are signed

| Provider | Header | Signed message | Output |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| GitHub | X-Hub-Signature-256 | body | sha256=hex |
| Stripe | Stripe-Signature | timestamp.body | t=…,v1=hex |
| Slack | X-Slack-Signature | v0:timestamp:body | v0=hex |
| Shopify | X-Shopify-Hmac-Sha256 | body | Base64 |
| Razorpay | X-Razorpay-Signature | body | hex |
| Razorpay checkout | razorpay_signature | order_id|payment_id | hex |
| Cashfree | x-webhook-signature | timestamp + body | Base64 |
| Standard Webhooks | webhook-signature | id.timestamp.body | v1,Base64 |

### FAQ

**How do I generate HMAC-SHA256?**
Keep **HMAC-SHA256** selected, enter the secret key and the message. The HMAC appears instantly in hex and Base64 — copy the one your API expects.

**Why doesn’t my webhook signature match?**
Almost always because the body was changed before hashing — parsed and re-serialised JSON, a trailing newline, or different line breaks. Sign the raw bytes exactly as received. The second most common cause is the wrong secret, such as an API key instead of the webhook secret. This tool checks these for you.

**Is HMAC the same as hashing with a salt?**
No. HMAC uses the key in a special two-pass construction that stays secure even with hashes like MD5 or SHA-1. Simply hashing key + message is open to length-extension attacks. For passwords, use bcrypt or Argon2 instead — see the [Bcrypt Generator & Checker](https://justtools.online/security-tools/bcrypt-generator/).

**How long should an HMAC key be?**
At least as long as the hash output — 32 random bytes for HMAC-SHA256. Keys longer than the block size (64 bytes for SHA-256) are hashed first, so they add nothing.

**Hex or Base64 — which should I use?**
They are the same bytes written differently. Use whatever the other side expects: GitHub, Stripe and Razorpay use hex; Shopify, Cashfree and Standard Webhooks use Base64.

**Are my keys sent anywhere?**
No. Everything is computed in your browser, and keys, secrets and messages are not saved — only your algorithm and provider choice are remembered.

## Bcrypt Generator & Checker

URL: https://justtools.online/security-tools/bcrypt-generator/
Category: Security Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-08

Generate bcrypt hashes with cost 4–16 and $2a/$2b/$2y prefixes, or check a password against a bcrypt hash. Explains each part. Runs in your browser only.

### At a glance

- Creates **bcrypt** hashes with a cost from 4 to 16 and the **$2b$**, **$2y$** (PHP, Laravel) or **$2a$** prefix, using a fresh 16-byte random salt each time.
- **Checks a password against a bcrypt hash** as you type — $2a$, $2b$, $2y$, ASCII $2x$ and Django’s bcrypt_sha256 hashes are supported.
- Breaks a hash into **version, cost, salt and checksum**, and recognises Argon2, SHA-crypt, phpass and plain MD5/SHA hashes pasted by mistake.
- Warns when a password is over **72 bytes** — bcrypt ignores the rest — and counts bytes, not characters, so Hindi and emoji are measured correctly.
- Measures how long a hash takes **on your device** and estimates other costs; hashing runs in a background thread so the page never freezes.
- Verified against the OpenBSD and jBCrypt test vectors. Passwords and hashes never leave your browser and are not saved.

### Features

- **Generate and check together**: Type the password once, make a hash, and click “Check it” to confirm it verifies.
- **Hash explained**: Colour-coded prefix, cost, salt and checksum, with the salt shown as bytes.
- **Typing slips**: When a password doesn’t match, it checks for Caps Lock and stray spaces.
- **Real timings**: See how long cost 10 to 14 takes on this device before choosing one for your server.
- **Cut-off hashes caught**: A hash shorter than 60 characters usually means the database column is too small — it tells you so.
- **Private**: Nothing is uploaded or stored; close the tab and it’s gone.

### How to generate or check a bcrypt hash

1. **Type the password** — Enter it once at the top — both sides use it.
2. **Generate** — Pick a **cost** (12 is a good default) and a prefix, then press **Generate hash** and copy it.
3. **Or check** — Paste a hash under **Check a password** — the result appears as you type.
4. **Read the details** — See the version, cost and salt, and any warning about cost or length.

### Guide

#### How bcrypt works

Bcrypt is a password-hashing function built to be **slow on purpose**. The cost is a power of two: cost 12 runs the expensive key setup 2¹² = 4,096 times, and each +1 doubles the time — for you and for anyone trying to guess passwords from a stolen database.

Every hash includes its own random **salt**, so the same password gives a different hash each time. That’s why you can’t “decrypt” bcrypt or compare two hashes directly — you check a password by hashing it again with the salt stored in the hash.

Bcrypt only reads the **first 72 bytes** of a password. Long passphrases that start the same will match each other, so apps that allow very long passwords often pre-hash them (as Django’s bcrypt_sha256 does) or use Argon2id.

#### Anatomy of a bcrypt hash

| Part | Example | Meaning |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Prefix | $2b$ | Bcrypt version — $2a$, $2b$ and $2y$ are interchangeable for normal passwords |
| Cost | 12$ | 2¹² = 4,096 rounds |
| Salt | R9h/cIPz0gi.URNNX3kh2O | 22 characters = 16 random bytes |
| Checksum | PST9/PgBkqquzi.Ss7KIUgO2t0jWMUW | 31 characters = 23 bytes of the result |

### FAQ

**Can a bcrypt hash be decrypted?**
No. Bcrypt is a one-way hash, not encryption. The only way to find a password is to guess it and check — which bcrypt makes deliberately slow. To test a password you know, paste the hash under **Check a password**.

**What cost should I use?**
OWASP recommends at least 10. Cost 12 (Laravel’s and PHP 8.4’s default) is a good balance; aim for roughly 250 ms per hash on your server. The tool shows timings on your device to help you choose.

**What is the difference between $2a$, $2b$ and $2y$?**
They produce the same hash for any password up to 72 bytes. $2b$ is OpenBSD’s 2014 revision, $2y$ is PHP’s name for the same fix, and $2a$ is the original. Most libraries read all three.

**Why does the same password give a different hash every time?**
Each hash gets a new random salt, stored inside the hash. That’s intended — it stops attackers from spotting users with the same password. Checking still works because the salt is read back from the hash.

**Why doesn’t my hash verify?**
Check that the hash is the full 60 characters (database columns that are too short cut it off), that the password has no extra spaces, and that Caps Lock was off — the tool looks for the last two for you.

**Is it safe to type a real password here?**
Everything runs in your browser; nothing is sent or saved. Even so, avoid pasting other people’s live passwords into any website, including this one.

## Marriage Biodata Maker

URL: https://justtools.online/career-tools/marriage-biodata-maker/
Category: Career Tools
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-08

Make a marriage biodata with photo in English, Hindi or Marathi — rashi, nakshatra, gotra, family details — and download a PDF or JPG for WhatsApp. Free.

### At a glance

- Builds a **marriage biodata** with personal, family and contact sections — including **rashi, nakshatra, gotra, manglik**, time and place of birth — ready in minutes.
- Labels in **English, Hindi or Marathi**, or English with Hindi or Marathi underneath; dates, rashi, nakshatra and manglik values are translated too.
- **5 designs** (Classic, Royal, Floral, Mandala, Minimal), any colour, serif or sans fonts, and a photo in a square, rounded or oval frame.
- Top-line presets such as **॥ श्री गणेशाय नमः ॥**, ॥ ॐ ॥, ॥ जय श्री कृष्ण ॥, Ik Onkar and Bismillah — or your own text.
- Downloads an **A4 PDF** for printing and a **JPG** for WhatsApp; the layout shrinks to keep everything on one page.
- Everything stays in your browser and is saved on this device only — your details and photo are never uploaded.

### Features

- **Hindi and Marathi labels**: Switch the whole biodata between English, हिन्दी and मराठी in one click — no retyping.
- **Add, remove, reorder**: Add fields like Kuldevi, Devak, blood group or partner expectations, rename any label and move rows up or down.
- **Photo friendly**: Add a photo from your phone (iPhone HEIC too); it’s cropped neatly into the frame.
- **One-page fit**: Long details shrink gently to fit A4; the preview warns if it still needs two pages.
- **WhatsApp ready**: Download a sharp JPG, or share it straight from your phone.
- **Private by design**: No sign-up and no upload — details are saved only in your browser.

### How to make a marriage biodata

1. **Fill in your details** — Enter personal, family and contact details. Leave out anything you don’t want printed — empty rows are skipped.
2. **Add a photo** — Choose a clear, recent photo and its frame shape.
3. **Choose the design** — Under **Design**, pick a template, colour, font and the label language.
4. **Download** — Download the **PDF** to print or the **JPG** to send on WhatsApp.

### Guide

#### What to include in a marriage biodata

- **Personal details:** name, date, time and place of birth, height, education, occupation and income.
- **Horoscope details:** religion, caste, gotra, rashi, nakshatra and manglik status — families often match kundli from these.
- **Family details:** parents’ names and occupations, brothers and sisters (with marital status) and native place.
- **Contact details:** a contact person (often a parent), mobile number and address.
- **Optional:** about me, hobbies, diet and partner expectations — keep each to a line or two.

#### Biodata labels in three languages

| English | हिन्दी | मराठी |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Date of Birth | जन्म तिथि | जन्मतारीख |
| Time of Birth | जन्म समय | जन्मवेळ |
| Rashi | राशि | रास |
| Manglik | मांगलिक | मंगळ |
| Father's Name | पिता का नाम | वडिलांचे नाव |
| Native Place | मूल निवास | मूळ गाव |

### FAQ

**Is this marriage biodata maker free?**
Yes — completely free, with no sign-up and no watermark. Download as many PDFs and JPGs as you like.

**Can I make my biodata in Hindi or Marathi?**
Yes. Under **Design → Labels in**, choose हिन्दी or मराठी, or English with Hindi or Marathi underneath. You can also type your details in any language.

**How do I send my biodata on WhatsApp?**
Tap **JPG** to save an image and send it like any photo, or **Share** on a phone to send it directly. Send the PDF as a document if you want the best print quality.

**Which details should I leave out?**
Anything you’re not comfortable sharing widely — biodatas get forwarded. Many families give a parent’s number instead of their own, and leave out the full address until later.

**Will my biodata fit on one page?**
Usually, yes — the text size adjusts automatically. If there’s too much, the preview shows two pages; shorten long entries or remove a few rows.

**Are my details and photo uploaded?**
No. The biodata is drawn in your browser and saved only on this device, so you can come back and edit it later.

## Minesweeper

URL: https://justtools.online/games/minesweeper/
Category: Games
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-08

Play Minesweeper free online: Beginner, Intermediate, Expert or custom boards, a safe first click, no-guess boards that never need luck, hints and best times.

### At a glance

- Three classic levels — **Beginner** (9×9, 10 mines), **Intermediate** (16×16, 40) and **Expert** (30×16, 99) — plus custom boards up to 40×30.
- The **first click is always safe** and opens a clearing; mines are placed only after it.
- **No-guess boards**: each board is checked by a logic solver so it can be cleared without a single 50/50 guess.
- **Hints** show the next safe cell or certain mine and explain why — and point out a wrong flag first.
- Right-click or long-press to flag, click a number to open around it (**chording**), question marks optional, full keyboard control.
- Tracks wins, **best times** and **3BV/s** for each level in your browser; your game is saved if you close the tab.

### Features

- **Never a forced guess**: No-guess mode builds boards a careful player can always solve by logic.
- **Hints that teach**: Learn patterns like 1-2-1 from hints that name the numbers involved.
- **Made for phones**: Tap to dig, long-press or switch to flag mode, and Expert turns tall to fit the screen.
- **Chording**: Click a satisfied number to open all its other neighbours at once.
- **Replay a board**: Hit a mine? Replay the same board from the same start.
- **Speedrun stats**: Best time and 3BV per second for each level, like the competitive players use.

### How to play Minesweeper

1. **Click any cell** — The first click is always safe and opens an area of the board.
2. **Read the numbers** — A number shows how many mines touch that cell, including diagonally.
3. **Flag the mines** — Right-click (or long-press) a cell you know is a mine to put a flag on it.
4. **Clear the rest** — Open every cell that isn’t a mine to win. Click a number whose mines are all flagged to open around it.

### Guide

#### Minesweeper patterns worth knowing

| Pattern | What it tells you |
| --- | --- |
| A 1 with one hidden neighbour | That neighbour is a mine. |
| A number with all its mines flagged | Every other neighbour is safe — click the number to open them. |
| 1-1 along a wall | The cell beyond the second 1 is safe. |
| 1-2-1 along a wall | The mines are under the 1s; the cell under the 2 is safe. |
| 1-2-2-1 along a wall | The mines are under the two 2s. |

#### What is 3BV?

3BV (Bechtel’s Board Benchmark Value) is the smallest number of clicks that can clear a board: one click per open area plus one per number not on the edge of an open area. Dividing it by your time gives **3BV/s**, the fairest way to compare speed across boards.

### FAQ

**Is the first click always safe?**
Yes. Mines are placed after your first click, away from it and its neighbours, so you always start with an open area.

**What are no-guess boards?**
Boards that a logic solver has cleared from your first click without guessing. With the option on, losing always means a mistake — never bad luck.

**How do I flag a mine on a phone?**
Long-press the cell, or switch the **Tap to** control to 🚩 Flag and tap.

**What does clicking a number do?**
If that number already has as many flags around it as its value, clicking it opens all its other neighbours. If a flag is wrong, you’ll set off a mine.

**Do hints count against my best time?**
Games where you used a hint still count as wins, but not for your best time or 3BV/s.

**Is my game saved?**
Yes, in this browser — the game in progress, your settings and your statistics. Nothing is uploaded.

## 2048 Game

URL: https://justtools.online/games/2048-game/
Category: Games
Processing: Runs entirely in the browser; user data is not uploaded.
Last updated: 2026-10-08

Play 2048 free online: swipe or use the arrow keys to join tiles. Undo, AI hints, an auto-play AI, 3×3 to 6×6 boards and your best score saved. No sign-up.

### At a glance

- The classic **2048** rules: slide all tiles up, down, left or right; two equal tiles that meet join into one, and a new 2 (or sometimes 4) appears after each move.
- Play with **swipes** on a phone or the **arrow keys / W A S D** on a keyboard, with smooth sliding and merging animations.
- **Undo** up to 50 moves, and a **hint** from an expectimax AI that usually reaches 2048 on its own.
- **Let the AI play** to watch the strategy — games where it plays don’t count towards your best score.
- Boards from **3×3 to 6×6**, with the goal scaled to the size (256 on 3×3, 2048 on 4×4, 4096 on 5×5, 8192 on 6×6).
- Your game, best score and top tile for each size are saved in your browser.

### Features

- **Undo**: Took a wrong turn? Step back up to 50 moves.
- **AI hints**: Ask for the best move from an AI that looks a few tiles ahead.
- **Watch the AI**: Let it play and see how keeping the big tile in a corner works.
- **Four board sizes**: A quick 3×3, the classic 4×4, or roomy 5×5 and 6×6 boards.
- **Keep going**: Reached the goal? Carry on for 4096 and beyond.
- **Saved as you play**: Close the tab and carry on later on this device.

### How to play 2048

1. **Slide the tiles** — Swipe, or press an arrow key, to move every tile as far as it can go.
2. **Join equal numbers** — Two tiles with the same number merge into their sum: 2 + 2 = 4, 4 + 4 = 8…
3. **Plan ahead** — Keep your biggest tile in a corner and build the row next to it in order.
4. **Reach 2048** — Make a 2048 tile to win — or keep going for a higher score. The game ends when no move is left.

### Guide

#### Strategy that works

- **Pick a corner** for your biggest tile and keep it there — mostly use two directions (say left and down) and a third only when needed.
- **Keep the edge row in order**, largest to smallest away from the corner, so tiles can chain into each other.
- **Avoid the fourth direction**: pressing it pulls the big tile out of its corner and lets a small tile land behind it.
- **Think about where the new tile will appear** — leave space on the side away from your corner.

#### Scoring

Each merge adds the new tile’s value to your score: joining two 8s gives 16 points. Reaching 2048 usually means a score of about 20,000.

### FAQ

**Is 2048 free to play here?**
Yes — unlimited games with undo, hints and every board size, with no sign-up or download.

**How do I play on a phone?**
Swipe up, down, left or right on the board. The page won’t scroll while you swipe on it.

**What happens after 2048?**
Choose **Keep going** to continue for 4096, 8192 and beyond, or start a new game.

**How does the AI hint work?**
It tries each move and averages over where the next tile could appear, a few moves ahead (expectimax), favouring boards with empty cells, merges and tiles in order.

**Does undo affect my best score?**
No — undo is part of this version of the game. Only games where the AI played for you are left out of your best score.

**Is my game saved?**
Yes, in this browser, along with your best score and top tile for each board size.